華嚴經 義疏通講 · 冊4Avataṃsaka Sūtra · Exposition Throughout · Vol. 4
品十二 賢首品Foremost in Worthiness
全文五層 →Full five layers →這一品為什麼擺在第二會的最後
〈淨行品〉剛剛講完一百四十一願、講完『善用其心』,一個實修的人自然會問一句:這樣一願一願地用心下去,究竟能長出什麼來?賢首品就是答這一句的。澄觀判此品的來意說得極直:「夫行不虛設,必有其德。既解行圓妙,必勝德難思,收前行願成信德用,故次來也。」行不會白設,設了必有德;前面把行願講圓了,這裡就把那行願所成的德用收攏起來說。智儼在六十本那邊判法一樣:「行既成立,次須廣歎德用成位故來也。」
還有一層更緊的線索。澄觀指出,前面智首菩薩問文殊的那一長串問,是「舉果徵因」——拿果來問因;文殊答時「廣顯其因略標其果」,因講得詳細,果只標了一句「獲一切勝妙功德」。那一句沒有展開,所以「故問賢首令廣斯言」。文殊自己不接著講,轉頭問賢首,是把果德那一半交給了另一位菩薩。這一品,是替前一品把話說完。
賢首是誰:名字本身就是義理
品名不是隨手取的。澄觀訓兩個字:「體性至順調善曰賢,吉祥勝德超絕名首」體性柔順調善叫賢,吉祥勝德超絕叫首。他又說明何以此位偏舉一個賢字:「賢首之品以當賢位之初,攝諸德故偏舉賢名。」
法藏在六十本那邊從梵語入手,說「依梵本名跋陀羅,此云賢。室利,此云吉祥、或云德、或云首、或云勝」,並特別排一個誤讀:「是故非是初首之首,亦非上首之首」——首不是排名第一那個首,是勝德超絕的意思。他判此名為持業釋:「賢約體性,首約德用」
李通玄的讀法又別出一路:「創從凡夫,頓彰法界諸佛因果理智一時明現,名之為賢首。」從凡夫地上一下子把佛的因果理智全都照現出來,這才叫賢首。三家立名的角度不同——澄觀約位、法藏約梵語與體用、通玄約頓顯——古有此三說,誌錄之,不判高下。
這一品有多少偈:三個數字與一件被誤讀的事
底本的偈行實計七百一十七行,其中文殊問偈二行、賢首答偈七百一十五行。這是可以逐行數出來的事實。
古德所記的頌數則有三個。澄觀釋八十本,說「偈詞有三百五十九頌半」,並分作四頌謙讚許說、三百四十六偈半正說勝德、九偈校量勸持。法藏《探玄記》說賢首答「總有三百六十三頌,前十三,五言;後三百五十,七言」。智儼《搜玄記》說「此品有七百一十五偈半」,答文佔七百七偈半。
三個數字差得很遠,讀者容易疑心誰記錯了。這裡要排一個誤解:三家所釋的底本不同。澄觀釋的是八十華嚴,法藏與智儼釋的是六十華嚴。法藏說「前十三,五言」,而八十本的偈行起首分句實計七言七百一十七行,全品沒有五言之段;六十本開篇卻確有一段五言。所以那個「五言」之數指的是六十本。既非同一底本,就不宜把三個數字相減來論長短。並錄不判。
謙讚許說:一滴水的話裡藏著圓義
賢首開口第一句是「善哉仁者應諦聽」,接著就自謙:所說只是「猶如大海一滴水」。再往下又設兩個喻——「譬如鳥足所履空,亦如大地一微塵」。
先問一句:既然功德不可量,何必還開口?澄觀替這一段解得極好。他說賢首舉偈作答有二意:「一少言攝多義故、二美詞讚說令淨信故。」偈語字少而攝義多,且詞美能令人生淨信。至於那三個謙喻,澄觀說有二意:「一顯喻少分,謂發心行德如太空大地,所說者陿如足履一塵。二密喻不異,謂鳥足之空不異太空,微細之塵不殊大地。」——第一層是真謙:所說只是一小分;第二層卻是密義:鳥足踏過的那點空,並不是另一種空,它就是太空;一粒微塵的地性,並不異於大地。所以「此略說義無不周」。
排一個誤讀:不要把這幾句只當客套話讀過去。這是華嚴一貫的手法——在最謙的地方藏最圓的義。落到讀者身上:你今天所能理解的一分佛法,若真是那一分,它與全體並無二體;怕的是連那一分也不肯認真。
發心行相:發心不是忽然來的
正說勝德的第一段,澄觀判為「初五頌發心行相」。經文起句是「菩薩發意求菩提,非是無因無有緣」。
先問後答:為什麼要先聲明「非是無因無有緣」?因為人最容易把發心當成一時的感動。經文緊接著給出那個因緣——「於佛法僧生淨信,以是而生廣大心」。發心的因,是對三寶的淨信。這一句把整品的骨架先立起來了:後面七頌講信、五十頌半講信所具的行位、二百三頌講信所成的大用,全都掛在這一句上。
其餘四頌逐層排除誤解與確立正向:不求五欲王位、不求富饒名稱,只為「永滅眾生苦,利益世間而發心」;正面則是「常欲利樂諸眾生,莊嚴國土供養佛」;再進一層是「深心信解常清淨,恭敬尊重一切佛」;最後歸結為信佛、信法、信佛子所行道、信無上大菩提四事。落到自身:檢查自己的發心,不必問熱不熱切,要問它掛在什麼上——掛在情緒上的會退,掛在信上的才立得住。
信為道元功德母:全品之眼
「信為道元功德母,長養一切諸善法,斷除疑網出愛流,開示涅槃無上道。」這是全品最著的一偈,也是全部漢傳佛教談信最常被引的一句。澄觀判此七頌為「略示勝能」,並說結構是「初一頌總標、次五頌別釋、後一頌總結」。
先把兩個字講清楚。道元——元是始、是本;信是入道的起頭處。功德母——母是能生;一切功德從這裡生出來。兩個譬喻連著用,一橫一縱:橫說它是入口,縱說它是根源。下半偈說信的兩種作用:斷除疑網、出離愛流。疑如網,罥住人使人不能前進;愛如流,漂走人使人立不住。信一起,網破流出,於是「開示涅槃無上道」。
接著五頌別釋,句句以信為主語。這七頌之中,「信」字實計十七見——這不是修辭的重複,是澄觀所謂「略示勝能」的辦法:把信的每一種能力點出來。信使心無垢濁、滅除憍慢;信是「法藏第一財」,是承受一切修行的「清淨手」;信能惠施無吝、能歡喜入法、能增長智德、能必到如來地;信令諸根淨明利、信力堅固無壞;信於境界無所著、能超出眾魔路;信是功德不壞種、能生長菩提樹。最後總結一頌落到難得上:「信樂最勝甚難得,譬如一切世間中,而有隨意妙寶珠。」
排一個最常見的誤解:信在這裡不是『還沒懂之前姑且相信』。若是那樣,它就只能作入門的權宜,不能作「功德母」。經文說它「能增長智功德」「能必到如來地」,是說信貫徹到底、與智同行。落到自身:一個人修行久了而覺得枯,多半不是定力不夠,是信退了——沒有那一分「必到」的認定,一切法門都只是消遣。
信三寶而成行:從信奉到展轉
「若常信奉於諸佛,則能持戒修學處」以下,經文改用一種特殊句式:前句作因、後句作果,後句再作下一偈之因,一環扣一環。這一長串在底本中實計七十四番「若……則……」。澄觀判「第三「若常信奉」下五十頌半,廣明信中所具行位」,其中前八頌半是所具之行。
先問:為什麼講信要用這種展轉句?因為信不是一個孤立的心理狀態,它會生東西。這一段先立三根:信佛則能持戒修學、能興集大供養;信法則聞法無厭足;信僧則信心不退轉。三寶各配一果,而後諸根淨明利、遠離惡知識、親近善知識、修集廣大善、成就大因力、得殊勝決定解——一路推下去。中間插一頌講戒:「戒能開發菩提本,學是勤修功德地」
排誤:展轉句不是機械的因果鎖鏈,讀時要看它每一環都回到信。落到自身:這一段其實是給人查驗自己的信到了哪一環的尺子——你若還常在惡知識邊上打轉,那說明前面「諸根淨明利」那一環還沒過。
十住位:從決定解到生在如來家
澄觀判「二「若為諸佛」下三十九頌,明所具諸位」,並判首三頌為十住位。經文是「若得殊勝決定解,則為諸佛所護念」以下三偈,終於「則得信樂心清淨」。
先問後答:何以從決定解一步就到「生在如來家」?因為所謂生在如來家,說的不是身份的變更,是種姓的確立——決定解一立,被諸佛護念,發起菩提心,勤修佛功德,於是入佛種姓。經文用「生在如來家」這個家喻,正取其不能再退回去的意思。
這裡要記住澄觀對整段的判:這一切都還在信門之中所具。落到自身:讀到「生在如來家」而以為離自己極遠,就把這一品讀窄了——經文正是說,信門之中已具此位。
十行位:從增上心到供佛心不動
十行位澄觀判為二頌半。經文:「若得信樂心清淨,則得增上最勝心;若得增上最勝心,則常修習波羅蜜」,而後「則能具足摩訶衍」「則能如法供養佛」「則能念佛心不動」。
摩訶衍是大乘的音寫。這裡把具足大乘繫在常修波羅蜜之後,是說大乘不是一個所屬的名目,是六度修滿之後的實質。而後緊接「如法供養佛」——供養之上加「如法」二字,排除了徒具形式的供養。落到自身:一個人若修行而心常搖動,往往不是定不夠,是前面「增上最勝心」那一環沒真立起來。
十迴向位:從常見諸佛到開演無邊法
十迴向位澄觀判為三頌。經文從「若能念佛心不動,則常覩見無量佛」起,經「則見如來體常住」「則能知法永不滅」「則得辯才無障礙」,到「則能開演無邊法」。
澄觀於這一段有一句要緊的分判:「法永不滅是向實際,餘向眾生。」迴向有兩個去處,一個是向實際(真如),一個是向眾生;經文這幾句裡,「知法永不滅」那一句是向實際的,其餘是向眾生的。
先問:見佛何以能到知法不滅?因為所見的不是佛的形相,是「如來體常住」。見相則相有生滅,見體則知法不滅。而知法不滅,說話才無所畏,於是有無障礙的辯才。落到自身:辯才在此不是口才,是心裡真無疑,所以說得出來。
初地至七地:從慈愍度生到超出四魔
澄觀判「四「若得堅固」下三十頌半,明十地位」,並判「初半頌是初地」。這一段展轉句從「則能慈愍度眾生」「則得堅固大悲心」起,經愛樂甚深法、捨離有為過、離憍慢放逸、兼利一切眾、處生死無疲厭、勇健無能勝、發起大神通、知眾生行、成就群生、得善攝眾生智、成就四攝法,到「則與眾生無限利」。
先問後答:地上菩薩的標誌是什麼?照這一段看,不是神通,是大悲心的堅固與處生死無疲厭。神通在這裡出現得很晚,而且是「若處生死無疲厭,則能勇健無能勝」「若能勇健無能勝,則能發起大神通」——神通排在無疲厭之後。四攝法(布施、愛語、利行、同事)在此段結尾出現,落腳於「與眾生無限利」。
排誤:不要把地位讀成階梯上的高度。這裡每一環都是能力對能力的相生,不是資歷的累加。
第八地:最勝智方便與摧魔
澄觀判「七「若具最勝」下三頌明第八地」,並列六義,其首曰「一道勝,謂無功用道,故云勇猛無上」。經文是「若與眾生無限利,則具最勝智方便;若具最勝智方便,則住勇猛無上道」以下,經摧殄諸魔力、超出四魔境、至於不退地,到「則得無生深法忍」。
第八地在諸經論中的標記是無功用行——不再刻意用力而行自然成。澄觀說「勇猛無上」四字所標的正是無功用道。四魔是煩惱魔、蘊魔、死魔、天魔;超出四魔而後至不退地,不退而後得無生法忍。
排誤:勇猛二字容易讀成用力。此處恰恰相反,是不用力而無可摧折。落到自身:真正過得去的關口,往往不是咬牙撐過去的,是心裡那一處不再需要撐了。
第九地:得授記而為大法師
澄觀判「八二頌明第九地作大法師」,並略辨四義。經文:「若得無生深法忍,則為諸佛所授記;若為諸佛所授記,則一切佛現其前」,而後「則了神通深密用」「則為諸佛所憶念」。
第九地在諸位中的標記是善慧、是說法自在,故澄觀標為「作大法師」。這兩頌裡卻不講辯才而講授記與佛現前、佛憶念——先問:何以說法師而說這些?因為說法的本錢不在辭令,在所說有佛作證。授記者,佛印可其當來成佛;佛現其前、佛所憶念,是說他所說之法有源。落到自身:能不能講法,先問所講的是不是有來歷。
第十地三業殊勝德:以佛德自莊嚴
澄觀判「九「若以佛德」下十九頌明第十地位」,其中「初八頌三業殊勝德」,並判「初五頌半身業」「後二頌意業勝,智先導故」。經文從「若為諸佛所憶念,則以佛德自莊嚴」起,說妙福端嚴身、身晃耀如金山、三十二相、隨形好、身光無限、不思議光莊嚴、光出蓮華、華上有佛、示現十方調伏眾生,到「則現無量神通力」「則住不可思議土」。
先問:何以第十地講的多是相好?因為到此處,德已顯於形。三十二相與隨好不是裝飾,是德的外現;經文說「若以佛德自莊嚴」——莊嚴的材料是佛德,不是別的。而相好之極,是光中出蓮華、華上坐佛、遍現十方調伏眾生——相好最後落在度生上,不落在自身的莊嚴上。
排誤:不要把這一段當作對神異相貌的鋪陳。它的句法是「若……則……」,每一相都是前一德的果,讀時該看的是那條因果線。
三業廣大功:以智慧為先導
澄觀判「二「若以智慧為先」下四頌,明三業廣大功、三輪攝生德」,並分「初一頌身業、次一語業、後二意業」。經文從「則以智慧辯才力,隨眾生心而化誘」起,到「則以智慧為先導,身語意業恒無失」「則其願力得自在,普隨諸趣而現身」「音聲隨類難思議」,終於「則於一切眾生心,一念悉知無有餘」。
這裡有一句可以單獨記住:「以智慧為先導,身語意業恒無失。」三業不出過失的保證,不在戒條的細密,在智慧走在前面。澄觀說第十地意業之所以殊勝,正是「智先導故」。
落到自身:一般人管三業是事後修補——說錯了道歉、做錯了懺悔。這一句給的是另一個辦法:讓智慧先行一步。先導二字是次序,不是程度。
辨得法結位與三昧受位:從知煩惱無起到應受灌頂
澄觀判「三「若知煩惱」下二頌,辨得法結位」,又判「四「若得十地」下三頌,明三昧受位」之屬。經文從「則知煩惱無所起,永不沒溺於生死」起,經「則獲功德法性身,以法威力現世間」「則獲十地十自在,修行諸度勝解脫」「則獲灌頂大神通,住於最勝諸三昧」,到「則於十方諸佛所,應受灌頂而昇位」。
先問:煩惱明明現起,何以說「無所起」?這裡說的是知——知其本無所起。知了以後的效驗經文自己給了:「永不沒溺於生死」。不是沒有生死,是不沉溺其中。
灌頂昇位是諸位展轉的極處。灌頂之喻取自世間立太子之禮,以水灌頂而定其位;此處說十方諸佛所應受灌頂,是說其位由諸佛共證。
大用難測與進入佛地:身充遍如虛空
澄觀判「「若蒙」下二頌,亦是進入佛地」。經文:「則蒙十方一切佛,手以甘露灌其頂」「則身充遍如虛空,安住不動滿十方」「則彼所行無與等,諸天世人莫能知」。
甘露灌頂是前一節灌頂之相的具體化。要緊的是後面兩句的並置:充遍與不動同時說。身充滿遍布如虛空,同時安住不動而滿十方——這正是全品後半二百餘頌所要展開的那個義:遍與寂不相礙。此處先埋一句,後面十三昧門逐一開演。落到自身:修行到某一分上,會發現廣度眾生與心地不動不是兩件要平衡的事,是一件事的兩面。
結歎其德:功德聚如大海金剛
澄觀判「第三「菩薩勤修」下三頌,結歎其德,初二法說、後一喻況」。經文:「菩薩勤修大悲行,願度一切無不果,見聞聽受若供養,靡不皆令獲安樂」;「彼諸大士威神力,法眼常全無缺減」;末一頌是喻——「譬如大海金剛聚,以彼威力生眾寶,無減無增亦無盡,菩薩功德聚亦然。」
這個喻要看清楚它比的是什麼。大海中的金剛聚不是自己變出寶來,是「以彼威力生眾寶」——憑它的威力使眾寶得生,而它自身「無減無增亦無盡」。菩薩的功德聚也是這樣:出生無量利益而自身不因給出而減。
排誤:不要把功德想成一筆會用完的存款。經文說得明白,它的性質是不增不減。落到自身:怕做多了消耗自己,是把功德當存款看了。
無方大用分:十門三昧的科名該怎麼讀
從「或有剎土無有佛」起,經文進入全品最長的一段。澄觀判為「第四「或有剎土」下二百三頌,明無方大用分」,並判其所依:「彼能無邊大用者,由普賢德遍」。
這一段的讀法有一個要先講清楚的體例問題。澄觀在此標列十門之名:「一圓明海印三昧門、二華嚴妙行三昧門、三因陀羅網三昧門、四手出廣供三昧門、五現諸法門三昧門、六四攝攝生三昧門、七俯同世間三昧門、八毛光照益三昧門、九主伴嚴麗三昧門、十寂用無涯三昧門。」——這十個門名是澄觀的科名,不是經文自標。 經文自己標出名字的三昧,逐句數過是七個:海印三昧、華嚴三昧、有妙三昧名隨樂、說法三昧、有勝三昧名安樂、日燈三昧、有勝三昧名方網。其中「說法三昧」與「日燈三昧」二名不在澄觀十門之內。所以下文凡稱「因陀羅網三昧門」「手出廣供三昧門」之類,一律是澄觀的科名,讀者不要當作經文原有的三昧名。
順帶誌一筆:澄觀於十門標名處作「華嚴妙行三昧門」,而於逐科釋文處作「華嚴好行三昧」,二稱並見於其疏,錄之不判。
海印三昧門:一切都現,而現者無心
澄觀判「今初六頌明海印三昧」。經文從「或有剎土無有佛,於彼示現成正覺」起,說無佛處示現成佛、不知法處為說法藏;「無有分別無功用,於一念頃遍十方」;於十方念念示現成佛道、轉法輪、入寂滅、分布舍利;或現三乘之教;或現童男童女、天龍脩羅乃至摩睺羅伽之形;末句總結:「如是一切皆能現,海印三昧威神力。」
海印是經文自標之名。先問:何以叫海印?海水澄靜時,萬象都印現其中,而海並沒有去印它們。這一段的關鍵句正是「無有分別無功用」——無分別、不加功用而遍現十方。
排一個誤解:不要把示現讀成表演。經文說的是無佛之剎示現成佛、不知法之土為說法藏——現什麼,由那一處缺什麼決定,不由現者的意思決定。落到自身:真正的利他,是被需要決定的,不是被自己想做什麼決定的。
華嚴妙行三昧門:莊嚴與六度並說
澄觀判「二「嚴淨」下,華嚴好行三昧。文有十句,略辨七行」。經文從「嚴淨不可思議剎,供養一切諸如來」起,說放大光明、度脫眾生、智慧自在、說法無礙,而後列「施戒忍進及禪定,智慧方便神通等」,終於「如是一切皆自在,以佛華嚴三昧力」。
華嚴三昧也是經文自標之名。澄觀說這十句中「七八是十度行」——即那兩句羅列六度乃至方便、神通者,是攝十波羅蜜。所以這一門的內容其實極樸素:莊嚴國土、供佛、度生,加上六度萬行。以華嚴為名而所說是六度,正說明華嚴三昧不在六度之外。
落到自身:讀到「華嚴三昧」四字容易生玄想,經文卻只給了施戒忍進禪定慧。玄的是那個「皆自在」,不是那些項目。
因陀羅網三昧門:一微塵中入三昧
澄觀判「第三「一微塵中」下四頌,明因陀羅網三昧門」,並說「初二句標定心境」。經文:「一微塵中入三昧,成就一切微塵定,而彼微塵亦不增,於一普現難思剎」;那一塵之內有眾多剎土,或有佛或無佛、或雜染或清淨、或廣大或狹小、或成或壞、或正住或傍住;「或如曠野熱時焰,或如天上因陀網」;末云「如一塵中所示現,一切微塵悉亦然」。
先問:一微塵中如何容得下無數剎土?經文自己先擋掉了最容易的錯解——「而彼微塵亦不增」。塵沒有變大。所以這不是空間的容納問題。
門名中的「因陀羅網」四字是澄觀的科名;經文自身只有一句喻語「或如天上因陀網」。因陀羅網是帝釋宮上的寶網,網孔各綴一珠,珠珠互相映現,映現之中又各含一切映現,重重無盡。澄觀取此喻立門名,正取其重重無盡。
落到自身:這一門教的不是想像力,是一個判斷——小處不因其小而少含。一個看似微不足道的行為裡,含著的並不比大事少。
手出廣供三昧門(前半):一手遍三千
澄觀判「第四「若欲」下十八頌,明手出廣供三昧門,初一總標、後一通結、中間別顯」。前半三頌是總標與起手:「若欲供養一切佛,入于三昧起神變,能以一手遍三千,普供一切諸如來」;而後十方勝妙華、塗香末香無價寶皆從手中出,供養道樹諸最勝;無價寶衣、雜妙香、寶幢幡蓋、真金為華、寶為帳,「莫不皆從掌中雨」。
先問:供養何必從手中出?因為這一門所顯的是供具不假外求。要供養時不必先去積聚,三昧一起,物即隨出。這是把『有心供養而無力供養』這一層障礙徹底除掉。
落到自身:讀這一段時容易只看見神變的華麗。要看的是那個前提——「若欲供養一切佛」。欲字在前,能字在後。
手出廣供三昧門(後半):掌中出供與光中出供
後半十五頌逐項鋪陳。先是掌中所出:十方妙物、十方伎樂(鐘鼓琴瑟)、十方讚頌,「皆從掌內而開演」。而後轉為光中所出:右手放淨光、光中雨香水普灑十方;又放光明妙莊嚴而生寶蓮華;又放華莊嚴、香莊嚴、末香嚴、衣莊嚴、寶莊嚴、蓮莊嚴、瓔莊嚴七種光,每一種都『種種某物集為帳』而「普散十方諸國土,供養一切大德尊」——此七句同式,底本實計七見;再是幢莊嚴之光與雜寶莊嚴蓋、繒幡、摩尼寶鐸;末以「手出供具難思議,如是供養一導師,一切佛所皆如是,大士三昧神通力」通結。
排誤:這一長串同式句不是抄寫的冗餘。同式反覆本身就是義——供養之事在每一方、每一佛所,一樣地作,沒有厚薄。落到自身:所謂普供,不在一次供得多盛大,在對每一處都一樣。
現諸法門三昧門:二十門法藥
澄觀判「第五「菩薩住」下八頌,明現諸法門三昧門」,並分四科:「初一總標多門」。經文從「菩薩住在三昧中,種種自在攝眾生」起,逐句列「或以……門」,底本實計二十門:供養如來、難思布施、頭陀持戒、不動堪忍、苦行精進、寂靜禪定、決了智慧、所行方便、梵住神通、四攝利益、福智莊嚴、因緣解脫、根力正道、聲聞解脫、獨覺清淨、大乘自在、無常眾苦、無我壽者、不淨離欲、滅盡三昧。末以三個「隨」字句總收:「隨諸眾生病不同,悉以法藥而對治;隨諸眾生心所樂,悉以方便而滿足;隨諸眾生行差別,悉以善巧而成就。」
先問:這二十門有沒有高下?從三個隨字句看,沒有——判準不在門的高低,在眾生的病。所以聲聞解脫門與大乘自在門並列,無常眾苦門與滅盡三昧門並列。
排誤:不要以為華嚴既是圓教,就只用最高的法門。這一段恰恰說菩薩備二十門如備藥。落到自身:勸人學法而只推自己最喜歡的那一門,是把藥當成了偏好。
四攝攝生三昧門(前半):隨樂三昧與布施愛語
澄觀判「第六「有妙」下十七頌,明四攝攝生三昧門」。前半五頌從經文自標之名起:「有妙三昧名隨樂,菩薩住此普觀察,隨宜示現度眾生,悉使歡心從法化。」而後是布施攝:饑饉災難時給與樂具、隨所欲皆令滿;飲食上味、寶衣嚴具乃至王位皆能捨,「令好施者悉從化」;再是以相好、衣服、華鬘、香塗身而現,「一切世間所好尚……隨應普現愜其心」。
先問:以美好色相攝人,豈不落於世俗?經文的措辭是「愜其心」與「皆從道」——順他的心,是為了引他入道。三昧的名字叫「隨樂」,隨的正是眾生之所樂。
排誤:隨樂不是縱其所樂。經文緊接的是「悉使歡心從法化」——歡心是手段,從法化是目的。落到自身:接引人時肯不肯先順他一步,是慈悲的分寸,不是原則的讓步。
四攝攝生三昧門(後半):同事攝與利行攝
後半十二頌轉入語與事。先是愛語之極:迦陵頻伽、俱枳羅等妙音,「種種梵音皆具足,隨其心樂為說法」;再列八萬四千法門隨宜化度。而後是同事攝——「眾生苦樂利衰等,一切世間所作法,悉能應現同其事」;一切世間眾苦患深廣如海,「與彼同事悉能忍」。再下是為不識出離者示現捨國財而出家,並說明理由:「家是貪愛繫縛所,欲使眾生悉免離」又為壽長樂足者示受老病死;為貪瞋癡熾然者現老病死。末以如來十力、無所畏、十八不共法、三種示導皆能示現作結,並以蓮華喻收束:「譬如蓮華不著水,如是在世令深信。」
先問後答:同事攝最難在哪裡?難在「悉能忍」。與眾生同一件事,就要同受那件事裡的苦。經文用「深廣無涯如大海」形容那個苦,然後說能忍。
蓮華不著水一喻是這一整門的眼。同事而不同流,隨順而不沾染——落到自身:肯進去,又出得來,這兩件缺一個都不成。
俯同世間三昧門(前半):入世間諸業
澄觀判「第七「雅思」下十七頌,俯同世間三昧門」,並分「初六身同世間」。經文列菩薩所現世間身分:文思淵才、歌舞談說、一切技術如幻師;長者、邑主、商隊嚮導、國王大臣、良醫;曠野中作大樹、作良藥、作眾寶藏、作寶珠隨所求;世界初成而眾生無資身之具時「是時菩薩為工匠,為之示現種種業」。末立一條界線:「不作逼惱眾生物,但說利益世間事」
這一段值得單獨留意的是它把世間職業寫得極具體——醫、商、工匠、國王。菩薩行不是只在講堂之內。而那條界線也極清楚:技術可以現,唯獨「逼惱眾生物」不作。
落到自身:這一段是給在家人的。你所做的行業本身就可以是俯同世間之門,判準只有一條——它是利益人,還是逼惱人。
俯同世間三昧門(後半):入外道眾與說四諦
後半十五頌半更進一層,現外道之身。經文列:作外道出家人、山林勤苦、露形無衣而為師長;現邪命種種行、現梵志威儀而為上首;受五熱隨日轉、持牛狗鹿戒、著壞衣奉事火;示謁天廟、示入恒河水、食根果;示現蹲踞、翹足、臥草棘灰上、臥杵求出離。末說其效:「觀其意解與同事,所示苦行世靡堪,令彼見已皆調伏。」而後轉入正說:為稟邪教住惡見者方便說妙法,其法即是四諦——經文以十句連說四諦,底本實計十句:邊呪語、善密語、人直語、天密語、分別文字、決定義理、善破於他、非外所動、八部語、一切語。末以「知語境界不思議,是名說法三昧力」結,這也是經文自標之名。
先問:菩薩現外道邪命之行,豈非教人邪法?經文的次第答了這個問題——先「與同事」而後「說妙法」,所現的是行處,所說的是四諦。同事是門,四諦是所給的東西。
排誤:不要把這一段讀成方便可以無底線。所現的是苦行與威儀,所說的始終是四諦,一句沒有改。落到自身:可以走到別人的處境裡去,但走進去以後要給的東西不能換。
毛光照益三昧門·標門總辨:安樂三昧
澄觀判「第八「有勝三昧」下八十九頌半,明毛光照益三昧門」,並判「文分為五:初一頌標門總辨」。經文自標其名:「有勝三昧名安樂,能普救度諸群生,放大光明不思議,令其見者悉調伏。」
這是全品最長的一門,佔了將近九十頌。它的體例極整齊:一光一名,說此光覺悟何等人、令得何益,再說此光由何昔因而成。底本中受名之光實計四十四。
先立一個讀法:這一段不是光的目錄,是因果的目錄。每一段的末句幾乎都是「是故得成此光明」——光不是憑空放出來的,是往昔某一種行所成的果。落到自身:這一長串其實在說一件事——你今天所能利益人的地方,正是你往昔用過心的地方。
毛光·善現與照耀:光有名,光有因
第一光名善現:「若有眾生遇此光,必令獲益不唐捐」,其昔因是「彼光示現於諸佛,示法示僧示正道,亦示佛塔及形像」。第二光名照耀,能映蔽諸天之光、除去闇障,其昔因是「令執燈明供養佛」,並自明果報:「以燈供養諸佛故,得成世中無上燈。」下更列油燈、酥燈、明炬、眾香妙藥上寶燭之供。
這裡把整段的體例立住了:光名—所覺之人—所得之益—昔所修之因。以燈供佛而成為「世中無上燈」,因與果之間有明顯的相似——這是這一長段反覆使用的手法。
落到自身:不必把它讀成報應的清單。它教的是一種看法——所行之事會塑造出你將來能給人的那一種光。
毛光·濟度與滅愛:越四瀑流,滅諸渴愛
濟度光令眾生「普發大誓心,度脫欲海諸群生」,進而「則能越度四瀑流,示導無憂解脫城」;其昔因是「於諸行路大水處,造立橋梁及船筏,毀呰有為讚寂靜」。滅愛光令眾生「捨離於五欲,專思解脫妙法味」,進而「則能以佛甘露雨,普滅世間諸渴愛」;其昔因是「惠施池井及泉流……毀呰五欲讚禪定」。
四瀑流者,以其漂人如瀑而名。此二光的因果相配尤其顯明:造橋梁船筏度人過水,故成度四瀑流之光;施池井泉流解人之渴,故成滅諸渴愛之光。一是渡,一是解渴,都取水為喻而一反一正。
落到自身:世間的一件善事與出世間的一種能力之間,經文給的不是比喻關係,是因果關係。
毛光·歡喜與愛樂:愛慕菩提,樂於三寶
歡喜光「令其愛慕佛菩提,發心願證無師道」,昔因是「造立如來大悲像,眾相莊嚴坐華座,恒歎最勝諸功德」。愛樂光「令其心樂於諸佛,及以樂法樂眾僧」,進而「則在如來眾會中,逮成無上深法忍」;昔因是「開悟眾生無有量,普使念佛法僧寶,及示發心功德行」。
無師道指佛的自覺,不從他悟。此二光都落在對三寶的親近上:一個是愛慕菩提,一個是樂於佛法僧。而愛樂之果卻極高——「逮成無上深法忍」。
先問:只是心裡樂於三寶,何以能到深法忍?因為樂是持續的力量。勉強的親近會斷,樂則不需要維持。落到自身:檢查自己與三寶的關係,不必問精進的程度,先問樂不樂。
毛光·福聚與具智:施無遮限,一念解無量門
福聚光「令行種種無量施,以此願求無上道」,昔因是「設大施會無遮限,有來求者皆滿足,不令其心有所乏」。具智光「令於一法一念中,悉解無量諸法門」,昔因是「為諸眾生分別法,及以決了真實義,善說法義無虧減」。
「無遮限」三字是這一段的眼。施而設限,就有了揀擇;無遮限則是誰來都給。而具智光的因是「善說法義無虧減」——說法時不打折扣,故得一念解無量門之果。
落到自身:這兩條的因都在一個『不缺』上——布施不設限、說法不虧減。果也就都在「無量」上。
毛光·慧燈與法自在:知性空寂,得陀羅尼
慧燈光「令知眾生性空寂,一切諸法無所有」,昔因是「演說諸法空無主,如幻如焰水中月,乃至猶如夢影像」。法自在光「令得無盡陀羅尼,悉持一切諸佛法」,昔因是「恭敬供養持法者,給侍守護諸賢聖,以種種法施眾生」。
陀羅尼是總持,能持一切法而不失。慧燈光說空、法自在光說持——一捨一持,並非相違:知法無所有,才能持一切法而不成負擔。
排誤:如幻如焰如水中月不是說法不存在,是說它無主宰、無自體。經文用的字是「空無主」,主字要看清。
毛光·能捨與除熱:調慳心,持淨戒
能捨光「覺悟慳眾生,令知財寶悉非常,恒樂惠施心無著」,昔因是「慳心難調而能調,解財如夢如浮雲」。除熱光「覺毀禁者,普使受持清淨戒」,昔因是「勸引眾生受持戒,十善業道悉清淨」。
能捨光的昔因寫得極誠實:不是本來就不慳,是「慳心難調而能調」。這一句值得記住——經文承認慳心難調,然後說他調了。
除熱之名取煩惱如熱;戒能除熱,故名。落到自身:這兩光的昔因都不是天賦,是對治。慳者調慳而成能捨之光,這是給一般人的路。
毛光·忍嚴與勇猛:除瞋,超四魔
忍嚴光「覺悟瞋恚者,令彼除瞋離我慢,常樂忍辱柔和法」,昔因是「眾生暴惡難可忍,為菩提故心不動」。勇猛光「覺悟嬾墮者,令彼常於三寶中,恭敬供養無疲厭」,進而「則能超出四魔境,速成無上佛菩提」;昔因是「勸化眾生令進策,常勤供養於三寶,法欲滅時專守護」。
忍嚴光把瞋與我慢並提——除瞋而必離我慢,因為瞋多從慢生。勇猛光則把懶惰的對治放在三寶的恭敬供養上,而不是放在苦修上;且說這樣就能超出四魔境。
落到自身:對治懈怠,經文給的辦法不是加碼用功,是在三寶處起恭敬而不疲厭。這是把力氣的來源換了地方。
毛光·寂靜與慧嚴:離散亂,證諦解緣起
寂靜光「覺亂意者,令其遠離貪恚癡,心不動搖而正定」,昔因是「捨離一切惡知識,無義談說雜染行,讚歎禪定阿蘭若」。慧嚴光「覺悟愚迷者,令其證諦解緣起,諸根智慧悉通達」,進而「則得日燈三昧法,智慧光明成佛果」;昔因是「國財及己皆能捨,為菩提故求正法,聞已專勤為眾說」。
阿蘭若是寂靜之處。寂靜光的昔因裡有一項很具體——「無義談說」也在所捨之列,散亂之因常在閒談。慧嚴光則把證四諦、解緣起並列為所令之益,而昔因是為法捨身捨財、聞已為眾說。
落到自身:想心不散亂,經文先問你捨了哪些惡知識與無義之談。這比直接說『你要專注』實在得多。
毛光·佛慧與無畏:見無量佛,施無畏
佛慧光「覺悟諸含識,令見無量無邊佛,各各坐寶蓮華上」,昔因是「讚佛威德及解脫,說佛自在無有量,顯示佛力及神通」。無畏光「照觸恐怖者,非人所持諸毒害,一切皆令疾除滅」,昔因是「能於眾生施無畏,遇有惱害皆勸止,拯濟厄難孤窮者」。
含識即有情。此二光一內一外:一使人見佛,一使人離怖。無畏光的昔因寫得很平實——勸止惱害、拯濟厄難孤窮,都是眼前可作之事。
落到自身:施無畏是三施之一,卻最容易被忽略。經文所舉的三件事沒有一件需要神通。
毛光·安隱與見佛:除病苦,臨終見佛
安隱光「照疾病者,令除一切諸苦痛,悉得正定三昧樂」,昔因是「施以良藥救眾患,妙寶延命香塗體,酥油乳蜜充飲食」。見佛光「覺悟將沒者,令隨憶念見如來,命終得生其淨國」,昔因是「見有臨終勸念佛,又示尊像令瞻敬,俾於佛所深歸仰」。
見佛光這一條在漢傳的臨終助念一事上極為要緊:經文明說臨終者「隨憶念見如來,命終得生其淨國」,而其昔因正是自己曾在他人臨終時勸他念佛、示以尊像。因與果幾乎是同一件事的兩端。
落到自身:這一條所教的是一件今日就能作的事——在別人最需要時提醒他憶念佛。
毛光·樂法與妙音:欣樂正法,聞聲皆佛音
樂法光「令於正法常欣樂,聽聞演說及書寫」,昔因是「法欲盡時能演說,令求法者意充滿」。妙音光「開悟諸菩薩,能令三界所有聲,聞者皆是如來音」,昔因是「以大音聲稱讚佛,及施鈴鐸諸音樂」。
妙音光所令之益是全段中極特別的一條:不是聽到佛的聲音,是三界所有的聲音聽起來都是佛的聲音。這是能聞者的轉變,不是所聞者的替換。
落到自身:這一條說的其實是心地。同樣一片市聲,於一人是煩擾,於一人是法音——差別在聞者。
毛光·施甘露與最勝:捨放逸,聞增上法
施甘露光「令捨一切放逸行,具足修習諸功德」,昔因是「說有為法非安隱,無量苦惱悉充遍,恒樂稱揚寂滅樂」。最勝光「令於佛所普聽聞,戒定智慧增上法」,昔因是「常樂稱揚一切佛,勝戒勝定殊勝慧」。
甘露在印度是不死之藥的名,此處喻涅槃。二光的昔因都是「稱揚」——一個稱揚寂滅之樂,一個稱揚佛的戒定慧。稱揚在這一長段中出現極多次,是可作而易被輕看的一種行。
落到自身:常說什麼,就長什麼。這一段把口業的正面作用說得很足。
毛光·寶嚴與香嚴:得寶藏,聞香悅意
寶嚴光「令得寶藏無窮盡,以此供養諸如來」,昔因是「以諸種種上妙寶,奉施於佛及佛塔,亦以惠施諸貧乏」。香嚴光「令其聞者悅可意,決定當成佛功德」,昔因是「人天妙香以塗地,供養一切最勝主,亦以造塔及佛像」。
二光的昔因裡都有兩個去處:供佛與濟貧、供佛與造像。經文並不把供養三寶與周濟貧乏分作兩事,是並在一條因裡說的。
落到自身:常有人在「供佛」與『救人』之間為難。這兩條的昔因都是兩者兼具。
毛光·雜莊嚴與嚴潔:幢蓋充滿,令地平坦
雜莊嚴光現「寶幢幡蓋無央數,焚香散華奏眾樂,城邑內外皆充滿」,昔因是「本以微妙妓樂音,眾香妙華幢蓋等,種種莊嚴供養佛」。嚴潔光「令地平坦猶如掌」,昔因是「莊嚴佛塔及其處」。
從嚴潔光起,經文的體例轉為極簡:一光只三句——光名、所作、昔因,不再有中間的展開。這是文勢的收束,不是內容的草率。
嚴潔光所作只是「令地平坦」一事,昔因也只是莊嚴佛塔及其處所。落到自身:把一處地方整理乾淨,經文肯把它算作一光之因。
毛光·大雲與嚴具:雨香水,施上服
大雲光「能起香雲雨香水」,昔因是「以水灑塔及庭院」。嚴具光「令裸形者得上服」,昔因是「嚴身妙物而為施」。
這兩條與上一條同式,都是極小的事對極大的用。灑掃塔院而成能起香雲雨香水之光;施人嚴身之物而成令裸者得衣之光。
落到自身:這一串短句的用意在打消一種想法——以為只有大事才有大果。
毛光·上味與大財:飢者得食,貧者得寶
上味光「能令飢者獲美食」,昔因是「種種珍饌而為施」。大財光「令貧乏者獲寶藏」,昔因是「以無盡物施三寶」。
大財光的昔因用了「無盡物」三字,與上文寶嚴光的「上妙寶」不同。無盡不是數量,是心上不設底。
落到自身:施食而成上味之光、施三寶而成大財之光——這一對把在家人最常作的兩件事都收進來了。
毛光·六根清淨之光:眼耳鼻舌身意
自此經文以六根為序連放六光。眼清淨光「能令盲者見眾色」,昔因「以燈施佛及佛塔」;耳清淨光「能令聾者悉善聽」,昔因「鼓樂娛佛及佛塔」;鼻清淨光「昔未聞香皆得聞」,昔因「以香施佛及佛塔」;舌清淨光「能以美音稱讚佛,永除麁惡不善語」;身清淨光「諸根缺者令具足」,昔因「以身禮佛及佛塔」;意清淨光「令失心者得正念,修行三昧悉自在」。
這六條的因果配得極整齊:施燈得眼、施樂得耳、施香得鼻、除惡語得舌、禮拜得身、修三昧得意。六根之光配六種對佛塔的行。
落到自身:這一組把身體的每一個門都與一種具體的行對上了。不是抽象的『修福』,是各有所對。
毛光·六塵清淨之光:色聲香味觸法
接著又以六塵為序連放六光。色清淨光「令見難思諸佛色」,昔因「以眾妙色莊嚴塔」;聲清淨光「令知聲性本空寂,觀聲緣起如谷響」;香清淨光「令諸臭穢悉香潔」,昔因「香水洗塔菩提樹」;味清淨光「能除一切味中毒」,昔因「恒供佛僧及父母」;觸清淨光「能令惡觸皆柔軟」,並現「戈鋋劍戟從空雨,皆令變作妙華鬘」,昔因是往昔於道路中塗香散華布衣、迎送如來令佛踏行其上;法清淨光「能令一切諸毛孔,悉演妙法不思議」,其所演之法即「因緣所生無有生,諸佛法身非是身,法性常住如虛空」。
這一組中有兩條特別要留意。聲清淨光不是使聲音變好聽,是「令知聲性本空寂」——所轉的是知見。法清淨光所演的三句,是全段唯一直接說法性的地方,也是這八十九頌半的落腳處:緣生即無生、法身非色身、法性常住如虛空。
味清淨光的昔因「恒供佛僧及父母」把父母與佛僧並列,這在經中並不多見,誌之。
落到自身:從施燈施香一路讀到法性常住,經文自己把福與慧接成了一條線。
結略顯廣:如恒河沙的光明門
澄觀判「「如是等比」下結略顯廣」。經文:「如是等比光明門,如恒河沙無限數,悉從大仙毛孔出,一一作業各差別。」
前面所列受名之光,底本實計四十四。此處一句話說明:那只是舉例,實則如恒河沙。大仙是佛的異稱。
先問:既然無限數,何必舉四十四?因為無限說不出口,四十四說得出口。舉例是為了讓人知道那個體例——一光一名、一名一因。落到自身:讀完四十四條而知其例,便可以自己去推第四十五條。
類顯毛光業用與結用所依:一毛孔如是
澄觀判「「如一毛」下類顯一切毛光業用+結用所依」。經文:「如一毛孔所放光,無量無數如恒沙,一切毛孔悉亦然,此是大仙三昧力。」
前一節橫向說光有無數種,這一節縱向說出光之處也有無數。一毛孔已是無量無數,一切毛孔更是如此。末句歸到三昧力——這一切的所依是定,不是別的。
落到自身:這一句把前面九十頌的鋪陳收回到一處。所有的用,出於一個體。
釋成分齊:光隨本行,見隨宿緣
澄觀判「「如其本行」下釋成分齊」。經文:「如其本行所得光,隨彼宿緣同行者,今放光明故如是,此是大仙智自在。」又說「往昔同修於福業,及有愛樂能隨喜,見其所作亦復然,彼於此光咸得見」。
分齊就是界限。這一節說的是光的所被有其分齊:所照的是那些宿世同行同願的人。而值得注意的是它把「隨喜」也算在內——不必當初一同作,只要見他所作而生愛樂隨喜,同樣得見此光。
落到自身:隨喜在這裡不是安慰語,是一種真實的結緣方式。你來不及作的事,隨喜他人作,也在那條線上。
聞信光益:見與不見,在機不在光
澄觀判「「若有」聞下聞信光益」。經文先說能見者:「若有自修眾福業,供養諸佛無央數,於佛功德常願求,是此光明所開覺。」而後設二喻。前喻是日:「譬如生盲不見日,非為無日出世間」,故「大士光明亦如是,有智慧者皆悉見,凡夫邪信劣解人,於此光明莫能覩」。後喻是摩尼宮殿輦乘,「有福德者自然備,非無德者所能處」,故「有深智者咸照觸,邪信劣解凡愚人,無有能見此光明」。末一頌轉出勸信:「若有聞此光差別,能生清淨深信解,永斷一切諸疑網,速成無上功德幢。」
先問:光既普照,何以有人不見?經文答得斬截——「非為無日出世間」。不是沒有日,是盲。二喻分兩路:一約智(生盲喻)、一約福(宮殿喻),見不見繫於機,不繫於光。
排一個誤解:這不是說劣解之人被排斥在外。末一頌立刻給了出路——聽到這些光的差別而能生清淨深信解,就永斷疑網。所以聞而信,就是入處。這也正好回到全品之眼:信。
落到自身:讀了這麼長的一段光明而覺得與己無關,那正是這一頌所說的地方——先信,疑網一斷,路就開了。
主伴嚴麗三昧門:如明月在星中
澄觀判「第九有勝三昧下六頌,主伴嚴麗三昧門,亦是出現三昧」。經文:「有勝三昧能出現,眷屬莊嚴皆自在」;有妙蓮華光莊嚴,量等三千大千界而其身端坐充滿;復有十剎微塵數妙好蓮華圍繞,諸佛子眾於中坐;那些眾生「宿世成就善因緣,具足修行佛功德」,故繞菩薩而合掌觀無厭;末以喻收:「譬如明月在星中,菩薩處眾亦復然」;再以「如於一方所示現……一切方中悉如是」類顯十方。
先問:主伴之相是不是高下之相?明月在星中一喻答了這個問題。月在星中不是壓過眾星,是自然成其為中。且經文特別交代圍繞者的來歷——「宿世成就善因緣」,眷屬不是被召集的,是同因而聚的。
落到自身:所謂道場的莊嚴,不在陳設,在聚在一處的人是不是同因而來。
寂用無涯三昧門·標名總辨:方網三昧
澄觀判「第十有勝三昧名方網下三十四頌半,明寂用無涯三昧門」,並釋名云「約處名為方」、「十方交絡出入縱橫,故名為網」。經文自標其名:「有勝三昧名方網,菩薩住此廣開示,一切方中普現身,或現入定或從出。」
方是方所,網是交絡。這一門所開的,是入定與出定在方所上的自在。門名「寂用無涯」是澄觀所立——寂是入定,用是起用,無涯是沒有界限。
先問:入定出定有什麼可說的?一般人的定,入了就在此處,出了才能作事。這一門要說的正是這個限制的解除。
寂用無涯·器世間自在:東入西出
經文起手就給一個極簡的式子:「或於東方入正定,而於西方從定出;或於西方入正定,而於東方從定出;或於餘方入正定,而於餘方從定出。」而後總結:「如是入出遍十方,是名菩薩三昧力。」
這一句要慢讀。入定與出定不在同一處——在東入而在西出。若定是心在一處不動,這句話就講不通;所以它所顯的,是定不繫於處。
接著經文舉盡東方諸國土之如來,「悉現其前普親近,住於三昧寂不動」。親近諸佛與寂然不動同時。落到自身:這一段開始正式回答前面「身充遍如虛空,安住不動滿十方」那一句所埋的伏筆。
寂用無涯·智正覺世間自在:定寂而供不斷
經文接著把東西二方交錯說:東方諸佛前「住於三昧寂不動」,同時西方諸佛所「皆現從於三昧起,廣修無量諸供養」;反過來西方寂而東方起,也是一樣。末以「如是十方諸世界,菩薩悉入無有餘,或現三昧寂不動,或現恭敬供養佛」總收。
先問:同一個人如何能一邊寂然不動、一邊廣修供養?經文並不解釋,它只是把兩件事並排說出來。澄觀釋此段之相曰「在此常在彼,無有前後」——在這裡也就常在那裡,沒有先後。
排誤:不要把它想成分身術。分身仍是兩個身、有先有後。經文說的是無前後。落到自身:修行到一分上會知道,靜坐與辦事之間那條界線,不是靠加快切換來消除的。
寂用無涯·根境相對自在:六根六塵互入互出
這一段體例極整齊。經文以六根六塵相對,逐一設入出:於眼根入定而於色塵出定,「示現色性不思議」;反過來於色塵入定而於眼根起定,說「眼無生無有起,性空寂滅無所作」。耳與聲、鼻與香、舌與味、身與觸、意與法,一一同式。底本中根入者實計六、塵入者實計六。
澄觀繫此段於「三「於眼根」下二十五頌半,通顯於三世間自在」,其下判此為「一明根境相對以辨自在」。要留意兩個方向所說的話不同:從根入而於塵出者,說塵之不思議(色性不思議、分別一切語言音、普得一切上妙香……);從塵入而於根起者,一律說根之無生(眼無生、耳無生、鼻無生、舌無生、身無生、意無生),且句句同文——「性空寂滅無所作」。
先問後答:為什麼一邊說用之妙、一邊說體之空?因為根塵相對正是凡夫繫縛之處。從根入塵出,顯其用不礙;從塵入根起,顯其體本空。二者合說,才是自在。
落到自身:這一段是全品最貼近日常的一節。眼在看、耳在聽,一天到晚不停;經文說在這裡就可以入定,也在這裡就可以知其無生。
寂用無涯·他身器界自在:於此身入,於彼身出
經文接著把入出的所依從根塵擴到身與器界。先是他身:童子與壯年、壯年與老年、老年與善女、善女與善男、善男與比丘尼、比丘尼與比丘、比丘與學無學、學無學與辟支佛、辟支佛與如來、如來與諸天、諸天與大龍、大龍與夜叉、夜叉與鬼神。而後是器界:鬼神與一毛孔、一毛孔與一切毛孔、一切毛孔與一毛端頭、一毛端頭與一微塵、一微塵與一切塵、一切塵與金剛地、金剛地與摩尼樹、摩尼樹與佛光明、佛光明與河海、河海與火大、火大與風、風大與地大、地大與天宮殿、天宮殿與虛空。
澄觀判此為「二「童子」下明於他身自在」,並繫於「通顯於三世間自在」之科。所謂三世間,是眾生世間、器世間、智正覺世間。這一長串的排法是接龍式的——前一句的出處是後一句的入處,一路連下去不斷。
排誤:不要把「於如來身入正定」讀成菩薩成了佛。這一段所顯的是入出所依的無限制,不是位次的僭越。
落到自身:這一段讀來像一串炫目的變化,實則所說只有一句——沒有一處是定所不能依的。
總結難思:三昧自在難思議
澄觀判「第三「是名」下一頌總結」,並釋其句法:「初句以德命人、次句依人顯德」經文:「是名無量功德者,三昧自在難思議,十方一切諸如來,於無量劫說不盡。」
無方大用分二百餘頌到此收束。收束的方式很有意思——不作總結性的定義,而說「說不盡」。十方諸佛於無量劫都說不盡,何況此處二百餘頌。
落到自身:讀完這一長段而覺得無從把握,是正常的。經文自己說了說不盡。
喻況玄旨分·非喻能喻:喻不能喻,而因喻解義
澄觀判「第五「一切」下,喻況玄旨分,亦名舉劣顯勝分」,並判其首「先一偈半明非喻能喻、後半偈借喻通玄」。經文:「一切如來咸共說,眾生業報難思議,諸龍變化佛自在,菩薩神力亦難思」;接著自道其難:「欲以譬諭而顯示,終無有諭能諭此」;然後轉出:「然諸智慧聰達人,因於譬故解其義。」
這三句半是全品後段的方法論。先承認喻不能盡,再說仍要設喻。澄觀解釋設喻之意說得極生動:「引諸喻者,略有二意:一顯菩薩自在不同、二貴令眾生起信。且江南之人不信千人㲲帳,河北之者多疑萬斛之舟,皆耳目不暨故耳。」——江南人不信北方有能容千人的毛氈帳篷,河北人懷疑南方有載萬斛的大船,只因耳目沒有到過。所以經文「或舉目擊、或據具縛之人」,舉眼前見得到的事、舉還帶著煩惱的人所能作的事,來反顯菩薩。
落到自身:這一段先教了一件讀經的事——知道喻的限度,才不會把喻當作實法。
喻況玄旨·聲聞八解脫之喻:不具悲者尚爾
第一個喻取聲聞。經文:「聲聞心住八解脫,所有變現皆自在,能以一身現多身,復以多身為一身」;於虛空入火定、行住坐臥皆在空中、身上出水身下出火、身上出火身下出水,「如是皆於一念中,種種自在無邊量」。而後轉:「彼不具足大慈悲,不為眾生求佛道,尚能現此難思事,況大饒益自在力。」
這是「舉劣顯勝」的第一次施用,也定下了後面所有喻的句式:先說彼之所能,再點出彼之所缺(不具大慈悲、不為眾生求佛道),最後以「尚能……況……」作反顯。
落到自身:這個句式其實在教一種思惟——不必先想菩薩有多不可思議,先看世間與二乘所能的已經如此,再往上推。
喻況玄旨·日月影現與淨水四兵:普現而無分別
經文設二喻。日月喻:「譬如日月遊虛空,影像普遍於十方,泉池陂澤器中水,眾寶河海靡不現」,合云「菩薩色像亦復然,十方普現不思議」。淨水四兵喻:「如淨水中四兵像,各各別異無交雜」,劍戟弧矢鎧冑車輿種類極多而「莫不皆於水中現」,關鍵在末句「而水本自無分別,菩薩三昧亦如是」。
二喻各有所顯。日月喻顯普現:一日一月而遍現於一切水。四兵喻顯無分別:水映出千差萬別之像而水本身無所分別。
排誤:不要把「無分別」讀成不辨是非。水不分別,映出來的四兵卻「各各別異無交雜」——正因為自身無分別,所現才纖毫不亂。落到自身:心裡愈少成見,看事反而愈清楚,這是這一喻給的實義。
喻況玄旨·善音海神與辯才婦人:具縛者尚爾
經文舉二事。一是海神:「海中有神名善音,其音普順海眾生,所有語言皆辯了」,而「彼神具有貪恚癡,猶能善解一切音,況復總持自在力,而不能令眾歡喜」。二是辯才婦人:「有一婦人名辯才,父母求天而得生」,凡離惡樂真實的人,她入其身中即生妙辯;「彼有貪欲瞋恚癡,猶能隨行與辯才,何況菩薩具智慧」。
這二喻都取語言之能。澄觀所說「或據具縛之人」即指這一類——舉還在貪瞋癡中的人,他們尚且如此。
落到自身:這個推法有一個好處,它不要求人先相信不可思議之事,只要求人承認眼前已有之事。
喻況玄旨·幻師與阿脩羅:幻術尚能悅世
經文再舉二事。幻師:「譬如幻師知幻法,能現種種無量事,須臾示作日月歲,城邑豐饒大安樂」,而「幻師具有貪恚癡,猶能幻力悅世間,況復禪定解脫力」。天與阿脩羅戰:脩羅敗走而「兵仗車輿及徒旅,一時竄匿莫得見」,而「彼有貪欲瞋恚癡,尚能變化不思議,況住神通無畏法」。
幻師一喻在佛典中常用來說法之如幻;此處卻反用——不說幻之虛,說幻之能。落到自身:這一段的用意始終如一,是要人由眼前已信之事推到未信之事。
喻況玄旨·帝釋象王與脩羅蹈海:具縛之變現
象王喻極其鋪張:帝釋之象自化三十三頭,一一頭六牙具足,一一牙上七池,一一池中七蓮華,一一華上七玉女,「悉善技藝奏眾樂,而與帝釋相娛樂」;那象又能「捨本形,自化其身同諸天,威儀進止悉齊等」。結句仍是舊式:「彼有貪欲瞋恚癡,尚能現此諸神通,何況具足方便智,而於諸定不自在!」脩羅蹈海喻:「如阿脩羅變作身,蹈金剛際海中立,海水至深僅其半,首共須彌正齊等」,結云「況伏魔怨照世燈,而無自在威神力」。
象王一喻的層層開展(三十三頭、六牙、七池、七華、七女)與前面因陀羅網三昧門的重重相涉在形式上遙相呼應。誌錄之。
喻況玄旨·帝釋千眼與忉利天鼓:微小福力尚爾,無形之音尚能益
帝釋千眼喻:天脩羅戰時,帝釋「隨阿脩羅軍眾數,現身等彼而與敵」,脩羅生念「釋提桓因來向我,必取我身五種縛」而憂悴,帝釋「現身有千眼,手持金剛出火焰」,脩羅望見退伏;結云「彼以微小福德力,猶能摧破大怨敵,何況救度一切者」。
天鼓喻更長且更要緊。忉利天中有鼓「從天業報而生得」,知諸天放逸時空中自然出音。經文引其所說之語:一切五欲「如水聚沫性虛偽」,諸有「如夢如陽焰,亦如浮雲水中月」;「放逸為怨為苦惱,非甘露道生死徑」;五欲功德有「滅壞性」,勸令「愛樂真實法」。諸天聞之而昇善法堂,帝釋為說微妙法。結云:「彼音無形不可見,猶能利益諸天眾,況隨心樂現色身,而不濟度諸群生!」再一節:戰時天鼓出音告眾「汝等宜應勿憂怖」,諸天除憂增力而脩羅退走;合之曰「甘露妙定如天鼓,恒出降魔寂靜音」。
天鼓喻的特別處在於:那鼓無心、無形、非人所擊,卻恰在該說時說了該說的話。合喻明說所比的是「甘露妙定」——定之出音,亦如是無心而應時。
落到自身:這是全品諸喻中最可自省的一個。真正到位的提醒,往往不是誰刻意說給你聽的。
喻況玄旨·帝釋應天女與他化梵王:世間自在猶爾
經文再舉三事。帝釋普應天女:天女「九十有二那由他」,帝釋一時普應,令彼各各自謂「天王獨與我娛樂」;結云「帝釋具有貪恚癡,能令眷屬悉歡喜,況大方便神通力」。他化自在天王:「於欲界中得自在,以業惑苦為罥網,繫縛一切諸凡夫」,結云「彼有貪欲瞋恚癡,猶於眾生得自在,況具十種自在力」。大梵王:「一切梵天所住處,悉能現身於彼坐,演暢微妙梵音聲」,結云「彼住世間梵道中,禪定神通尚如意,況出世間無有上」。
三事的層次是往上走的:帝釋在忉利、他化天王在欲界之頂、梵王在色界。愈上則所舉之自在愈近於定,而所反顯者也愈近於出世間之定。
喻況玄旨·摩醯首羅與大風起世:數雨滴,起世間
摩醯首羅喻:「摩醯首羅智自在,大海龍王降雨時,悉能分別數其滴,於一念中皆辨了」,結云「無量億劫勤修學,得是無上菩提智,云何不於一念中,普知一切眾生心!」
大風喻:「眾生業報不思議,以大風力起世間,巨海諸山天宮殿,眾寶光明萬物種」;風又能興雲降雨、散滅雲氣、成熟穀物、安樂群生。結句尤其值得記:「風不能學波羅蜜,亦不學佛諸功德,猶成不可思議事,何況具足諸願者!」
前一喻反顯一念普知眾生心;後一喻的所舉之物已不是有情,是風。連無心之風尚成不可思議之事——這是「舉劣顯勝」推到了極處。
落到自身:這兩喻合起來說的是一件事——所能與所修並不總是成正比,那麼真修的人所能就更不可限量。
喻況玄旨·眾聲悅意與大海平等印:知聲如響,包容無拒
眾聲喻:「男子女人種種聲,一切鳥獸諸音聲,大海川流雷震聲,皆能稱悅眾生意」,結云「況復知聲性如響,逮得無礙妙辯才」。這一喻與前面妙音光、與根塵段的「觀聲緣起如谷響」互為呼應。
大海平等印喻:「海有希奇殊特法,能為一切平等印,眾生寶物及川流,普悉包容無所拒」;合云「無盡禪定解脫者,為平等印亦如是,福德智慧諸妙行,一切普修無厭足」。
平等印一語要緊。海之為平等印,在於它不揀擇——眾生、寶物、川流一概包容。而所合之法卻不是包容眾生,是「一切普修無厭足」——於一切妙行不揀擇。這是把平等從所受移到所修上。
落到自身:修行上的挑食,是最不易察覺的一種揀擇。
喻況玄旨·龍王遊戲·雲色與電光:隨處而異
自「大海龍王遊戲時」以下,經文進入全部譬喻中最長的一組。澄觀判此為「戲喻,喻菩薩遊戲神變德」。
先說雲色:龍王興雲充遍四天下,而雲色隨處各異——他化自在天處如真金,化樂天赤珠色,兜率陀天霜雪色,夜摩天瑠璃色,三十三天碼碯色,四王天玻瓈色,大海水上金剛色,緊那羅中妙香色,諸龍住處蓮華色,夜叉住處白鵝色,阿脩羅中山石色,欝單越處金焰色,閻浮提中青寶色,「餘二天下雜莊嚴,隨眾所樂而應之」。再說電光,亦逐處而異,末句「如雲色相電亦然」。
先問:何必如此鋪陳?因為所要顯的正是『一興而萬異』。龍王只是遊戲興雲,雲卻在每一處現出那一處所宜之色。這與前面海印三昧「無有分別無功用」是同一個義,只是換了一個更長的說法。
落到自身:同一場法,聽的人各得其所需——不是說者作了分別,是機自不同。
喻況玄旨·龍王遊戲·雷音與所雨:一興而萬應
再說雷音:他化天如梵音,化樂天如大鼓音,兜率天如歌唱音,夜摩天如天女音,三十三天如緊那羅種種音,護世四王處如乾闥婆音;海中如兩山相擊聲,緊那羅中如簫笛聲,諸龍城中如頻伽聲,夜叉住處如龍女聲,阿脩羅中如天鼓聲,「於人道中海潮聲」。
再說所雨之物:他化自在天雨妙香雜華,化樂天雨多羅華、曼陀羅華及澤香,兜率天雨摩尼寶(「髻中寶珠如月光,上妙衣服真金色」),夜摩天雨幢幡蓋、華鬘塗香與伎樂,三十三天雨如意珠、堅黑沈水栴檀香與欝金雞羅多摩諸香水,護世城中雨美膳「色香味具增長力」,並雨難思眾妙寶——末句點明所依:「悉是龍王之所作。」
三重鋪陳(色、音、雨)同一體例:一處一色、一處一音、一處一物。落到自身:這一長段所教的耐心,本身也是一種讀法的訓練——肯逐處讀完,才知道那個『隨處而異』不是一句概括,是一項一項作出來的。
喻況玄旨·海中與四洲之雨:龍王自在而身不動
經文續說海中與諸處之雨:大海中「注雨不斷如車軸」,又雨無盡大寶藏與莊嚴寶;緊那羅界雨瓔珞、蓮華、衣寶與婆利師迦末利之香;諸龍城中雨赤珠,夜叉城內雨光摩尼,阿脩羅中雨兵仗「摧伏一切諸怨敵」,欝單越中雨瓔珞與妙華,弗婆瞿耶二天下雨莊嚴具,閻浮提雨清淨水「微細悅澤常應時,長養眾華及果藥,成熟一切諸苗稼」。末以一頌總收:「如是無量妙莊嚴,種種雲電及雷雨,龍王自在悉能作,而身不動無分別。」
總收那一句是全組之眼——「而身不動無分別」。前面三重鋪陳寫盡了萬般差別,末句一舉歸到不動與無分別。這與寂用無涯門的「住於三昧寂不動」而「廣修無量諸供養」是同一格。
落到自身:作了極多的事而心裡沒有增減,這是這一喻所指的地方。
喻況玄旨·結說顯德:龍王尚爾,何況入法海者
澄觀判「三一頌結說顯德」。經文:「彼於世界海中住,尚能現此難思力,況入法海具功德,而不能為大神變!」而後轉入收束:「彼諸菩薩解脫門,一切譬諭無能顯,我今以此諸譬諭,略說於其自在力。」
這兩頌把整個喻況玄旨分首尾扣起來。開頭說「終無有諭能諭此」,結尾說「一切譬諭無能顯」;中間設了那麼多喻,末了仍回到喻之不能。世界海與法海的對舉也極工——龍王住的是世界海,菩薩入的是法海。
落到自身:讀完這一長串譬喻而仍覺得沒有真見到菩薩的自在,這正是經文自己承認的結果。喻是門,不是屋子。
校量勸持分·結前六慧:六種慧的名目
澄觀判「大文第三「第一智慧」下九頌,校量勸持分」,並說其意:「此廣大用人皆有分,見而不習,誠為自欺,故中人可勸而進也。」——這樣廣大的用,人人都有一分;見到了卻不去習,是自己騙自己。
經文一頌結前:「第一智慧廣大慧,真實智慧無邊慧,勝慧及以殊勝慧,如是法門今已說。」澄觀逐名解此六慧:「第一者,上無加故。二廣大者,語其分量超二乘故。三真實者,明其體性內證無虛故。四無邊者,有二義:一量智普知故、二離種種二邊故,即中道慧也。五勝者,超地位故。六殊勝者,同普賢故。」
六慧不是六種不同的智慧,是同一智慧的六個面向:無上、超二乘、內證無虛、中道、超地位、同普賢。落到自身:一路讀了七百餘行的功德與大用,這裡用六個名目把它收回到一個字——慧。
信受難得:能信此法是難中之難
澄觀判「二「此法」下八頌,明信受難得」,並判「初一總顯、餘七別明」。經文首頌:「此法希有甚奇特,若人聞已能忍可,能信能受能讚說,如是所作甚為難。」澄觀逐字解此四事:「聞謂遇經。忍可謂信因,信則心淨。受謂領文領義。讚乃通言通筆,說唯約言。」又釋「希有」云:「佛出懸遠已難可遇,唯初成頓說,故希有也。奇謂初能具後,特謂逈出諸乘」
其後諸頌層層校量:世間凡夫「信是法者甚難得」,能信者由二力——澄觀說「一現修淨福稱所求故、二昔因聞熏今發種故」。再往下是那組著名的比較:「一切世界諸群生,少有欲求聲聞乘,求獨覺者轉復少,趣大乘者甚難遇。趣大乘者猶為易,能信此法倍更難,況復持誦為人說,如法修行真實解!」
先問:趣大乘已經極難,何以信此法更難?澄觀答得極簡:「以初心即具一切功德,故難信也。」難信之處正在前面所說的那個圓融義——初發心即具一切位。這一句把全品從頭到尾串了起來。
順帶誌一筆:澄觀牒此偈時作「信大乘者猶為易」,底本作「趣大乘者」,六十本作「求大乘者」,古德牒經多有省改,並錄不判。
落到自身:讀到這裡若心裡起了『這也未免說得太大』的念頭,經文早已料到——它把這個念頭寫成了「甚難得」三個字。而澄觀給了不信者一條後路:「今不信者,願少聽聞,為毒塗鼓,終成堅種。」
舉事校量誦持功德:持誦此品的福最勝
澄觀判「第三四頌舉事校量」,並判「初三校量難信,初二舉二難以況信難、後一舉福勝以彰信勝。後一校量餘行之難,唯明誦持」,並說此四事「後後過於前前」。
經文四頌:頂戴三千大千世界一劫而身不動,「彼之所作未為難,信是法者乃為難」;手擎十佛剎住空中一劫,「彼之所作未為難,能信此法乃為難」;於十剎塵數眾生所施樂具一劫,「彼之福德未為勝,信此法者為最勝」;於十剎塵數如來所承事一劫,「若於此品能誦持,其福最勝過於彼」。
先問:這是誇大其詞嗎?看它的比法就明白——前二事比的是難,後二事比的是勝;前三事都在說信,最後一事才說誦持。經文的落點不在『讀這一品可以得多少福』,在『信這個法有多難』。
落到自身:全品以文殊發問開始,以誦持此品作結,中間七百餘行說的全是信所生的德。收在誦持上,是把那個「信」交回到讀者手裡——你如今正在讀的,就是它所說的那一品。
顯實證成分:十方諸佛摩頂讚成
澄觀判「大段第三「時賢首」下,顯實證成分」,並分四科:「一動世界,大機發故;二蔽魔宮,唯佛境故;三息惡道,利樂深故;四佛現證,契佛心故。」又於佛現證中判「摩頂、讚善、隨喜,即三業皆證,勸物信行」。
經文是全品唯一的一段長行:賢首說偈已,「十方世界六返震動,魔宮隱蔽,惡道休息」;十方諸佛普現其前,「各以右手而摩其頂,同聲讚言:「善哉!善哉!快說此法!我等一切悉皆隨喜。」」
先問:何以要有這一段?因為前面七百餘行所說皆是果德,說者是賢首一人。這一段是諸佛親證其說不虛。澄觀說摩頂是身業之證、讚善是語業之證、隨喜是意業之證,三業皆證。
第二會到此為止。澄觀於疏末標「第二會竟」四字——從〈如來名號品〉到本品,六品明信之會,結在諸佛的一句「善哉」上。
承衍
本品之義為後世三軌所承,並錄不判。
澄觀一系:以八十本逐文分科,立來意、釋名、宗趣、釋文四門,判全品為文殊發起、賢首廣說、十方現證三分,判賢首答為謙讚許說、正說勝德、校量勸持三分,正說勝德內又分五,無方大用分內立十門三昧之名。他於此品所施用最力者,是解『信門何以能具後諸位』之難——立行布次第門與圓融通攝門二門,圓融門下復開緣起相由門與法界融攝門,並判行位相收有始具終、終具始、諸位齊收、諸位皆泯四說。他又辨此品發心與十住初發心住之別,判「此中發心該於初後」;並斥以此文判為捨凡入聖者曰「判為入地乃孟浪之談」。此諸判皆華嚴宗行位圓融義在本品的落點。
法藏一系:於六十本以梵語跋陀羅、室利釋品名,判為持業釋,並開人法四轉之釋;判賢首答文為八分——歎深難說、略示行相、略辨勝能、攝諸行位、無方大用、喻況玄旨、校量勸發、顯實證成;並記頌數三百六十三頌與五言七言之分。其八分與澄觀之三分五科各成一系,古有二說,誌錄之。
智儼一系:於六十本以「十信已滿位是賢聖之初」釋名,繫來意於「行既成立,次須廣歎德用成位」,判宗為歎德,判文為三——「文中有三:初文殊問;二有七百七偈半,賢首正答;三賢首說」,此品竟時下有六偈為經家所顯諸佛證成——並記偈數七百一十五偈半。他所記之六偈證成,正與八十本作長行者相對——同一段而二本體裁異,誌錄不判。
李通玄一系:約作五門——釋品名目、釋品來意、明品之宗趣、明信心退住、隨文釋義。其中「明信心退住」一門為他家所無,別出一路。他釋賢首之名曰「創從凡夫,頓彰法界諸佛因果理智一時明現」,又判此賢首「乃是於佛果海文殊普賢行之賢首」「為信佛因果理智之首,圓滿法界解行無始終之首」——以頓彰、以無始終讀之,與依位次第之讀法不同,古有此說,誌錄之。
至於頌數三家異數——澄觀三百五十九頌半、法藏三百六十三頌、智儼七百一十五偈半——所釋底本本異(澄觀釋八十本,法藏、智儼釋六十本),底本偈行則實計七百一十七行。並錄之,不判高下,亦不相減比較。
華嚴宗綱領之書中,「賢首」與「海印三昧」二名見於《華嚴一乘教義分齊章》《華嚴一乘十玄門》《妄盡還源觀》諸處,皆是教相、十玄立教、觀行立名之詞語援引,非疏釋本品經文,誌錄不判。而「信為道元功德母」一句於此諸書皆無命中,據實標闕,不由此推其流布。
Why This Chapter Stands Last in the Second Assembly
The chapter “Pure Conduct” has just finished setting out the hundred and forty-one vows and just finished speaking of ‘using the mind well’; a person actually practicing will naturally ask: if I go on using my mind this way, vow by vow, what in the end will grow out of it? The Foremost in Worthiness chapter is the answer to that question. Chengguan's judgment of the reason for this chapter's coming is extremely direct: “Now, practice is not set up for nothing; there must be its virtue. Since understanding and practice have been made perfect and wondrous, the excellent virtue must be beyond thought; it gathers up the preceding practice and vows to accomplish the virtuous function of faith, and therefore it comes next.” Practice is not set up in vain; being set up, it must have its virtue. The earlier chapter brought practice and vows to completeness; here what that practice and those vows accomplish is gathered up and spoken of. Zhiyan, over on the sixty-fascicle side, judges it the same way: “Practice having been established, there must next be an extensive praising of the function of its virtue that completes the station; therefore it comes.”
There is a further and tighter thread. Chengguan points out that the long string of questions the Bodhisattva Foremost in Wisdom earlier put to Mañjuśrī was a case of “raising up the fruit to enquire after the cause” — taking the fruit and asking about the cause; and that when Mañjuśrī answered he “set forth that cause at length while indicating the fruit only summarily,” expounding the cause in detail and marking the fruit with a single line, “one obtains all excellent and wondrous merits.” That line was not opened out, and so “therefore he questions Foremost in Worthiness so as to have him extend those words.” Mañjuśrī does not go on himself; he turns and asks Foremost in Worthiness, handing that half which is the virtue of the fruit over to another bodhisattva. This chapter finishes the sentence the previous chapter left unfinished.
Who Foremost in Worthiness Is: The Name Itself Is Doctrine
The chapter's name was not picked at random. Chengguan glosses the two graphs: “that whose substance and nature are utterly compliant, well-governed, and good is called ‘worthy’; that whose auspicious and excellent virtue is surpassing and outstanding is named ‘foremost’” — a substance and nature pliant, compliant, and well-governed is called “worthy”; auspicious and excellent virtue, surpassing and outstanding, is called “foremost.” He also makes clear why at this station the single graph “worthy” is singled out: “The chapter of Foremost in Worthiness, because it stands at the beginning of the station of worthiness and gathers all the virtues, singles out the name ‘worthy.’”
Fazang, on the sixty-fascicle side, comes at it from the Sanskrit, saying, “According to the Sanskrit text the name is bhadra, which here means ‘worthy’; and śrī, which here means ‘auspicious,’ or ‘virtue,’ or ‘foremost,’ or ‘surpassing,’” and he particularly rules out one misreading: “Therefore it is not the ‘foremost’ of ‘the first in order,’ nor the ‘foremost’ of ‘the foremost of the assembly’” — “foremost” is not the foremost of ranking first; it means surpassing and outstanding virtue. He judges the name an appositional compound: “‘Worthy’ pertains to substance and nature, ‘foremost’ to the function of virtue.”
Li Tongxuan's reading takes yet another track: “Beginning as an ordinary person and all at once setting forth in manifest brightness the cause and fruit, the principle and the wisdom, of all the buddhas of the Dharma realm at one and the same moment — this is called ‘Foremost in Worthiness.’” From the stage of an ordinary person to have the whole cause and fruit, principle and wisdom of a buddha shine out at once — only this is called Foremost in Worthiness. The three masters establish the name from different angles — Chengguan with respect to the station, Fazang with respect to the Sanskrit and to substance and function, and Tongxuan with respect to sudden manifestation. These three accounts come down from antiquity; they are recorded, with no adjudication as to higher or lower.
How Many Verses This Chapter Has: Three Numbers and One Thing Misread
The verse lines of the base text count out as seven hundred and seventeen, of which two are Mañjuśrī's question in verse and seven hundred and fifteen are Foremost in Worthiness's answer in verse. This is a fact that can be counted line by line.
The verse-counts recorded by the ancient worthies, however, are three. Chengguan, explaining the eighty-fascicle text, says “the verses number three hundred and fifty-nine and a half,” and divides them into four verses of modest praise and the granting of the exposition, three hundred and forty-six and a half of properly setting forth the excellent virtues, and nine of comparative measure and exhortation to uphold. Fazang's Tanxuan ji says of Foremost in Worthiness's answer that “there are in all three hundred and sixty-three verses: the first thirteen in five graphs to the line, the following three hundred and fifty in seven.” Zhiyan's Souxuan ji says “this chapter has seven hundred and fifteen and a half verses,” of which the answer takes up seven hundred and seven and a half.
The three numbers differ widely, and a reader easily suspects that someone has recorded it wrongly. Here one misunderstanding must be ruled out: the base texts the three masters explain are not the same. Chengguan explains the eighty-fascicle Avataṃsaka; Fazang and Zhiyan explain the sixty-fascicle. Fazang says “the first thirteen in five graphs to the line,” but in the eighty-fascicle text the opening clauses of the verse lines count out as seven hundred and seventeen lines of seven graphs, and the chapter has no section in five graphs at all; whereas the opening of the sixty-fascicle text does indeed have a section in five graphs. So that count of “five graphs” refers to the sixty-fascicle text. Since it is not one and the same base text, it is not fitting to subtract one number from another and argue about which is longer. Both are recorded, with no adjudication.
Modest Praise and the Granting of the Exposition: The Perfect Sense Hidden in the Words About One Drop of Water
Foremost in Worthiness's first words are “Very well, sir! Listen carefully,” and immediately he is modest about himself: what he expounds is only “like a single drop of water of the great ocean.” Further down he sets up two more similes — “it is as it were the patch of empty space trodden by a bird's two feet, or a single mote of dust upon the great earth.”
Ask one question first: if the merits are immeasurable, why speak at all? Chengguan resolves this passage superbly. He says that Foremost in Worthiness raises verses in answer for two reasons: “first, because few words gather in many senses; second, because fine words in praise and exposition give rise to pure faith.” Verse has few graphs and gathers in much sense, and its words are fine and can make people give rise to pure faith. As for those three modest similes, Chengguan says they carry two senses: “First, it shows a small portion by simile: the virtue of arousing the mind and practicing is like the great void and the great earth, while what is expounded is as narrow as one mote trodden by a foot. Second, it covertly likens them as not different: the space of a bird's foot is not different from the great void, and the finest mote is no other than the great earth.” — The first layer is genuine modesty: what is expounded is only a small portion. The second layer, though, is the hidden sense: the patch of space a bird's foot has trodden is not some other kind of space; it is the great void. The earth-nature of a single mote of dust is no different from the great earth. And so “this summary exposition is in its sense nowhere incomplete.”
Rule out one misreading: do not read these lines as mere politeness and pass on. This is the constant method of the Huayan — hiding the most perfect sense in the most modest place. Brought home to the reader: the one portion of the Buddha's Dharma you can understand today, if it really is that portion, is not of a substance other than the whole; what is to be feared is being unwilling to take even that one portion seriously.
The Character of Arousing the Mind: The Mind Is Not Aroused Out of Nowhere
The first section of properly setting forth the excellent virtues Chengguan judges as “first, five verses on the character of arousing the mind.” The scripture opens with “When a bodhisattva raises his intent and seeks awakening, this is not without cause and not without condition.”
First the question, then the answer: why must it first be declared that this is “not without cause and not without condition”? Because what people most easily do is take the arousing of the mind for a momentary surge of feeling. The scripture at once supplies the cause and condition — “it is because pure faith has arisen toward the Buddha, the Dharma, and the Saṅgha that from this faith the vast mind arises.” The cause of arousing the mind is pure faith in the three jewels. This one line sets up the skeleton of the whole chapter in advance: the seven verses below on faith, the fifty and a half on the stations of practice that faith possesses, the two hundred and three on the great function faith accomplishes, all hang upon this one line.
The remaining four verses layer by layer rule out misunderstandings and establish the right direction: not seeking the five desires or the position of a king, not seeking wealth and renown, but only “to extinguish forever the suffering of sentient beings and to benefit the world that he arouses this mind”; positively, “he constantly wishes to benefit and bring ease to all sentient beings, to adorn the lands, to make offerings to the buddhas”; a step further, “the faith and understanding of his deep mind are constantly pure; he reveres and honors all the buddhas”; and finally it comes down to four things: faith in the Buddha, faith in the Dharma, faith in the path practiced by the sons of the Buddha, and faith in the unsurpassed great awakening. Brought home to oneself: in examining one's own arousing of the mind, one need not ask how fervent it is; one should ask what it hangs upon — what hangs upon feeling will fall back; only what hangs upon faith will stand.
Faith Is the Origin of the Path and the Mother of Merits: The Eye of the Whole Chapter
“Faith is the origin of the path and the mother of merits; it nurtures and grows all wholesome dharmas; it cuts off the net of doubt and brings one out of the flood of craving; it opens and shows the unsurpassed path of nirvāṇa.” This is the most celebrated verse of the whole chapter, and it is also the single line most often quoted whenever Han Buddhism speaks of faith. Chengguan judges these seven verses to be “the summary showing of its excellent capacity,” and says that their structure is “the first verse is the general indication, the next five verses the separate explanation, and the last verse the general conclusion.”
Let two words be made plain first. Origin of the path — origin means the beginning, the root; faith is the starting point of entering the path. Mother of merits — a mother is what can give birth; all merits are born from here. Two figures are used in succession, one horizontal and one vertical: horizontally it is the doorway, vertically it is the root. The lower half of the verse states two workings of faith: cutting off the net of doubt, and coming out of the flood of craving. Doubt is like a net that snares a person so that he cannot go forward; craving is like a flood that carries a person off so that he cannot stand. Once faith arises the net is broken and one comes out of the flood, and thereupon “it opens and shows the unsurpassed path of nirvāṇa.”
Then come five verses of separate explanation, clause after clause with faith as the subject. Within these seven verses the graph “faith” counts out as seventeen occurrences — this is not rhetorical repetition; it is Chengguan's so-called “summary showing of its excellent capacity” in operation: pointing out every one of faith's capacities. Faith makes the mind free of stain and turbid disorder and does away with arrogance; faith is “the foremost treasure of wealth within the treasury of the Dharma,” the “pure hand” that receives all practices; faith can make one give without stinting, enter the Dharma with joy, increase the merit of wisdom, and reach the ground of the Tathāgata without fail; faith makes the faculties pure, bright, and keen, and the power of faith is firm and cannot be spoiled; faith clings to nothing in any sphere of objects and can pass beyond the paths of the māras; faith is the seed of merit that cannot be spoiled and can grow the tree of awakening. The last verse concludes by coming down upon rarity: “delight in faith is the most excellent and also the hardest of all to obtain; it is just as in all the world it is hard to meet with that wondrous jewel that grants whatever the mind wishes.”
Rule out the commonest misunderstanding: faith here is not ‘believing provisionally until one understands.’ Were it that, it could only serve as a beginner's expedient and could not be the “mother of merits.” The scripture says it “can increase and grow the merit of wisdom” and “can bring one without fail to the ground of the Tathāgata” — that is, faith runs through to the end and walks together with wisdom. Brought home to oneself: when a person has practiced a long time and finds it has gone dry, more often than not it is not that concentration is insufficient but that faith has receded — without that portion of settled conviction that one “will without fail arrive,” every Dharma-gate is only a pastime.
Faith in the Three Jewels Accomplishing Practice: From Serving in Faith to the Sequence
From “if one can constantly serve the buddhas in faith, then one can uphold the precepts and cultivate the points of training” onward, the scripture changes to a particular clause-pattern: the first clause is the cause, the second the fruit, and the second then becomes the cause of the next verse, link locking into link. This long chain counts out in the base text as seventy-four rounds of “if … then …”. Chengguan judges that “third, from ‘if one constantly serves in faith’ onward, fifty and a half verses, extensively clarifying the stations of practice possessed within faith,” of which the first eight and a half verses are the practices possessed.
Ask first: why is a special sequential pattern used in speaking of faith? Because faith is not an isolated state of mind; it gives birth to things. This passage first sets up three roots: faith in the Buddha yields the ability to uphold the precepts and cultivate the training, and to raise and prepare great offerings; faith in the Dharma yields hearing the Dharma without ever having enough; faith in the Saṅgha yields a mind of faith that does not turn back. Each of the three jewels is matched with a fruit, and thereafter the faculties are pure, bright, and keen, one leaves far behind the bad friend, draws near the good friend, cultivates and amasses the vast good, accomplishes the great power of cause, and obtains an excellent and settled understanding — pushing on link by link. In the middle one verse is inserted on the precepts: “The precepts can open up the root of awakening, and training is the ground upon which one diligently cultivates merit.”
Ruling out a misreading: the sequential clauses are not a mechanical chain of cause and effect; in reading them one should see that every link comes back to faith. Brought home to oneself: this passage is in fact a measuring rod by which to check which link one's own faith has reached — if you still find yourself circling around bad friends, that shows the link of “faculties pure, bright, and keen” has not yet been passed.
The Station of the Ten Abodes: From Settled Understanding to Being Born in the House of the Tathāgata
Chengguan judges that “second, from ‘if by the buddhas’ onward, thirty-nine verses, clarifying the stations possessed,” and judges the first three verses to be the station of the ten abodes. The scriptural text is the three verses from “if one obtains an excellent and settled understanding, then one will be held in mind and protected by the buddhas” onward, ending with “then one can obtain a mind of delight in faith that is pure.”
First the question, then the answer: how is it that from settled understanding a single step brings one to “being born in the house of the Tathāgata”? Because what is called being born in the house of the Tathāgata does not speak of a change of status but of the establishing of a lineage — once settled understanding is established, one is held in mind and protected by the buddhas, arouses the mind of awakening, diligently cultivates the merits of the Buddha, and thereupon enters the lineage of the buddhas. The scripture's figure of the “house” in “being born in the house of the Tathāgata” takes precisely the sense that one can no longer fall back out of it.
Here one must keep in mind Chengguan's judgment of the whole passage: all of this is still what is possessed within the gate of faith. Brought home to oneself: to read “being born in the house of the Tathāgata” and think it far removed from oneself is to have read this chapter too narrowly — the scripture is saying precisely that within the gate of faith this station is already possessed.
The Station of the Ten Practices: From the Ascendant Mind to a Mind Unmoving in Making Offerings to the Buddhas
The station of the ten practices Chengguan judges as two and a half verses. The scriptural text: “if one obtains a mind of delight in faith that is pure, then one can obtain the ascendant, most excellent mind; if one obtains the ascendant, most excellent mind, then one can constantly cultivate the perfections,” and thereafter “then one can be furnished with the great vehicle,” “then one can make offerings to the buddhas in accordance with the Dharma,” “then one can be mindful of the Buddha with a mind that does not waver.”
The great vehicle here stands in a transcription of the Sanskrit. That being furnished with the great vehicle is attached here after constantly cultivating the perfections says that the great vehicle is not a title of affiliation but the substance of what remains once the six perfections have been cultivated to the full. And immediately after comes “making offerings to the buddhas in accordance with the Dharma” — the two words “in accordance with the Dharma” added to offering rule out offerings that are mere form. Brought home to oneself: when a person practices and his mind is constantly unsteady, more often than not it is not that concentration is insufficient, but that the earlier link, “the ascendant, most excellent mind,” has not truly been established.
The Station of the Ten Dedications: From Constantly Seeing the Buddhas to Setting Forth Boundless Dharma
The station of the ten dedications Chengguan judges as three verses. The scriptural text runs from “if one can be mindful of the Buddha with a mind that does not waver, then one can constantly behold measureless buddhas,” through “then one can see that the substance and nature of the Tathāgata abides constantly,” “then one can know that the Dharma is never cut off and extinguished,” “then one obtains eloquence that is unobstructed,” to “then one can set forth boundless Dharma-gates.”
Chengguan has one important distinction to make in this passage: “that the Dharma is never extinguished is dedication toward the true limit; the rest is dedication toward sentient beings.” Dedication has two destinations, one toward the true limit (suchness) and one toward sentient beings; among these lines of the scripture, the line “knowing that the Dharma is never cut off and extinguished” is the one dedicated toward the true limit, and the rest are dedicated toward sentient beings.
Ask first: how does seeing the buddhas arrive at knowing that the Dharma is not extinguished? Because what is seen is not the Buddha's form but “the substance and nature of the Tathāgata abiding constantly.” See the form and the form has arising and ceasing; see the substance and one knows the Dharma is not extinguished. And once one knows the Dharma is not extinguished, one speaks without fear, and so there is unobstructed eloquence. Brought home to oneself: eloquence here is not a gift for talk; it is that there is truly no doubt within, and therefore one can say it.
From the First Ground to the Seventh: From Compassionately Delivering Beings to Passing Beyond the Four Māras
Chengguan judges that “fourth, from ‘if one obtains the firm’ onward, thirty and a half verses clarifying the stations of the ten grounds,” and judges that “the first half-verse is the first ground.” The sequential clauses of this passage begin from “then one can compassionately deliver sentient beings” and “then one can obtain a firm mind of great compassion,” and pass through loving and delighting in the most profound Dharma, casting off the faults of the conditioned, leaving behind arrogance and heedlessness, benefiting all sentient beings together, dwelling in birth-and-death without weariness, being valiant and strong with none able to surpass one, raising up great supernormal powers, knowing the movements of beings' minds, bringing beings to accomplishment, obtaining the wisdom that gathers beings in well, and accomplishing the four means of gathering, to “then one can give sentient beings benefit without limit.”
First the question, then the answer: what is the mark of a bodhisattva upon the grounds? On this passage it is not the supernormal powers, but the firmness of the mind of great compassion and dwelling in birth-and-death without weariness. The supernormal powers appear very late here, and moreover as “if one dwells within birth-and-death without weariness, then one can be valiant and strong, with none able to surpass one” and “if one can be valiant and strong with none able to surpass one, then one can raise up vast supernormal powers” — the supernormal powers stand after freedom from weariness. The four means of gathering (giving, kindly speech, beneficial conduct, and working alongside beings) appear at the close of this passage and come to rest at “giving sentient beings benefit without limit.”
Ruling out a misreading: do not read the stations as heights upon a staircase. Every link here is one capacity giving birth to another, not an accumulation of seniority.
The Eighth Ground: The Most Excellent Wisdom and Skillful Means, and the Crushing of the Māras
Chengguan judges that “seventh, from ‘if one is furnished with the most excellent’ onward, three verses clarifying the eighth ground,” and lists six senses, the first of which is “first, the excellence of the path: that is, the path of no applied effort, and therefore it says ‘valiant and unsurpassed.’” The scriptural text is “if one can give sentient beings benefit without limit, then one is furnished with the most excellent wisdom and skillful means; if one is furnished with the most excellent wisdom and skillful means, then one dwells upon the valiant, unsurpassed great path,” and thence through crushing and destroying the power of the māras and passing beyond the sphere of the four māras to the ground of non-retrogression, and on to “then one can obtain the profound patient acceptance of the non-arising of dharmas.”
The mark of the eighth ground in the scriptures and treatises is the practice of no applied effort — no longer deliberately exerting force, and yet the practice accomplishes itself. Chengguan says that what the four words “valiant and unsurpassed” mark is precisely this path of no applied effort. The four māras are the māra of the afflictions, the māra of the aggregates, the māra of death, and the māra of the heavens; passing beyond the four māras one comes to the ground of non-retrogression, and not retrogressing one obtains the patient acceptance of the non-arising of dharmas.
Ruling out a misreading: the word “valiant” is easily read as exertion. Here it is precisely the opposite: it is not exerting force and yet being unbreakable. Brought home to oneself: the barriers one truly gets past are usually not the ones gritted out by clenching the teeth, but the ones where something within no longer needs to be held up.
The Ninth Ground: Receiving the Prediction and Becoming a Great Master of the Dharma
Chengguan judges that “eighth, two verses clarifying the ninth ground, acting as a great master of the Dharma,” and briefly distinguishes four senses. The scriptural text: “if one obtains the profound patient acceptance of non-arising, then one will receive the prediction from the buddhas; if one receives the prediction from the buddhas, all the buddhas will appear before one,” and thereafter “then one can penetrate the deep and secret working of the supernormal powers” and “then one will be borne in mind by the buddhas.”
The mark of the ninth ground among the stations is fine wisdom, freedom in expounding the Dharma, and so Chengguan marks it as “acting as a great master of the Dharma.” Yet these two verses do not speak of eloquence; they speak of receiving the prediction, of the buddhas appearing before one, and of being borne in mind by the buddhas — ask first: why, in speaking of a master of the Dharma, speak of these? Because the capital for expounding the Dharma does not lie in phrasing but in there being buddhas to attest what is expounded. To receive the prediction is for a buddha to confirm that one will become a buddha; the buddhas appearing before one and bearing one in mind means that the Dharma one expounds has a source. Brought home to oneself: whether one can expound the Dharma is first a question of whether what one expounds has a provenance.
The Excellent Virtue of the Three Kinds of Act on the Tenth Ground: Adorning Oneself with the Buddha's Virtue
Chengguan judges that “ninth, from ‘if by the Buddha's virtue’ onward, nineteen verses clarifying the station of the tenth ground,” of which “the first eight verses are the excellent virtue of the three kinds of act,” and judges further that “the first five and a half verses are the act of body” and “the latter two verses are the excellence of the act of mind, since wisdom goes before.” The scriptural text runs from “if one is borne in mind by the buddhas, then one can adorn oneself with the merits of the Buddha” through the body of wondrous blessings and upright beauty, the body shining dazzling like a mountain of gold, the thirty-two marks, the secondary signs, the light of the body without limit, the adornment of light beyond thought, lotus flowers born from the light, buddhas seated upon the flowers, and appearing throughout the ten quarters to tame sentient beings, to “then one displays measureless powers of supernormal transformation” and “then one dwells in lands beyond thought.”
Ask first: why does the tenth ground speak mostly of the marks and signs? Because at this point the virtue has become manifest in form. The thirty-two marks and the secondary signs are not decoration; they are the outward appearing of virtue. The scripture says “if one adorns oneself with the merits of the Buddha” — the material of the adornment is the Buddha's virtue, and nothing else. And the furthest reach of the marks and signs is lotus flowers issuing from the light, buddhas seated upon the flowers, and appearing everywhere in the ten quarters to tame sentient beings — the marks and signs come to rest at last upon delivering beings, not upon one's own adornment.
Ruling out a misreading: do not take this passage for a display of wondrous appearances. Its syntax is “if … then …”; each mark is the fruit of the virtue before it, and what one should watch in reading is that line of cause and effect.
The Vast Merit of the Three Kinds of Act: With Wisdom Going Before
Chengguan judges that “second, from ‘if with wisdom going before’ onward, four verses clarifying the vast merit of the three kinds of act and the virtue of gathering beings by the three wheels,” and divides it into “the first verse the act of body, the next the act of speech, the last two the act of mind.” The scriptural text runs from “then one can, by the power of wisdom and eloquence, guide and draw them on in accordance with the minds of sentient beings” to “then one can make wisdom go before, so that the acts of body, speech, and mind are constantly without fault,” “then the power of one's vows attains freedom, and one can manifest a body universally in accordance with every destiny,” “the sound of one's voice transforms according to each kind of being, beyond thought,” and ends at “then one can, toward the minds of all sentient beings, know them all in a single thought with nothing left over.”
There is one line here worth remembering by itself: “make wisdom go before, so that the acts of body, speech, and mind are constantly without fault.” The guarantee that the three kinds of act will not go wrong lies not in the fineness of the precept-rules but in wisdom walking in front. Chengguan says that what makes the act of mind on the tenth ground excellent is precisely that “wisdom goes before.”
Brought home to oneself: ordinary people manage the three kinds of act by after-the-fact repair — apologizing for a wrong word, repenting a wrong deed. This line offers another way: let wisdom take one step first. The two words “go before” denote order, not degree.
Distinguishing the Obtaining of the Dharma and Concluding the Station, and the Samādhi and the Receiving of the Station: From Knowing That the Afflictions Do Not Arise to Being Fit to Receive Consecration
Chengguan judges that “third, from ‘if one knows the afflictions’ onward, two verses distinguishing the obtaining of the Dharma and concluding the station,” and judges further what belongs to “fourth, from ‘if one obtains the ten grounds’ onward, three verses clarifying the samādhi and the receiving of the station.” The scriptural text runs from “then one knows that the afflictions have of themselves no arising, and thereby will never sink and drown within birth-and-death,” through “then one obtains the body of the nature of dharmas that is accomplished by merit, and by the majestic power of the Dharma appears within the world,” “then one obtains the ten grounds and the ten kinds of freedom, and cultivating the perfections obtains excellent liberation,” “then one obtains the great supernormal power of consecration and dwells within the most excellent samādhis,” to “then in the presence of the buddhas of the ten quarters one is fit to receive consecration and to ascend to the station.”
Ask first: the afflictions plainly do arise; how can it be said that they have “no arising”? What is spoken of here is knowing — knowing that of themselves they do not arise. The effect of that knowing the scripture supplies itself: “will never sink and drown within birth-and-death.” It is not that there is no birth-and-death; it is not sinking and drowning in it.
Consecration and the ascent to the station are the furthest point of the succession of stations. The figure of consecration is taken from the worldly rite of installing a crown prince, in which water is poured upon the head and the station is thereby settled; here it says that one receives consecration in the presence of the buddhas of the ten quarters, meaning that this station is attested by all the buddhas together.
The Great Function Beyond Fathoming and Advancing into the Buddha-Ground: The Body Filling and Pervading Like Empty Space
Chengguan judges that “from ‘if one is favored’ onward, two verses, which are also the advancing into the buddha-ground.” The scriptural text: “then one is favored by all the buddhas of the ten quarters, who with their hands take sweet dew and pour it upon one's crown”; “then one's body fills and pervades like empty space, dwelling unmoving and yet filling the ten quarters”; “then the sphere in which one moves is beyond compare, and neither gods nor humans can fathom it.”
The consecration with sweet dew makes concrete the mark of consecration in the preceding section. What matters is the juxtaposition of the two lines that follow: filling and pervading and unmoving are said at the same time. The body fills and pervades like empty space, and at the same time dwells unmoving and fills the ten quarters — this is exactly the sense that the two hundred and more verses of the latter half of the chapter are to unfold: pervading and stillness do not obstruct one another. Here one line is buried in advance; below, the ten samādhi-gates set it forth one by one. Brought home to oneself: at a certain point in practice one finds that delivering beings widely and an unmoving ground of mind are not two things to be balanced but two faces of one thing.
The Concluding Praise of That Virtue: The Mass of Merit Is Like the Adamant of the Great Ocean
Chengguan judges that “third, from ‘the bodhisattva diligently cultivates’ onward, three verses concluding with praise of that virtue, the first two expounding by way of dharma, the last one illustrating by simile.” The scriptural text: “A bodhisattva diligently cultivates the practice of great compassion and vows to deliver all sentient beings, and there is none in whom it is not fulfilled; those who see him, hear him, receive his Dharma, or make offerings to him — there is none who does not thereby obtain ease and joy”; “The majestic and supernormal power of those great beings is such that the eye of Dharma is constantly whole, without diminution”; and the last verse is the simile — “Just as within the great ocean there is a mass of adamant, and by its majestic power the many jewels are produced, neither decreasing nor increasing nor ever exhausted — so too is the bodhisattva's mass of merit.”
One must see clearly what this simile likens. The mass of adamant in the great ocean does not itself turn into jewels; it is “by its majestic power the many jewels are produced” — by its majestic power the many jewels come to be, while it itself “neither decreases nor increases nor is ever exhausted.” So too the bodhisattva's mass of merit: it brings forth measureless benefit and yet does not itself diminish by the giving.
Ruling out a misreading: do not think of merit as a deposit that will be used up. The scripture says plainly that its nature is neither to increase nor to decrease. Brought home to oneself: to fear that doing much will use one up is to be looking at merit as a deposit.
The Section of the Boundless Great Function: How the Outline-Names of the Ten Samādhi-Gates Should Be Read
From “in some lands there is no buddha” onward, the scripture enters the longest passage of the whole chapter. Chengguan judges it as “fourth, from ‘in some lands’ onward, two hundred and three verses, clarifying the section of the boundless great function,” and judges that upon which it rests: “That he is able to exercise this boundless great function is by reason of the pervasion of the virtue of Samantabhadra.”
In reading this passage there is a matter of editorial form that must be made clear first. Chengguan here sets out the names of ten gates: “first, the gate of the perfectly bright ocean-seal samādhi; second, the gate of the samādhi of the wondrous practice of the flower ornament; third, the gate of the samādhi of Indra's net; fourth, the gate of the samādhi of extensive offerings issuing from the hand; fifth, the gate of the samādhi of manifesting the various Dharma-gates; sixth, the gate of the samādhi of gathering beings by the four means of gathering; seventh, the gate of the samādhi of stooping to be one with the world; eighth, the gate of the samādhi of the benefit conferred by the shining of light from the hair-pores; ninth, the gate of the samādhi of the splendor of principal and companions; tenth, the gate of the samādhi of stillness and function without shore.” — These ten gate-names are Chengguan's outline-names, not the scripture's own designations. The samādhis the scripture itself names, counted clause by clause, are seven: the ocean-seal samādhi, the flower-ornament samādhi, the wondrous samādhi named According to Delight, the samādhi of expounding the Dharma, the excellent samādhi named Ease and Joy, the sun-lamp samādhi, and the excellent samādhi named Net of Quarters. Of these, the two names “the samādhi of expounding the Dharma” and “the sun-lamp samādhi” are not among Chengguan's ten gates. So wherever below one finds such names as “the gate of the samādhi of Indra's net” or “the gate of the samādhi of extensive offerings issuing from the hand,” these are without exception Chengguan's outline-names, and the reader should not take them for samādhi-names original to the scripture.
Let one further thing be recorded in passing: where Chengguan sets out the names of the ten gates he has “the gate of the samādhi of the wondrous practice of the flower ornament,” while where he explains the text section by section he has “the samādhi of the fine practice of the flower ornament”; both designations are met with in his commentary, and they are recorded, with no adjudication.
The Gate of the Ocean-Seal Samādhi: All Is Manifested, and Yet the One Who Manifests Has No Mind About It
Chengguan judges that “now for the first: six verses clarifying the ocean-seal samādhi.” The scriptural text runs from “in some lands there is no buddha, and there the bodhisattva displays the attaining of perfect awakening” onward, speaking of displaying the attaining of buddhahood where there is no buddha and expounding the treasury of the Dharma where the Dharma is unknown; “without discrimination and without applied effort, in a single thought he pervades the ten quarters”; in the ten quarters, thought after thought, displaying the accomplishing of the buddha-path, turning the wheel of Dharma, entering quiescence, and distributing relics; or displaying the teachings of the three vehicles; or displaying the forms of boys and girls, of gods, dragons, and asuras, and even of mahoragas; and the last line concludes: “all of this he is able to manifest, and this is the majestic power of the ocean-seal samādhi.”
The ocean-seal is a name the scripture itself supplies. Ask first: why is it called the ocean-seal? When the ocean-water is clear and still, the myriad images are all imprinted within it, and yet the ocean has not gone out to imprint them. The key line of this passage is exactly “without discrimination and without applied effort” — without discriminating, without applying effort, and yet manifesting everywhere throughout the ten quarters.
Rule out one misunderstanding: do not read “displaying” as performing. What the scripture says is that in a land without a buddha he displays the attaining of buddhahood, and in a land that does not know the Dharma he expounds the treasury of the Dharma — what is manifested is determined by what that place lacks, not by the wish of the one who manifests. Brought home to oneself: real benefiting of others is determined by what is needed, not by what one would like to do.
The Gate of the Samādhi of the Wondrous Practice of the Flower Ornament: Adornment and the Six Perfections Expounded Together
Chengguan judges that “second, from ‘he adorns and purifies’ onward, the samādhi of the fine practice of the flower ornament. The text has ten clauses, summarily distinguishing seven practices.” The scriptural text runs from “he adorns and purifies those buddha-lands beyond thought, makes offerings to all the buddhas and Tathāgatas” onward, speaking of releasing great light, delivering sentient beings, wisdom free, and expounding the Dharma unobstructed, and then lists “giving, keeping the precepts, patience, energy, and meditation, wisdom, skillful means, and the supernormal powers, and the rest,” ending at “in all of this he attains freedom, and it is by the power of the Buddha's flower-ornament samādhi.”
The flower-ornament samādhi is likewise a name the scripture itself supplies. Chengguan says that within these ten clauses “the seventh and eighth are the practice of the ten perfections” — that is, those two lines that list the six perfections and on to skillful means and the supernormal powers gather in the ten perfections. So the content of this gate is in fact of the plainest: adorning the lands, making offerings to the buddhas, delivering beings, plus the six perfections and the myriad practices. That it is named for the flower ornament while what it expounds is the six perfections shows precisely that the flower-ornament samādhi does not lie outside the six perfections.
Brought home to oneself: reading the four graphs “flower-ornament samādhi” easily gives rise to abstruse imaginings, but the scripture gives only giving, precepts, patience, energy, meditation, and wisdom. What is abstruse is that “in all of this he attains freedom,” not the items themselves.
The Gate of the Samādhi of Indra's Net: Entering Samādhi Within a Single Mote of Dust
Chengguan judges that “third, from ‘within a single mote of dust’ onward, four verses clarifying the gate of the samādhi of Indra's net,” and says “the first two lines indicate the mind and its object in concentration.” The scriptural text: “Within a single mote of dust he enters samādhi and accomplishes the concentrations of all motes of dust, and yet that mote of dust does not grow larger, while within this one mote he universally manifests lands beyond thought”; within that one mote there are lands in multitude, some with buddhas and some without, some defiled and some pure, some vast and some narrow, some forming and some decaying, some upright and some tilted; “some are like the shimmering heat-haze of the open wilds, and some like Indra's jeweled net in the heavens”; and at the end, “as is displayed within this one mote of dust, so it is within all motes of dust.”
Ask first: how can a single mote of dust contain countless lands? The scripture has already blocked the easiest wrong construal — “and yet that mote of dust does not grow larger.” The mote has not become bigger. So this is not a question of spatial containment.
The four graphs “Indra's net” in the name of the gate are Chengguan's outline-name; the scripture itself has only the one simile-phrase “or like Indra's jeweled net in the heavens.” Indra's net is the jeweled net above the palace of Śakra, with a pearl fastened at each mesh, and pearl reflecting pearl, and within each reflection again containing every reflection, layer upon layer without end. Chengguan takes this simile to establish the name of the gate, taking precisely that layer upon layer without end.
Brought home to oneself: what this gate teaches is not imagination but a judgment — the small does not, because it is small, contain less. A single act that looks negligible contains no less than a great one.
The Gate of the Samādhi of Extensive Offerings Issuing from the Hand (First Half): One Hand Pervading the Three Thousandfold World
Chengguan judges that “fourth, from ‘if he wishes’ onward, eighteen verses clarifying the gate of the samādhi of extensive offerings issuing from the hand, the first one being the general indication, the last one the general conclusion, and those between the separate display.” The first three verses are the general indication and the raising of the hand: “If he wishes to make offerings to all the buddhas, he enters samādhi and gives rise to supernormal transformation, so that with a single hand he can cover the three-thousandfold great-thousand world-system and make offerings universally to all the Tathāgatas”; and thereafter the excellent and wondrous flowers of the ten quarters, unguents and powdered incense and jewels beyond price all issue from his hand as offerings to the most excellent ones beneath the tree of awakening; priceless jeweled robes, mixed wondrous incense, jeweled banners and pennons and canopies, flowers of true gold and curtains of jewels — “there is not one of them that is not rained down from his palm.”
Ask first: why must the offerings issue from the hand? Because what this gate displays is that the articles of offering are not sought from outside. When he would make offerings he need not first go and accumulate them; the samādhi once arisen, the things follow. This removes entirely that layer of obstruction which is ‘having the heart to make offerings but not the means.’
Brought home to oneself: in reading this passage it is easy to see only the splendor of the transformation. What one should look at is the premise — “if he wishes to make offerings to all the buddhas.” The wishing comes first, the being able comes after.
The Gate of the Samādhi of Extensive Offerings Issuing from the Hand (Latter Half): Offerings Issuing from the Palm and Offerings Issuing from the Light
The latter fifteen verses spread the matter out item by item. First what issues from the palm: the wondrous things of the ten quarters, the music of the ten quarters (bells and drums, zithers and lutes), the hymns of praise of the ten quarters — “are set forth from within his palm.” Then it turns to what issues from the light: the right hand releases a pure light, and within the light fragrant water rains down and sprinkles everywhere over the ten quarters; further a light of Wondrous Adornment is released and brings forth jeweled lotus flowers; further the seven lights of the Adornment of Flowers, of Fragrance, of Powdered Incense, of Robes, of Jewels, of Lotuses, and of Necklaces, each of which ‘gathers such and such things into a curtain’ and “scatters it everywhere over the lands of the ten quarters as an offering to all the World-Honored Ones of great virtue” — these seven clauses are of one pattern, and in the base text count out as seven occurrences; then the light of the Adornment of Banners and the canopies adorned with mixed jewels, the silken pennons, and the maṇi jeweled bells; and it concludes generally with “The articles of offering brought forth from his hand are beyond thought — thus does he make offerings to one guide, and in the presence of every buddha it is likewise so; this is the supernormal power of the great being's samādhi.”
Ruling out a misreading: this long string of clauses of one pattern is not the redundancy of a copyist. The repetition of one pattern is itself the meaning — the matter of making offerings is done in the same way in every quarter and in the presence of every buddha, with no thickness or thinness. Brought home to oneself: what is called universal offering lies not in how magnificently one offers on one occasion, but in treating every place alike.
The Gate of the Samādhi of Manifesting the Various Dharma-Gates: Twenty Gates of Dharma-Medicine
Chengguan judges that “fifth, from ‘the bodhisattva dwells’ onward, eight verses clarifying the gate of the samādhi of manifesting the various Dharma-gates,” and divides it into four, of which “the first one is the general indication of the many gates.” The scriptural text runs from “the bodhisattva dwelling within samādhi gathers in sentient beings by every kind of free means” onward, listing clause by clause “or by the Dharma-gate of …,” which in the base text counts out as twenty gates: making offerings to the Tathāgata, giving beyond thought, the ascetic practices and keeping the precepts, unshaken patient endurance, ascetic energy, quiescent meditation, decisive wisdom, skillful means in what is practiced, the Brahmā-abidings and the supernormal powers, benefit through the four means of gathering, the adornment of merit and wisdom, liberation through causes and conditions, the faculties and powers and the right path, the śrāvakas' liberation, the pratyekabuddhas' purity, the great vehicle's freedom, impermanence and the many sufferings, no self and no living being, impurity and freedom from desire, and the samādhi of cessation. It gathers all of this up with three clauses beginning “according as”: “According as the sicknesses of sentient beings differ, he treats them all with the medicine of Dharma; according as their minds delight in this or that, he satisfies them all by skillful means; according to the differences in their conduct, he brings them all to accomplishment by skillful devices.”
Ask first: is there higher and lower among these twenty gates? From the three “according as” clauses, no — the criterion lies not in the height of the gate but in the sickness of the being. And so the gate of the śrāvakas' liberation stands alongside the gate of the great vehicle's freedom, and the gate of impermanence and the many sufferings alongside the gate of the samādhi of cessation.
Ruling out a misreading: do not suppose that because the Huayan is the perfect teaching it uses only the highest Dharma-gate. This passage says precisely that a bodhisattva keeps twenty gates ready as one keeps medicines ready. Brought home to oneself: to urge the Dharma upon others and recommend only the one gate one likes best is to have made a medicine into a preference.
The Gate of the Samādhi of Gathering Beings by the Four Means of Gathering (First Half): The Samādhi According to Delight, and Giving and Kindly Speech
Chengguan judges that “sixth, from ‘there is a wondrous’ onward, seventeen verses clarifying the gate of the samādhi of gathering beings by the four means of gathering.” The first five verses begin from the name the scripture itself supplies: “There is a wondrous samādhi named According to Delight; the bodhisattva dwelling in it contemplates universally, and displaying himself as is fitting he delivers sentient beings, causing them all to rejoice in mind and to follow the transforming power of the Dharma.” Thereafter comes gathering by giving: in a kalpa of famine and calamity he gives the articles of ease and satisfies whatever they wish; food of the finest savor, jeweled robes and ornaments, and even the position of a king he can give away, “so that those who delight in giving all follow his transforming power”; then he appears adorned with the marks and signs, with garments, flower-garlands, and fragrance anointing the body, “whatever forms, features, and garments the world loves and esteems … he manifests universally as is fitting to them and satisfies their minds.”
Ask first: does gathering people by beautiful form and features not fall into worldliness? The scripture's own wording is “satisfies their minds” and “comply with the path” — to go along with their minds is in order to draw them into the path. The samādhi is named According to Delight, and what it accords with is precisely what sentient beings delight in.
Ruling out a misreading: according with delight is not indulging delight. What the scripture says immediately after is “causing them all to rejoice in mind and to follow the transforming power of the Dharma” — rejoicing is the means, following the Dharma's transforming power is the end. Brought home to oneself: whether one is willing, in drawing a person in, to take one step in his direction first is a matter of the measure of compassion, not a concession of principle.
The Gate of the Samādhi of Gathering Beings by the Four Means of Gathering (Latter Half): Gathering by Working Alongside and by Beneficial Conduct
The latter twelve verses turn to speech and to deeds. First the furthest reach of kindly speech: the wondrous notes of the kalaviṅka, the kokila, and the rest, “every kind of pure Brahmā-sound is fully his, and according as the minds of sentient beings delight he expounds the Dharma for them”; then it lists the eighty-four thousand Dharma-gates by which he transforms and delivers as is fitting. Then comes gathering by working alongside — “Suffering and pleasure, gain and loss, and all such things done in the world, he is able to manifest correspondingly and to work at them alongside sentient beings”; and all the sufferings and troubles of the world, deep and wide as the sea, “he shares alongside them and is able to endure them all.” Below that, for those who do not know how to go forth from the world he displays casting off country and wealth and leaving the household life, and explains the reason: “The household is the place where craving binds; wishing that sentient beings should all be freed from it”; and for those whose lifespan is long and whose pleasures are ample he displays undergoing old age, sickness, and death; and for those blazing with craving, hatred, and delusion he manifests old age, sickness, and death. It concludes with the Tathāgata's ten powers, fearlessnesses, eighteen exclusive dharmas, and three displays that guide, all of which he can manifest, and closes with the lotus simile: “it is just as the lotus grows in the water and yet is not stained by it — thus does he dwell in the world and cause deep faith.”
First the question, then the answer: where is the hardest part of gathering by working alongside? In “he is able to endure them all.” To share one and the same affair with sentient beings is to undergo the suffering that lies within that affair. The scripture describes that suffering as “deep and wide as the great ocean,” and then says that he can endure it.
The simile of the lotus not clinging to water is the eye of this whole gate. To work alongside without being carried along, to comply without being stained — brought home to oneself: willing to go in, and able to come out again; neither of these two can be missing.
The Gate of the Samādhi of Stooping to Be One with the World (First Half): Entering the Occupations of the World
Chengguan judges that “seventh, from ‘elegant in thought’ onward, seventeen verses, the gate of the samādhi of stooping to be one with the world,” and divides it so that “the first six are being of the same body as the world.” The scripture lists the worldly identities the bodhisattva manifests: elegant in thought and deep in talent, singing, dancing, and discourse, all the arts and crafts like an illusionist; an elder, the lord of a town, a caravan-leader, a king or a great minister, a good physician; in the open wilds becoming a great tree, healing herbs, a hoard of jewels, a jewel that answers whatever is sought; and when a world has newly formed and beings have not yet the articles that sustain the body, “then the bodhisattva becomes an artisan and displays for them every kind of trade.” At the end it sets one boundary: “He does not make things that oppress and vex sentient beings; he speaks only of what benefits the world.”
What deserves particular notice in this passage is how concretely it writes the occupations of the world — physician, merchant, artisan, king. Bodhisattva practice is not confined within the lecture hall. And the boundary is equally clear: crafts may be manifested, but “things that oppress and vex sentient beings” alone are not made.
Brought home to oneself: this passage is for people living in the household. The trade you practice can itself be a gate of stooping to be one with the world, and there is only one criterion — does it benefit people, or does it oppress and vex them?
The Gate of the Samādhi of Stooping to Be One with the World (Latter Half): Entering Among the Outsiders and Expounding the Four Truths
The latter fifteen and a half verses go one step further and manifest the bodies of outsiders. The scripture lists: one gone forth among the outsiders, undergoing hardship in mountain forests, going bare and without garments and yet acting as their teacher; manifesting the practices of wrong livelihood, manifesting the bearing of a brahmanical ascetic and acting as their foremost; undergoing the five heats and turning with the sun, keeping the ox-, dog-, and deer-vows, wearing cast-off rags and serving the fire; displaying visits to the shrines of the gods, entering the waters of the Ganges, eating roots and fruits; displaying squatting, standing on one raised foot, lying upon grass and thorns and ashes, lying upon a wooden pestle in the quest for deliverance. At the end it states the effect: “observing what their minds understand, he works alongside them, and the austerities he displays the world can hardly bear, so that seeing them they are all tamed.” Then it turns to the exposition proper: for those who take up wrong teachings and dwell in evil views he expounds the wondrous Dharma by skillful means, and that Dharma is the four truths — the scripture expounds the four truths in ten successive clauses, which in the base text count out as ten: the incantatory speech of the borderlands, skillful secret speech, the plain speech of humankind, the secret speech of the gods, distinguishing of the written word, decisive determining of the sense, skillful refuting of other positions, a principle no outsider can shake, the speech of the eight classes, and speech of every kind whatsoever. It closes with “to know that the sphere of speech is beyond thought — this is called the power of the samādhi of expounding the Dharma,” which is likewise a name the scripture itself supplies.
Ask first: if a bodhisattva manifests the practices of outsiders and of wrong livelihood, is he not teaching people wrong dharmas? The sequence in the scripture answers this — first he “works alongside them,” and afterward he “expounds the wondrous Dharma”; what he manifests is the place where he stands, and what he expounds is the four truths. Working alongside is the door; the four truths are what is given.
Ruling out a misreading: do not read this passage as meaning that skillful means has no floor. What is manifested is austerity and bearing; what is expounded is always the four truths, without a single clause altered. Brought home to oneself: one may walk right into another person's situation, but once inside, what one has to give cannot be exchanged for something else.
The Gate of the Samādhi of the Benefit Conferred by the Light from the Hair-Pores · The Indication of the Gate and the General Distinguishing: The Samādhi Named Ease and Joy
Chengguan judges that “eighth, from ‘there is an excellent samādhi’ onward, eighty-nine and a half verses clarifying the gate of the samādhi of the benefit conferred by the shining of light from the hair-pores,” and judges that “the text divides into five: the first one verse is the indication of the gate and the general distinguishing.” The scripture supplies its name itself: “There is an excellent samādhi named Ease and Joy, able universally to rescue and deliver the multitudes of beings, releasing a vast light beyond thought, so that those who see it are all tamed.”
This is the longest gate in the whole chapter, taking up nearly ninety verses. Its editorial form is perfectly regular: one light, one name; it says whom this light awakens and what benefit it brings; and then it says by what cause in ages past this light was accomplished. In the base text the lights that receive a name count out as forty-four.
Let one way of reading be set up first: this passage is not a catalogue of lights but a catalogue of causes and effects. The last line of nearly every section is “and thereby he obtained such a light as this” — the light is not released out of nothing; it is the fruit of some practice in ages past. Brought home to oneself: this long string is in fact saying one thing — the place where you are able to benefit people today is exactly the place where you once put your mind to work.
The Light from the Hair-Pores · Fine Manifesting and Shining Radiance: The Light Has a Name, the Light Has a Cause
The first light is named Fine Manifesting: “if there are sentient beings who meet with this light, it will surely bring them benefit and not be spent in vain,” and its cause in ages past is “That light displays the buddhas, displays the Dharma, displays the Saṅgha, and displays the right path; it displays also the buddha-stūpas and the buddha-images.” The second light is named Shining Radiance, able to eclipse the light of the gods and to remove darkness and obstruction, its cause in ages past being “causing them to take up lamps and make offerings to the buddhas,” with the fruit stated explicitly: “because he offered lamps to the buddhas, he attains to being the unsurpassed lamp of the world.” Below this are further listed offerings of oil lamps, butter lamps, bright torches, and the many fragrances, wondrous medicines, and fine jeweled candles.
Here the form of the whole passage is established: the name of the light — those it awakens — the benefit obtained — the cause cultivated in ages past. That by offering lamps to the buddhas one becomes “the unsurpassed lamp of the world” shows a plain likeness between cause and fruit — this is the device used again and again through this long passage.
Brought home to oneself: one need not read it as an account-book of retribution. What it teaches is a way of seeing — what one does shapes the particular kind of light one will later be able to give to others.
The Light from the Hair-Pores · Ferrying Across and Extinguishing Craving: Crossing the Four Torrents, Extinguishing the Thirsts of Craving
The light Ferrying Across causes beings “universally to arouse a mind of great vows and to deliver the multitudes within the sea of desire,” and thereupon “then one can cross beyond the four torrents and guide sentient beings toward the city of liberation where there is no sorrow”; its cause in ages past is “at the great waters along the roads people travel, he built bridges and rafts, and disparaged the conditioned and praised the quiescent.” The light Extinguishing Craving causes beings “to cast off the five desires and to think single-mindedly upon the wondrous savor of the Dharma of liberation,” and thereupon “then one can with the Buddha's rain of sweet dew universally extinguish the many thirsts of craving in the world”; its cause in ages past is “he bestowed ponds, wells, and flowing springs … and disparaged the five desires and praised meditation.”
The four torrents are so named because they sweep a person away as a torrent does. The matching of cause and fruit in these two lights is particularly plain: because he built bridges and rafts to carry people across the water, he accomplishes a light that carries beings across the four torrents; because he gave ponds, wells, and springs to relieve people's thirst, he accomplishes a light that extinguishes the thirsts of craving. The one is a crossing, the other a slaking of thirst; both take water as their figure, once negatively and once positively.
Brought home to oneself: between a single good deed in the world and a particular capacity beyond the world, what the scripture gives is not a relation of simile but a relation of cause and effect.
The Light from the Hair-Pores · Joy and Delight: Longing for Awakening, Delighting in the Three Jewels
The light Joy “causes them to long for the Buddha's awakening and to arouse the mind that vows to realize the path awakened to without a teacher,” its cause in ages past being “he set up images of the Tathāgata's great compassion, adorned with the many marks and seated upon flower-thrones, and constantly praised the most excellent merits of every kind.” The light Delight “causes their minds to delight in the buddhas, and to delight in the Dharma and to delight in the Saṅgha,” and thereupon “then within the assemblies of the Tathāgata one can accomplish the unsurpassed and profound patient acceptance of the Dharma”; its cause in ages past is “he awakened measureless sentient beings and caused them universally to be mindful of the three jewels, the Buddha, the Dharma, and the Saṅgha, and showed them the meritorious practice of arousing the mind.”
The path awakened to without a teacher means the Buddha's awakening by himself, not awakened to from another. Both these lights come to rest upon drawing near to the three jewels: the one is longing for awakening, the other is delighting in the Buddha, the Dharma, and the Saṅgha. And the fruit of delight is extremely high — “accomplish the unsurpassed and profound patient acceptance of the Dharma.”
Ask first: how can merely delighting in the three jewels in one's mind reach the profound patient acceptance of the Dharma? Because delight is a power that continues. A drawing near that is forced will break off, while delight needs no maintaining. Brought home to oneself: in examining one's relation to the three jewels, one need not ask about the degree of one's diligence; ask first whether one delights in them.
The Light from the Hair-Pores · The Amassing of Blessings and Being Furnished with Wisdom: Giving Without Restriction, Understanding Measureless Gates in a Single Thought
The light the Amassing of Blessings “causes them to practice every kind of measureless giving, and with this merit to seek the unsurpassed path,” its cause in ages past being “he set up a great assembly of giving with no restriction, satisfying all who came to ask, and not letting their minds lack anything.” The light Furnished with Wisdom “causes them, within one dharma and one thought, to understand measureless Dharma-gates,” its cause in ages past being “for the sake of sentient beings, he distinguished the dharmas and determined decisively their true meaning, expounding the meaning of the Dharma well and without diminution.”
The three graphs “with no restriction” are the eye of this passage. To give with a limit set is already to have made a selection; to give with no restriction is to give to whoever comes. And the cause of the light Furnished with Wisdom is “expounding the meaning of the Dharma well and without diminution” — expounding the Dharma without discounting it, and hence the fruit of understanding measureless gates in a single thought.
Brought home to oneself: the cause in both these cases lies in a single ‘not falling short’ — giving without restriction, expounding without diminution. And so the fruit in both lies in “measureless.”
The Light from the Hair-Pores · The Lamp of Wisdom and Freedom in the Dharma: Knowing That Nature Is Empty and Still, Obtaining the Dhāraṇīs
The light the Lamp of Wisdom “causes them to know that the nature of sentient beings is of itself empty and still, and that all dharmas are without any own-being,” its cause in ages past being “he expounded that all dharmas are empty and without a master, like an illusion, like a heat-haze, like the moon in water, and even like the images in a dream.” The light Freedom in the Dharma “causes them to obtain the inexhaustible dhāraṇīs, able to retain in full all the dharmas of the buddhas,” its cause in ages past being “he reverently made offerings to those who uphold the Dharma, attended upon and guarded the worthy and the noble, and gave to sentient beings the gift of the Dharma in every form.”
A dhāraṇī is a retention, able to retain all dharmas without loss. The light of the Lamp of Wisdom speaks of emptiness, the light of Freedom in the Dharma of retaining — a letting go and a holding, and the two are not contrary: only by knowing that dharmas are without own-being can one retain all dharmas without their becoming a burden.
Ruling out a misreading: like an illusion, like a heat-haze, like the moon in water does not say that dharmas do not exist; it says that they are without a ruler and without a substance of their own. The graphs the scripture uses are “empty and without a master,” and the graph for “master” must be seen clearly.
The Light from the Hair-Pores · Able to Give Away and Removing Fever: Governing the Stingy Mind, Upholding the Pure Precepts
The light Able to Give Away “awakens the stingy among sentient beings, causing them to know that wealth and jewels are none of them lasting, so that they constantly delight in giving with a mind that does not cling,” its cause in ages past being “though the stingy mind is hard to govern, he was able to govern it, understanding that goods are like a dream and like a floating cloud.” The light Removing Fever “awakens those who break the prohibitions, causing them universally to receive and uphold the pure precepts,” its cause in ages past being “he exhorted and drew sentient beings on to receive and uphold the precepts, causing the ten paths of good action all to be made pure.”
The cause in ages past of the light Able to Give Away is written with great honesty: it is not that he was never stingy, but that “though the stingy mind is hard to govern, he was able to govern it.” This line is worth remembering — the scripture admits that the stingy mind is hard to govern, and then says that he governed it.
The name Removing Fever takes the afflictions as a fever; the precepts can remove the fever, hence the name. Brought home to oneself: the causes in ages past of both these lights are not natural endowments but antidotes. A stingy man who governs his stinginess accomplishes the light Able to Give Away — this is a road for ordinary people.
The Light from the Hair-Pores · The Adornment of Patience and Valor: Removing Hatred, Passing Beyond the Four Māras
The light the Adornment of Patience “awakens those given to hatred, causing them to remove the hating mind and to leave behind self-conceit, and constantly to delight in the dharma of patient endurance and gentle harmony,” its cause in ages past being “when sentient beings were violent and evil and hard to bear with, for the sake of awakening his mind did not waver.” The light Valor “awakens the indolent, causing them constantly, among the three jewels, to revere and make offerings without weariness,” and thereupon “then one can pass beyond the sphere of the four māras and swiftly accomplish the unsurpassed awakening of a buddha”; its cause in ages past is “he exhorted and transformed sentient beings and urged them to press on, constantly and diligently making offerings to the three jewels, and when the Dharma was about to perish he guarded it single-mindedly.”
The light of the Adornment of Patience raises hatred and self-conceit together — to remove hatred one must necessarily leave behind conceit, since hatred mostly arises out of conceit. The light Valor puts the antidote to indolence in reverence and offering toward the three jewels rather than in ascetic exertion, and says that this is how one passes beyond the sphere of the four māras.
Brought home to oneself: for the antidote to slackness, what the scripture offers is not to add to one's exertions but to give rise to reverence toward the three jewels without weariness. This changes the place from which one's strength comes.
The Light from the Hair-Pores · Quiescence and the Adornment of Wisdom: Leaving Distraction, Realizing the Truths and Understanding Dependent Arising
The light Quiescence “awakens those whose minds are distracted, causing them to leave far behind craving, hatred, and delusion, so that their minds do not waver and they enter right concentration,” its cause in ages past being “he cast off every bad friend, meaningless talk, and defiled conduct, and praised meditation and the wilderness retreat.” The light the Adornment of Wisdom “awakens the foolish and confused, causing them to realize the truths and understand dependent arising, so that their faculties and their wisdom are all penetrating,” and thereupon “then one obtains the dharma of the sun-lamp samādhi, and by the light of wisdom accomplishes the fruit of buddhahood”; its cause in ages past is “he was able to give away even the wealth of his country and his own person, and for the sake of awakening sought the right Dharma, and having heard it diligently expounded it for sentient beings.”
The wilderness retreat is a place of quiet. Among the causes in ages past of the light of Quiescence there is one very concrete item — “meaningless talk” is also among the things cast off; the cause of distraction often lies in idle chatter. The light of the Adornment of Wisdom sets realizing the four truths and understanding dependent arising side by side as the benefit it confers, while its cause in ages past is giving away body and wealth for the Dharma and, having heard it, expounding it for others.
Brought home to oneself: to want an undistracted mind, the scripture first asks which bad friends and which meaningless talk you have cast off. This is far more concrete than simply saying ‘you must concentrate.’
The Light from the Hair-Pores · The Buddha's Wisdom and Fearlessness: Seeing Measureless Buddhas, Bestowing Fearlessness
The light the Buddha's Wisdom “awakens all who have consciousness, causing them to see measureless and boundless buddhas, each seated upon a jeweled lotus flower,” its cause in ages past being “he praised the Buddha's majestic virtue and his liberation, expounded the Buddha's freedom as without measure, and made manifest the Buddha's powers and supernormal faculties.” The light Fearlessness “touches those who are afraid, so that all the poisons and harms inflicted by non-human beings are one and all swiftly removed and extinguished,” its cause in ages past being “he was able to bestow fearlessness upon sentient beings, and wherever there was vexation and harm he urged it to stop, and rescued those in distress and calamity, the orphaned and the destitute.”
Those who have consciousness are sentient beings. These two lights are one inward and one outward: the one makes a person see the buddhas, the other makes a person free of fear. The cause in ages past of the light Fearlessness is written very plainly — urging vexation and harm to stop, and rescuing those in distress, the orphaned and the destitute, are all things that can be done here and now.
Brought home to oneself: the gift of fearlessness is one of the three kinds of giving, and yet it is the most easily overlooked. Not one of the three things the scripture instances requires supernormal power.
The Light from the Hair-Pores · Security and Seeing the Buddha: Removing the Suffering of Sickness, Seeing the Buddha at the End of Life
The light Security “shines upon those who are sick, causing them to be rid of every pain, and all to obtain the joy of samādhi in right concentration,” its cause in ages past being “he gave good medicine to save people from their ailments, prolonged life with wondrous jewels and anointed the body with fragrance, and provided butter, oil, milk, and honey for food and drink.” The light Seeing the Buddha “awakens those who are about to pass away, causing them, according to what they call to mind, to see the Tathāgata, and at the end of life to be born in his pure land,” its cause in ages past being “when he saw those at the point of death he exhorted them to be mindful of the Buddha, and further showed them a venerable image so that they might gaze upon it with reverence, and caused them to take deep refuge in and look up to the Buddha.”
This item on the light Seeing the Buddha is of the greatest importance for the practice of assisting the dying with recitation in the Han tradition: the scripture says plainly that the dying person, “according to what they call to mind, sees the Tathāgata, and at the end of life is born in his pure land,” and that the cause in ages past is precisely that one had oneself once, at another's dying, exhorted him to be mindful of the Buddha and shown him a venerable image. Cause and fruit are all but the two ends of one and the same act.
Brought home to oneself: what this item teaches is something that can be done today — reminding another, when he needs it most, to call the Buddha to mind.
The Light from the Hair-Pores · Delight in the Dharma and Wondrous Sound: Rejoicing in the Right Dharma, Hearing All Sounds as the Buddha's Voice
The light Delight in the Dharma “causes them constantly to rejoice in the right Dharma, hearing it, setting it forth in exposition, and writing it out,” its cause in ages past being “when the Dharma was about to come to an end, he was able to expound it for others, filling to the full the minds of those who sought the Dharma.” The light Wondrous Sound “opens the awakening of the bodhisattvas, and can cause all the sounds there are in the three realms to be heard by the hearer as the voice of the Tathāgata,” its cause in ages past being “with a great voice he extolled the buddhas, and gave as gifts bells and every kind of music.”
The benefit conferred by the light Wondrous Sound is one of the most singular items in the whole passage: it is not that one hears the Buddha's voice, but that every sound in the three realms sounds, to the hearer, like the Buddha's voice. This is a transformation in the one who hears, not a replacement of what is heard.
Brought home to oneself: what this item speaks of is in truth the ground of the mind. The same din of the streets is vexation to one person and the voice of the Dharma to another — the difference lies in the hearer.
The Light from the Hair-Pores · Bestowing Sweet Dew and the Most Excellent: Casting Off Heedlessness, Hearing the Ascendant Dharma
The light Bestowing Sweet Dew “causes them to cast off every heedless practice and to cultivate in full every kind of merit,” its cause in ages past being “he expounded that conditioned dharmas are not secure, that measureless suffering and vexation fill them everywhere, and he constantly delighted to extol the joy of quiescence.” The light the Most Excellent “causes them in the presence of the buddhas universally to hear the ascendant dharmas of the precepts, concentration, and wisdom,” its cause in ages past being “he constantly delighted to extol the excellent precepts, excellent concentration, and surpassing wisdom of all the buddhas.”
Sweet dew is in India the name of the medicine of deathlessness, and here it figures nirvāṇa. The cause in ages past of both these lights is “extolling” — the one extolling the joy of quiescence, the other extolling the Buddha's precepts, concentration, and wisdom. Extolling occurs a great many times in this long passage; it is a practice that can be done and is easily made light of.
Brought home to oneself: what one constantly says is what one grows. This passage says a great deal about the positive working of the act of speech.
The Light from the Hair-Pores · The Adornment of Jewels and the Adornment of Fragrance: Obtaining Treasuries of Jewels, Gladdening the Mind at the Fragrance
The light the Adornment of Jewels “causes them to obtain treasuries of jewels without end, and with them to make offerings to the Tathāgatas,” its cause in ages past being “with every kind of fine and wondrous jewel he made offerings to the buddhas and to the buddha-stūpas, and gave them also to the poor and the destitute.” The light the Adornment of Fragrance “causes those who smell it to be gladdened in mind and to be assured of accomplishing the merits of a buddha,” its cause in ages past being “with the wondrous fragrances of humans and gods he anointed the ground as an offering to all the most excellent lords, and used them also in building stūpas and buddha-images.”
In the causes of both these lights there are two destinations: offering to the buddhas and relieving the poor; offering to the buddhas and making images. The scripture does not treat making offerings to the three jewels and relieving the destitute as two separate things; it states them together within a single cause.
Brought home to oneself: people often find themselves torn between “making offerings to the Buddha” and ‘saving people.’ In the causes of both these lights the two are present together.
The Light from the Hair-Pores · Mixed Adornment and Pure Cleanliness: Banners and Canopies Filling All, Making the Ground Level
The light Mixed Adornment manifests “jeweled banners and pennons and canopies beyond number, incense burning and flowers scattered and every kind of music sounding, filling the towns within and without,” its cause in ages past being “with subtle and wondrous sounds of music, and with the many fragrances, wondrous flowers, banners and canopies, and every kind of adornment, he made offerings to the buddhas.” The light Pure Cleanliness “can make the surface of the ground level as the palm of a hand,” its cause in ages past being “he adorned the buddha-stūpas and their precincts.”
From the light Pure Cleanliness onward the scripture's form turns to the utmost brevity: one light gets only three clauses — the name of the light, what it does, and its cause in ages past, with no further unfolding in between. This is a gathering-in of the movement of the text, not a carelessness of content.
What the light Pure Cleanliness does is only the one thing of “making the ground level,” and its cause in ages past is only the adorning of the buddha-stūpas and their precincts. Brought home to oneself: to put one place in order and make it clean, the scripture is willing to count as the cause of a light.
The Light from the Hair-Pores · Great Cloud and Ornaments: Raining Fragrant Water, Giving Fine Garments
The light Great Cloud “can raise clouds of fragrance and rain down fragrant water,” its cause in ages past being “he sprinkled the stūpas and courtyards with water.” The light Ornaments “can cause those whose bodies are bare to obtain fine garments,” its cause in ages past being “he gave away wondrous things that adorn the body.”
These two are of the same pattern as the last, both of them the smallest of acts answering to the greatest of functions. Sprinkling and sweeping the stūpa courtyard accomplishes a light able to raise clouds of fragrance and rain down fragrant water; giving another the things that adorn his body accomplishes a light that gives garments to the naked.
Brought home to oneself: the point of this string of short clauses is to dispel a certain notion — that only great deeds have great fruits.
The Light from the Hair-Pores · Fine Savor and Great Wealth: The Hungry Obtain Food, the Poor Obtain Jewels
The light Fine Savor “can cause those who are hungry to obtain fine food,” its cause in ages past being “he gave away every kind of choice viand.” The light Great Wealth “causes the poor and destitute to obtain treasuries of jewels,” its cause in ages past being “with inexhaustible goods he gave to the three jewels.”
The cause of the light Great Wealth uses the three graphs “inexhaustible goods,” which differ from the “fine and wondrous jewels” of the light of the Adornment of Jewels above. Inexhaustible is not a quantity; it is that in one's mind no floor is set.
Brought home to oneself: giving food accomplishes the light of Fine Savor, and giving to the three jewels accomplishes the light of Great Wealth — this pair takes in the two things most commonly done by people living in the household.
The Light from the Hair-Pores · The Lights of the Purity of the Six Faculties: Eye, Ear, Nose, Tongue, Body, and Mind
From here the scripture releases six lights in succession in the order of the six faculties. The light of the Purity of the Eye “can cause the blind to see the many forms,” its cause in ages past being “he gave lamps to the buddhas and the buddha-stūpas”; the light of the Purity of the Ear “can cause the deaf all to hear well,” its cause being “with drums and music he delighted the buddhas and the buddha-stūpas”; the light of the Purity of the Nose “causes fragrances never smelled before to be smelled,” its cause being “he gave incense to the buddhas and the buddha-stūpas”; the light of the Purity of the Tongue “can with a lovely voice extol the buddhas and remove forever coarse and unwholesome speech”; the light of the Purity of the Body “causes those whose faculties are defective to be made whole,” its cause being “with his body he bowed to the buddhas and the buddha-stūpas”; the light of the Purity of the Mind “causes those who have lost their mindfulness to obtain right mindfulness, and to attain freedom in all their practice of samādhi.”
The matching of cause and fruit in these six is perfectly regular: giving lamps obtains the eye, giving music obtains the ear, giving incense obtains the nose, removing evil speech obtains the tongue, bowing obtains the body, cultivating samādhi obtains the mind. Six lights of the six faculties are matched with six kinds of act toward the buddha-stūpas.
Brought home to oneself: this group matches every one of the body's doors with a concrete act. It is not an abstract ‘cultivating blessings’; each has its own counterpart.
The Light from the Hair-Pores · The Lights of the Purity of the Six Objects: Form, Sound, Scent, Taste, Touch, and Dharma
Next it releases six lights in succession in the order of the six objects. The light of the Purity of Form “causes people to see the forms of the buddhas that are beyond thought,” its cause in ages past being “with the many wondrous colors he adorned the stūpas”; the light of the Purity of Sound “causes people to know that the nature of sound is of itself empty and still, and to contemplate the dependent arising of sound as an echo in a valley”; the light of the Purity of Scent “causes every kind of foul stench to become fragrant and clean,” its cause being “with fragrant water he washed the stūpas and the tree of awakening”; the light of the Purity of Taste “can remove the poison in every kind of food and savor,” its cause being “he constantly made offerings to the Buddha, the Saṅgha, and his father and mother”; the light of the Purity of Touch “can cause every harsh touch to become soft,” and manifests that “spears, lances, swords, and halberds rain down from the sky, and he causes them all to be turned into wondrous flower-garlands,” its cause in ages past being that in ages past upon the roads he anointed them with fragrance, scattered flowers, and spread out garments, escorting the Tathāgata and causing the Buddha to tread upon them; the light of the Purity of Dharma “can cause all the hair-pores to set forth wondrous Dharma beyond thought,” and the Dharma it sets forth is “that dharmas arisen from causes and conditions are from the first unarisen; that the dharma-body of the buddhas is not a body of form; that the nature of dharmas abides constantly like empty space.”
Two items in this group call for particular notice. The light of the Purity of Sound does not make sounds pleasant to hear; it “causes people to know that the nature of sound is of itself empty and still” — what is turned about is knowledge and view. And the three clauses set forth by the light of the Purity of Dharma are the only place in the whole passage that speaks directly of the nature of dharmas, and they are the resting-place of these eighty-nine and a half verses: that what arises from conditions is unarisen, that the dharma-body is not a body of form, and that the nature of dharmas abides constantly like empty space.
The cause in ages past of the light of the Purity of Taste, “he constantly made offerings to the Buddha, the Saṅgha, and his father and mother,” sets father and mother alongside the Buddha and the Saṅgha, which is not often met with in the scriptures, and it is recorded.
Brought home to oneself: reading from the giving of lamps and incense all the way to the constant abiding of the nature of dharmas, the scripture has itself joined merit and wisdom into a single line.
Concluding the Summary and Showing the Breadth: Gates of Light as Many as the Sands of the Gaṅgā
Chengguan judges that “from ‘such and the like’ onward, the concluding of the summary and the showing of the breadth.” The scriptural text: “Such gates of light of every kind, as many as the sands of the Gaṅgā and without limit of number, all issue forth from the hair-pores of the Great Seer, and the work each one does is in each case different.”
The named lights listed above count out in the base text as forty-four. Here a single line makes it clear: those were only instances; in fact they are as many as the sands of the Gaṅgā. The Great Seer is another name for the Buddha.
Ask first: since they are without limit of number, why instance forty-four? Because the limitless cannot be spoken, while forty-four can. Instancing is in order to let one know the form of the thing — one light, one name; one name, one cause. Brought home to oneself: having read the forty-four and known their pattern, one can go on and infer the forty-fifth for oneself.
Displaying by Class the Working of the Light from the Hair-Pores and Concluding That upon Which the Function Rests: As One Hair-Pore Is
Chengguan judges that “from ‘as with one hair’ onward, the displaying by class of the working of the light of all the hair-pores, together with the concluding of that upon which the function rests.” The scriptural text: “As with the light released from a single hair-pore, measureless and numberless as the sands of the Gaṅgā, so it is with all the hair-pores — this is the power of the Great Seer's samādhi.”
The previous section said, horizontally, that the lights are of countless kinds; this section says, vertically, that the places from which the light issues are likewise countless. A single hair-pore is already measureless and numberless, and all the hair-pores the more so. The last line comes back to the power of samādhi — that upon which all this rests is concentration and nothing else.
Brought home to oneself: this one line draws the ninety verses of spreading-out back into one place. All the functions issue from one substance.
Explaining and Establishing the Extent: The Light Follows the Original Practice, the Seeing Follows the Conditions of Past Lives
Chengguan judges that “from ‘as with his original practice’ onward, the explaining and establishing of the extent.” The scriptural text: “As with the light obtained from his original practice, so it accords with those who in past lives shared the same conditions and the same practice; and because he releases light today, so it is likewise — this is the freedom of the Great Seer's wisdom.” And further: “Those who in ages past cultivated works of blessing together with him, and those who loved and delighted in what he cultivated and were able to rejoice with him, and those who saw what he did and likewise rejoiced — these are all able to see this light.”
Extent means a boundary. This section says that there is an extent to those upon whom the light falls: what it shines upon are those who in past lives shared the same practice and the same vow. And what deserves notice is that it counts “rejoicing” in as well — one need not have done the thing alongside him at the time; if one merely saw what he did and gave rise to love, delight, and sympathetic joy, one likewise gets to see this light.
Brought home to oneself: sympathetic joy is here not a consoling word but a real way of forming the connection. The thing you were too late to do, you may rejoice in another's doing, and you are on that same line.
The Benefit of the Light to Those Who Hear and Have Faith: Seeing and Not Seeing Lie in the Capacity, Not in the Light
Chengguan judges that “from ‘if there be’ onward, the benefit of the light to those who hear and have faith.” The scripture first speaks of those able to see: “If a person cultivates works of blessing of every kind of his own, and makes offerings to buddhas beyond number, and constantly cherishes a longing for the Buddha's merits, such a person is the one this light is to awaken.” Then it sets up two similes. The first is the sun: “It is just as one born blind does not see the sun, and this is not because no sun rises in the world,” and therefore “so too is the light of the great being: those who have wisdom are all able to see it, while ordinary people and those of wrong faith and poor understanding are not able to see this light.” The second is the palaces and carriages of maṇi jewels, “are furnished naturally to those who have merit, and are not what the virtueless can occupy,” and therefore “those who have deep wisdom are all touched by it, while ordinary and foolish people of wrong faith and poor understanding are not able to see this light.” The last verse turns into an exhortation to faith: “If a person hears of the differences among these lights and is able to give rise to a pure and deep faith and understanding, he will be able to cut off forever every net of doubt and swiftly to accomplish the unsurpassed banner of merit.”
Ask first: if the light shines universally, why is there anyone who does not see it? The scripture answers with finality — “this is not because no sun rises in the world.” It is not that there is no sun; it is that one is blind. The two similes go two ways: the one with respect to wisdom (the simile of one born blind), the other with respect to merit (the simile of the palaces); seeing and not seeing hang upon the capacity, not upon the light.
Rule out one misunderstanding: this does not say that those of poor understanding are shut out. The last verse at once supplies the way through — to hear of the differences among these lights and be able to give rise to a pure and deep faith and understanding is to cut off the net of doubt forever. So hearing and having faith is itself the place of entry. And this comes back precisely to the eye of the whole chapter: faith.
Brought home to oneself: to have read this long passage of lights and to feel that it has nothing to do with oneself is exactly the place this verse speaks of — have faith first; once the net of doubt is cut, the road opens.
The Gate of the Samādhi of the Splendor of Principal and Companions: Like the Bright Moon Among the Stars
Chengguan judges that “ninth, from ‘there is an excellent samādhi’ onward, six verses, the gate of the samādhi of the splendor of principal and companions, which is also the samādhi of manifestation.” The scriptural text: “There is an excellent samādhi able to bring forth the adornment of a retinue, all of it free”; there is a wondrous lotus flower adorned with light, its measure equal to the three-thousandfold great-thousand world-system, and his body sits upright upon it and fills it; there are further wondrous lotus flowers as many as the dust-motes of ten lands surrounding it, and the sons of the Buddha sit within them; those beings “in past lives accomplished wholesome causes and conditions and cultivated in full the merits of the Buddha,” and therefore they surround the bodhisattva, joining their palms and gazing without ever having enough; it closes with the simile, “Just as the bright moon dwells among the many stars, so too does the bodhisattva dwell amid the great assembly”; and then it displays the ten quarters by class with “as is displayed in one quarter … so it is likewise in every quarter.”
Ask first: is the character of principal and companions a character of higher and lower? The simile of the bright moon among the stars answers this. The moon among the stars does not overpower the many stars; it is naturally the center. And the scripture takes special care to state the provenance of those who surround him — “in past lives accomplished wholesome causes and conditions”: the retinue is not summoned; it has gathered out of a shared cause.
Brought home to oneself: the adornment of what is called a place of practice lies not in its furnishings but in whether those gathered in one place have come out of a shared cause.
The Gate of the Samādhi of Stillness and Function Without Shore · The Indication of the Name and the General Distinguishing: The Samādhi Named Net of Quarters
Chengguan judges that “tenth, from ‘there is an excellent samādhi named Net of Quarters’ onward, thirty-four and a half verses clarifying the gate of the samādhi of stillness and function without shore,” and explains the name, saying “with respect to place it is named ‘quarter’” and “the ten quarters interlace, entering and issuing crosswise and lengthwise, and therefore it is named ‘net.’” The scripture supplies the name itself: “There is an excellent samādhi named Net of Quarters; the bodhisattva dwelling in it opens and shows extensively, manifesting his body universally in every quarter, either displaying entry into concentration or displaying issuing from it.”
“Quarter” is place, and “net” is interlacing. What this gate opens up is freedom, with respect to place, in entering and issuing from concentration. The gate-name “stillness and function without shore” is Chengguan's own establishing — stillness is entering concentration, function is the arising of activity, and without shore is that there is no boundary.
Ask first: what is there to say about entering and issuing from concentration? For ordinary people, once they have entered concentration they are here, and only once they issue from it can they act. What this gate has to say is precisely the removal of that limitation.
Stillness and Function Without Shore · Freedom with Respect to the Receptacle World: Entering in the East and Issuing in the West
The scripture at the outset gives a formula of the utmost simplicity: “Or in the eastern quarter he enters right concentration and in the western quarter he issues from concentration; or in the western quarter he enters right concentration and in the eastern quarter he issues from concentration; or in some other quarter he enters right concentration and in some other quarter he issues from concentration.” And then it concludes: “Thus entering and issuing throughout the ten quarters — this is called the power of a bodhisattva's samādhi.”
This sentence must be read slowly. The entering and the issuing are not in one and the same place — he enters in the east and issues in the west. If concentration were the mind's staying unmoving in one place, this sentence could not be made sense of; so what it displays is that concentration is not tied to place.
Then the scripture raises up all the Tathāgatas throughout the lands of the eastern quarter, and “he displays himself before every buddha, drawing near universally, while dwelling in samādhi still and unmoving.” Drawing near to the buddhas and being still and unmoving at one and the same time. Brought home to oneself: this passage begins the formal answering of that line buried earlier, “the body fills and pervades like empty space, dwelling unmoving and yet filling the ten quarters.”
Stillness and Function Without Shore · Freedom with Respect to the World of Right and Perfect Awakening: Still in Concentration While the Offerings Do Not Cease
The scripture then states the eastern and western quarters crosswise: before the buddhas of the east “dwelling in samādhi still and unmoving,” while at the same time in the presence of the buddhas of the west “he displays rising from samādhi and cultivating measureless offerings extensively”; and reversed, still in the west and rising in the east, likewise. It gathers all up with “Thus into all the worlds of the ten quarters the bodhisattva enters with none left out, either displaying samādhi still and unmoving, or displaying reverent offerings to the buddhas.”
Ask first: how can one and the same person be at once still and unmoving and at the same time cultivating offerings extensively? The scripture does not explain; it simply sets the two things side by side and states them. Chengguan explains the character of this passage, saying “being here he is constantly there, without before or after” — being here he is constantly also there, with no before and after.
Ruling out a misreading: do not think of it as the trick of dividing the body. A divided body is still two bodies, and there is a before and an after. What the scripture says is that there is no before and after. Brought home to oneself: at a certain point in practice one comes to know that the line between sitting still and getting things done is not to be erased by switching between them faster.
Stillness and Function Without Shore · Freedom in Faculty and Object Set over Against One Another: The Six Faculties and Six Objects Entering and Issuing in One Another
The form of this passage is perfectly regular. The scripture sets the six faculties over against the six objects and sets up entering and issuing one by one: within the faculty of the eye he enters concentration and within the object-field of form he issues from it, “displaying that the nature of form is beyond thought”; and reversed, within the object-field of form he enters concentration and from the faculty of the eye he rises from it, expounding that “the eye is from the first unarisen and has no rising, its nature empty and still, without anything done.” Ear and sound, nose and scent, tongue and taste, body and touch, mind and dharmas — each pair is of the same pattern. In the base text, entering by way of a faculty counts out as six and entering by way of an object-field as six.
Chengguan attaches this passage to “third, from ‘within the faculty of the eye’ onward, twenty-five and a half verses, displaying freedom throughout the three kinds of world,” and under it judges this to be “first, clarifying faculty and object as set over against one another so as to distinguish freedom.” One should notice that what is said in the two directions differs: where he enters by way of a faculty and issues in an object, it speaks of the object as beyond thought (the nature of form beyond thought, distinguishing all speech and sound, universally obtaining all the finest fragrances …); where he enters by way of an object and rises in a faculty, it speaks without exception of the faculty as unarisen (the eye unarisen, the ear unarisen, the nose unarisen, the tongue unarisen, the body unarisen, the mind unarisen), and clause by clause in the same wording — “its nature empty and still, without anything done.”
First the question, then the answer: why does the one direction speak of the wondrousness of function and the other of the emptiness of substance? Because faculty and object set over against one another is exactly the place where ordinary beings are bound. Entering by the faculty and issuing in the object displays that its function is unobstructed; entering by the object and rising in the faculty displays that its substance is from the first empty. Only the two spoken together are freedom.
Brought home to oneself: this passage is the section of the whole chapter closest to daily life. The eye is seeing and the ear is hearing all day long without cease; the scripture says that right here one may enter concentration, and right here one may know their non-arising.
Stillness and Function Without Shore · Freedom with Respect to Other Bodies and the Receptacle World: Entering in This Body, Issuing in That
The scripture next extends what the entering and issuing rest upon from faculty and object to bodies and the receptacle world. First other bodies: youth and man in his prime, man in his prime and old man, old man and good woman, good woman and good man, good man and nun, nun and monk, monk and one training or beyond training, one training or beyond training and pratyekabuddha, pratyekabuddha and Tathāgata, Tathāgata and the gods, the gods and a great dragon, a great dragon and a yakṣa, a yakṣa and a ghost-spirit. Then the receptacle world: ghost-spirit and a single hair-pore, a single hair-pore and all hair-pores, all hair-pores and the tip of a single hair, the tip of a single hair and a single mote of dust, a single mote of dust and all motes of dust, all motes of dust and the adamantine ground, the adamantine ground and a maṇi tree, a maṇi tree and the Buddha's light, the Buddha's light and the rivers and seas, the rivers and seas and the fire element, the fire element and the wind, the wind element and the earth element, the earth element and the palaces of the gods, the palaces of the gods and empty space.
Chengguan judges this to be “second, from ‘a youth’ onward, clarifying freedom with respect to other bodies,” and attaches it to the outline of “displaying freedom throughout the three kinds of world.” The three kinds of world are the world of sentient beings, the receptacle world, and the world of right and perfect awakening. The arrangement of this long string is like a linked chain — the place of issuing in each clause is the place of entering in the next, running on without a break.
Ruling out a misreading: do not read “within the body of a Tathāgata he enters right concentration” as meaning that the bodhisattva has become a buddha. What this passage displays is the absence of limitation in what the entering and issuing rest upon, not a usurpation of the order of stations.
Brought home to oneself: this passage reads like a string of dazzling transformations, but in fact it says only one thing — there is no single place upon which concentration cannot rest.
The General Conclusion That It Is Beyond Thought: The Freedom of Samādhi Is Beyond Thought
Chengguan judges that “third, from ‘this is what is called’ onward, one verse of general conclusion,” and explains its syntax: “the first line names the person by his virtue, the next line displays the virtue by way of the person.” The scriptural text: “This is what is called one of measureless merits, whose freedom in samādhi is beyond thought, and which all the buddhas of the ten quarters, throughout measureless kalpas, could not exhaust in the telling.”
With this the two hundred and more verses of the section of the boundless great function are gathered in. The manner of the gathering-in is interesting — it does not offer a summarizing definition, but says “could not exhaust in the telling.” If the buddhas of the ten quarters through measureless kalpas could not exhaust it, how much less these two hundred and more verses.
Brought home to oneself: to finish this long passage and feel that one has no grasp of it is normal. The scripture has itself said that it cannot be exhausted in the telling.
The Section of Illustrating the Profound Purport by Simile · That No Simile Can Serve as a Simile: Simile Cannot Liken It, and Yet by Simile the Sense Is Understood
Chengguan judges that “fifth, from ‘all’ onward, the section of illustrating the profound purport by simile, also named the section of raising the inferior to display the superior,” and judges its opening as “the preceding verse and a half clarify that no simile can serve as a simile for this, and the latter half-verse borrows simile to convey the profound.” The scriptural text: “All the Tathāgatas together expound that the ripening of sentient beings' deeds is beyond thought, that the transformations of the dragons and the Buddha's freedom, and the supernormal power of a bodhisattva too, are alike beyond thought”; then it states its own difficulty: “One would display it by simile, but in the end there is no simile that can be a simile for this”; and then it turns: “yet those persons of wisdom and penetrating understanding do, by reason of simile, understand its sense.”
These three and a half lines are the method of the latter part of the whole chapter. First it acknowledges that simile cannot exhaust it, and then says that similes must nonetheless be set up. Chengguan's explanation of the intent of setting up similes is put most vividly: “In adducing these similes there are, in brief, two senses: first, to display that a bodhisattva's freedom is not of the same order; second, to make it of value that sentient beings should give rise to faith. Now, the people of Jiangnan do not believe in a felt tent that holds a thousand men, and those of Hebei mostly doubt a boat of ten thousand bushels — simply because their ears and eyes have not reached so far.” — People of the south do not believe there is in the north a felt tent that can hold a thousand men; people of Hebei doubt that in the south there are great boats carrying ten thousand bushels, only because their ears and eyes have never been there. And so the scripture “raises up some things that are seen with the eye, and some that rest on persons still wholly bound,” raising things visible before one's eyes and things that people still carrying their afflictions can do, so as to display the bodhisattva by contrast.
Brought home to oneself: this passage first teaches a matter of reading the scriptures — only when one knows the limit of a simile will one not take the simile for the reality.
Illustrating the Profound Purport · The Simile of the Śrāvakas' Eight Liberations: If Those Without Compassion Are Thus
The first simile takes the śrāvakas. The scriptural text: “The śrāvakas, their minds dwelling in the eight liberations, are free in all that they manifest, able with one body to manifest many bodies, and again to make of many bodies one body”; in empty space they enter the concentration of the light of fire, and walking, standing, sitting, and lying down are all in the air, water issuing above and fire below, fire above and water below, “All this is within a single thought, with every kind of freedom without bound or measure.” And then it turns: “They are not furnished with great compassion, nor do they seek the buddha-path for the sake of sentient beings, and still they can manifest such things beyond thought — how much more so that free power which greatly benefits!”
This is the first application of “raising the inferior to display the superior,” and it settles the pattern for all the similes that follow: first state what they are able to do, then point out what they lack (not furnished with great compassion, not seeking the buddha-path for the sake of beings), and finally display by contrast with “still they can … how much more …”
Brought home to oneself: this pattern in fact teaches a way of thinking — one need not begin by trying to conceive how inconceivable a bodhisattva is; look first at what the world and the two vehicles can already do, and then reason upward.
Illustrating the Profound Purport · The Images of Sun and Moon and the Fourfold Army in Clear Water: Universal Manifesting and Yet Without Discrimination
The scripture sets up two similes. The simile of sun and moon: “It is just as the sun and moon course through empty space, and their images pervade everywhere throughout the ten quarters, so that in springs and pools, marshes and the water in vessels, and in the rivers and seas made of the many jewels, there is none in which the image does not appear,” with the joining: “So too are the bodhisattva's forms and images: throughout the ten quarters he universally manifests beyond thought.” The simile of the fourfold army in clear water: “It is as when in clear water there appear the images of the elephant troops, the horse troops, the chariot troops, and the foot troops, each distinct and unmixed,” with swords, halberds, bows, arrows, armor, helmets, and carriages of many kinds, and yet “there is none that does not appear within the water,” the key lying in the last line, “and yet the water of itself has no discrimination — so too is the bodhisattva's samādhi.”
Each of the two similes displays its own thing. The simile of sun and moon displays universal manifesting: one sun and one moon appear throughout all waters. The simile of the fourfold army displays the absence of discrimination: the water reflects images differing by a thousand degrees while the water itself makes no discrimination.
Ruling out a misreading: do not read “without discrimination” as failing to tell right from wrong. The water does not discriminate, and yet the fourfold army it reflects is “each distinct and unmixed” — precisely because it is in itself without discrimination, what it manifests is not disordered in the least. Brought home to oneself: the fewer preconceptions in the mind, the more clearly one in fact sees a matter; this is the real sense this simile gives.
Illustrating the Profound Purport · The Sea-God Fine Sound and the Woman Named Eloquence: If Those Still Bound Are Thus
The scripture raises two instances. The first is the sea-god: “Within the great ocean there is a god named Fine Sound, whose voice complies universally with the sentient beings of the sea, so that all their speech he can discern,” and yet “That god still has craving, hatred, and delusion, and yet can well understand every kind of sound — how much more one furnished with the free power of retention: could he fail to gladden the assembly!” The second is the woman named Eloquence: “There is a woman named Eloquence, born because her father and mother made supplication to a god,” and whoever has left evil and delights in what is true, she enters into his body and eloquence of wondrous kind is born; “She still has craving, hatred, and delusion, and yet can bestow eloquence according to a person's conduct — how much more a bodhisattva furnished with wisdom.”
Both these similes take the capacity of speech. What Chengguan called “some that rest on persons still wholly bound” refers to this class — raising up people still within craving, hatred, and delusion, who nevertheless are like this.
Brought home to oneself: this way of reasoning has one advantage, that it does not ask a person first to believe in things beyond thought; it asks only that he grant what is already there before his eyes.
Illustrating the Profound Purport · The Illusionist and the Asuras: Even Conjuring Can Delight the World
The scripture raises two more instances. The illusionist: “It is as when an illusionist knows the arts of illusion and can manifest every kind of measureless thing, in a moment producing sun, moon, and years, and making a city rich and abundant, vast and at ease,” and yet “The illusionist still has craving, hatred, and delusion, and yet can by the power of illusion delight the world — how much more the power of meditation and liberation.” The battle of the gods and the asuras: the asuras are defeated and flee, and “their weapons, chariots, and their hosts of followers all at once hide themselves away so that they cannot be seen,” and yet “They still have craving, hatred, and delusion, and yet can work transformations beyond thought — how much more one who dwells in the supernormal powers and the dharma of fearlessness.”
The simile of the illusionist is commonly used in the Buddhist scriptures to say that dharmas are like an illusion; here, however, it is used in reverse — it does not speak of the emptiness of illusion but of the capacity of illusion. Brought home to oneself: the intent of this passage is throughout the same, to have a person reason from what he already believes before his eyes to what he does not yet believe.
Illustrating the Profound Purport · Indra's Elephant King and the Asura Treading the Sea: The Transformations of Those Still Bound
The simile of the elephant king is spread out most lavishly: Indra's elephant transforms itself into thirty-three heads, each head furnished with six tusks, each tusk bearing seven pools, each pool holding seven lotus flowers, each flower bearing seven heavenly maidens, “all skilled in the arts, who play every kind of music and take their pleasure together with Indra”; and that elephant can further “cast off its original form and transform its body to be the same as the gods', its bearing and its comings and goings all alike theirs.” The closing line is again in the old pattern: “It still has craving, hatred, and delusion, and yet can manifest these supernormal powers — how much more one furnished with skillful means and wisdom: could he fail to be free in the concentrations!” The simile of the asura treading the sea: “Again, an asura transforms his body and, treading the adamantine limit, stands within the sea, so that the sea, deep as it is, reaches only to his middle, and his head stands level with Mount Sumeru,” closing with “how much more one who subdues the enmity of the māras, the lamp that illumines the world.”
The layer-upon-layer unfolding of the elephant-king simile (thirty-three heads, six tusks, seven pools, seven flowers, seven maidens) and the layered mutual involvement of the earlier gate of the samādhi of Indra's net answer to one another at a distance in point of form. This is recorded.
Illustrating the Profound Purport · Indra's Thousand Eyes and the Heavenly Drum of Trāyastriṃśa: A Small Power of Merit Is Yet Thus, a Formless Sound Can Yet Benefit
The simile of Indra's thousand eyes: when the gods and asuras do battle, Indra “according to the number of the asura host, manifests bodies equal to theirs and opposes them”; the asuras give rise to the thought “Śakra, lord of the gods, is coming against me; he will surely seize my body and bind it with the five bonds” and are worn down with anxiety; Indra “manifests his body with a thousand eyes, holding the adamantine cudgel from which flames issue,” and the asuras, seeing him, withdraw and submit; it closes with “By that small power of merit he is yet able to crush a great foe — how much more one who delivers all beings.”
The simile of the heavenly drum is longer and weightier. Within Trāyastriṃśa there is a drum “born of itself out of the ripening of deeds in heaven,” and when it knows the gods are heedless it sends forth a sound of itself in the air. The scripture cites what it says: all the five desires are “like foam gathered upon water, false in their nature”; all existences are “like a dream, like a heat-haze, and also like a floating cloud, like the moon in water”; “Heedlessness is enmity and is vexation; it is not the path of sweet dew but the road of birth-and-death”; the qualities of the five desires are of a “nature to perish,” and it urges them to “love and delight in the Dharma that is real.” The gods, hearing it, come up into the Hall of the Fine Dharma, and Indra expounds for them the wondrous Dharma. It closes: “That sound is formless and cannot be seen, and yet it can benefit the host of gods — how much more one who manifests bodies of form according as the minds of sentient beings delight: could he fail to deliver the multitudes!” And a further passage: in time of battle the drum sends forth a sound telling the host, “You should have no anxiety and no fear!”, and the gods put away anxiety and increase in strength while the asuras withdraw; the joining says, “The wondrous concentration of sweet dew is like that heavenly drum, constantly sending forth the quiescent sound that subdues the māras.”
What is singular about the simile of the heavenly drum is this: that drum has no mind, no form, and is struck by no one, and yet precisely when the words needed saying it said the words that needed saying. The joining states plainly that what it likens is “the wondrous concentration of sweet dew” — concentration's sending forth of sound is likewise mindless and yet timely.
Brought home to oneself: this is the one among all the chapter's similes most fit for self-examination. A reminder that truly lands is usually not one that someone deliberately said to you.
Illustrating the Profound Purport · Indra Responding to the Goddesses and the Kings of the Heaven of Free Enjoyment and of Brahmā: Even Worldly Freedom Is Thus
The scripture raises three more instances. Indra responding universally to the goddesses: the goddesses are “ninety-two nayutas” in number, and Indra responds to them all at once, causing each to think within herself, “The lord of the gods is taking his pleasure with me alone”; it closes with “Indra still has craving, hatred, and delusion, and yet can cause his retinue all to rejoice — how much more the supernormal power of great skillful means.” The king of the Heaven of Free Enjoyment of Others' Emanations: “attains great freedom within the realm of desire, and with deeds, delusion, and suffering as his net binds all ordinary beings,” closing with “He still has craving, hatred, and delusion, and yet attains freedom over sentient beings — how much more one furnished with the ten kinds of free power.” The great Brahmā king: “in all the places where the Brahmā gods dwell, is able to manifest his body seated there and to send forth the wondrous Brahmā voice,” closing with “He dwells within the Brahmā path of the world, and his meditation and supernormal powers are yet as he wishes — how much more one unsurpassed and beyond the world.”
The three instances mount in order: Indra in Trāyastriṃśa, the king of the Heaven of Free Enjoyment at the summit of the desire realm, and the Brahmā king in the form realm. The higher one goes, the nearer to concentration is the freedom instanced, and the nearer also to the concentration beyond the world is what is displayed by contrast.
Illustrating the Profound Purport · Maheśvara and the Great Wind That Raises Up the World: Counting the Raindrops, Raising Up the World
The simile of Maheśvara: “The wisdom of the god Maheśvara is free, so that when the dragon king of the great ocean sends down rain, he is able to distinguish and count the drops one by one, discerning them all within a single thought,” closing with “One who through measureless koṭis of kalpas has diligently cultivated and obtained this unsurpassed wisdom of awakening — how should he not, in a single thought, universally know the minds of all sentient beings!”
The simile of the great wind: “The ripening of sentient beings' deeds is beyond thought: by the power of the great wind the world is raised up, the vast seas, the mountains, and the palaces of the gods, the light of the many jewels and the kinds of the myriad things”; and the wind can further raise clouds and send down rain, scatter and dissolve the clouds, ripen the grains, and bring ease to the multitudes. The closing line is particularly worth remembering: “The wind cannot train in the perfections, nor does it train in the merits of a buddha, and still it can accomplish things beyond thought — how much more one furnished with all the vows!”
The former simile displays by contrast the knowing of all beings' minds in a single thought; in the latter the thing raised up is no longer a sentient being but the wind. Even the mindless wind accomplishes things beyond thought — this is “raising the inferior to display the superior” pushed to its furthest point.
Brought home to oneself: the two similes together say one thing — what one is able to do and what one has cultivated are not always in proportion; and if so, then what one who truly cultivates is able to do is all the more beyond any limit.
Illustrating the Profound Purport · The Sounds That Please and the Even Seal of the Great Ocean: Knowing Sound as Echo, Embracing Without Refusal
The simile of the many sounds: “The sounds of every kind made by men and by women, the sounds of every kind of bird and beast, and the sounds of the great sea, of flowing streams, and of rolling thunder, are all able to please the minds of sentient beings,” closing with “How much more one who knows that the nature of sound is like an echo and who has attained unobstructed and wondrous eloquence.” This simile answers to the earlier light of Wondrous Sound and to the passage on faculty and object with its “contemplate the dependent arising of sound as an echo in a valley.”
The simile of the even seal of the great ocean: “The great ocean has a rare and singular property, that it can be an even seal for all things; sentient beings, jewels, and flowing streams — all of them it embraces universally with nothing refused”; and the joining says, “One who has inexhaustible meditation and liberation is such an even seal likewise: merit, wisdom, and every kind of wondrous practice — all of them he cultivates universally without ever having enough.”
The even seal is the crucial phrase. That the ocean is an even seal lies in its not selecting — sentient beings, jewels, and streams it embraces alike. Yet what it is joined to is not the embracing of sentient beings but “all of them he cultivates universally without ever having enough” — not selecting among the wondrous practices. This moves evenness from what is received over to what is cultivated.
Brought home to oneself: fussiness about what one will practice is the least easily noticed kind of selecting.
Illustrating the Profound Purport · The Dragon King at Play · Cloud-Colors and Lightning: Differing According to the Place
From “when the dragon king of the great ocean is at his play” onward, the scripture enters the longest group among all the similes. Chengguan judges it to be “the simile of play, likening the bodhisattva's virtue of playful supernatural transformation.”
First the color of the clouds: the dragon king raises clouds filling the four continents, and the color of the clouds differs place by place — in the Heaven of Free Enjoyment of Others' Emanations like true gold, in the Heaven of Delight in Emanations the color of red pearls, in Tuṣita the color of frost and snow, in Yāma the color of lapis lazuli, in Trāyastriṃśa the color of agate, in the heaven of the four kings the color of crystal, above the waters of the great ocean the color of adamant, among the kiṃnaras the color of wondrous fragrance, in the dwellings of the dragons the color of lotus flowers, in the dwellings of the yakṣas the color of white geese, among the asuras the color of mountain rock, in Uttarakuru the color of golden flame, in Jambudvīpa the color of blue jewels, and “in the remaining two continents it is an adornment of mixed colors, appearing in response to what sentient beings delight in.” Then the lightning, likewise differing place by place, with the last line, “as with the color of the clouds, so it is with the lightning.”
Ask first: why spread it out at such length? Because what is to be displayed is precisely ‘one raising, ten thousand differences.’ The dragon king is only at play raising clouds, and yet in every place the clouds put forth the color proper to that place. This is the same sense as the earlier “without discrimination and without applied effort” of the ocean-seal samādhi, only stated at greater length.
Brought home to oneself: at one and the same teaching, each hearer gets what he needs — it is not that the expounder made distinctions; the capacities are of themselves different.
Illustrating the Profound Purport · The Dragon King at Play · Thunder-Sounds and What Is Rained Down: One Raising, Ten Thousand Responses
Next the thunder-sounds: in the Heaven of Free Enjoyment like the Brahmā voice, in the Heaven of Delight in Emanations like a great drum, in Tuṣita like singing, in Yāma like the voices of heavenly maidens, in Trāyastriṃśa like the many sounds of the kiṃnaras, in the dwellings of the four world-guarding kings like the sound of the gandharvas; within the sea like two mountains striking together, among the kiṃnaras like flutes and pipes, in the cities of the dragons like the kalaviṅka, in the dwellings of the yakṣas like the voices of dragon maidens, among the asuras like the heavenly drum, and “within the human destiny it is like the sound of the ocean tide.”
Next what is rained down: the Heaven of Free Enjoyment rains wondrous fragrance and mixed flowers; the Heaven of Delight in Emanations rains tāla flowers, mandārava flowers, and marsh-fragrance; Tuṣita rains maṇi jewels (“the pearls in their topknots like moonlight, and fine garments of the color of true gold”); Yāma rains banners, pennons, and canopies, flower-garlands, unguents, and music; Trāyastriṃśa rains wish-granting jewels, hard black aloeswood and sandalwood, and the fragrant waters of saffron, keśara, and tamāla; within the cities of the world-guardians it rains fine viands “furnished with color, fragrance, and savor, that increase one's strength,” and rains also the many wondrous jewels beyond thought — and the last line names that upon which all this rests: “all of this is done by the dragon king.”
The threefold spreading-out (color, sound, rain) is of one and the same form: one place, one color; one place, one sound; one place, one thing. Brought home to oneself: the patience this long passage teaches is itself a training in how to read — only by being willing to read through place by place does one learn that ‘differing according to the place’ is not a summarizing phrase but something done item by item.
Illustrating the Profound Purport · The Rains in the Sea and in the Four Continents: The Dragon King Is Free and Yet His Body Does Not Move
The scripture goes on with the rains in the sea and in the several places: within the great ocean “the rain pours down unbroken like the shafts of chariots,” and it rains also inexhaustible great treasuries of jewels and jewels of adornment; in the realm of the kiṃnaras it rains necklaces, lotus flowers, garments and jewels, and the fragrances of vārṣika and mallikā; in the cities of the dragons it rains red pearls, in the cities of the yakṣas radiant maṇi jewels, among the asuras weapons “with which to crush and subdue every foe,” in Uttarakuru necklaces and wondrous flowers, in the two continents of Pūrvavideha and Aparagodānīya articles of adornment, and upon Jambudvīpa pure water, “fine and moistening and always in season, nurturing the many flowers, fruits, and healing herbs, and ripening all the crops in the fields.” It gathers all up with one verse: “Such measureless wondrous adornments, the clouds, lightning, and thunderous rains of every kind, the dragon king in his freedom is able to make them all, and yet his body does not move and is without discrimination.”
That gathering line is the eye of the whole group — “and yet his body does not move and is without discrimination.” The three preceding spreadings-out wrote out every kind of difference to the full, and the last line at a stroke brings it back to being unmoving and without discrimination. This is of the very same form as the gate of stillness and function without shore, where “dwelling in samādhi still and unmoving” goes together with “cultivating measureless offerings extensively.”
Brought home to oneself: to have done a very great many things and yet to have neither increase nor decrease within — this is the place this simile points to.
Illustrating the Profound Purport · The Concluding Exposition That Displays the Virtue: If the Dragon King Is Thus, How Much More One Who Enters the Sea of the Dharma
Chengguan judges that “third, one verse concluding the exposition and displaying the virtue.” The scriptural text: “He dwells within the sea of the world, and still can manifest such power beyond thought — how much more one who enters the sea of the Dharma and is furnished with merit: could he fail to work great supernormal transformations!” And then it turns to the gathering-in: “The gates of liberation of those bodhisattvas no simile whatever is able to display; I now, by means of these similes, expound only in summary their free power.”
These two verses buckle the whole section of illustrating the profound purport together at head and tail. At the beginning it said “in the end there is no simile that can be a simile for this”; at the end it says “no simile whatever is able to display”; and between them so many similes were set up, only to come back at last to the incapacity of simile. The setting of the sea of the world over against the sea of the Dharma is also finely made — the dragon king dwells in the sea of the world, the bodhisattva enters the sea of the Dharma.
Brought home to oneself: to finish this long string of similes and still feel that one has not truly seen a bodhisattva's freedom is exactly the outcome the scripture itself acknowledges. A simile is a door, not the room.
The Section of Comparative Measure and Exhortation to Uphold · Concluding the Preceding Six Wisdoms: The Names of the Six Wisdoms
Chengguan judges that “third of the main text, from ‘the first wisdom’ onward, nine verses, the section of comparative measure and exhortation to uphold,” and states its intent: “In this vast function everyone has a share; to see it and not practice it is truly to deceive oneself, and therefore those of middling capacity may be exhorted and so advance.” — A function as vast as this, and everyone has a share in it; to have seen it and not go on to practice it is to deceive oneself.
One verse of the scripture concludes what precedes: “The first wisdom, the vast wisdom, the true wisdom, the boundless wisdom, the excellent wisdom, and the surpassingly excellent wisdom — such a Dharma-gate has now been expounded.” Chengguan explains these six wisdoms name by name: “The first, because nothing can be added above it. Second, the vast, which speaks of its measure as surpassing the two vehicles. Third, the true, which makes clear that its substance and nature, inwardly realized, are without falsity. Fourth, the boundless, which has two senses: first, because the wisdom of measure knows universally; second, because it is apart from the various pairs of extremes — that is, the wisdom of the Middle Way. Fifth, the excellent, because it surpasses the stations of the grounds. Sixth, the surpassingly excellent, because it is the same as Samantabhadra's.”
The six wisdoms are not six different wisdoms but six aspects of one and the same wisdom: unsurpassed, surpassing the two vehicles, inwardly realized and without falsity, the Middle Way, surpassing the stations, the same as Samantabhadra's. Brought home to oneself: having read through seven hundred and more lines of merit and great function, here six names draw it all back to a single graph — wisdom.
The Rarity of Receiving It in Faith: To Have Faith in This Dharma Is the Hardest of Hard Things
Chengguan judges that “second, from ‘this Dharma’ onward, eight verses clarifying the rarity of receiving it in faith,” and judges that “the first one is the general display, the remaining seven the separate clarification.” The opening verse of the scripture: “This Dharma is rare and most extraordinary; if a person, having heard it, can accept it in patient assent, can have faith in it, receive it, and praise and expound it — such a deed is exceedingly hard.” Chengguan explains these four matters graph by graph: “‘Hearing’ means meeting with the scripture. Acceptance in patient assent means the cause of faith; where there is faith the mind is pure. ‘Receiving’ means taking in the text and taking in the sense. ‘Praising’ extends to both speech and writing, while ‘expounding’ pertains to speech alone.” And he explains “rare”: “A buddha's appearing is remote and already hard to meet with, and only at his first attaining does he expound it all at once, and therefore it is rare. ‘Extraordinary’ means that the beginning can possess what comes after; ‘most’ means that it far surpasses all the vehicles.”
The verses that follow measure by comparison layer upon layer: among the ordinary people of the world “to be able to have faith in this Dharma is most hard to obtain,” and those who can have faith do so by two powers — Chengguan says “first, because the pure merit cultivated in the present accords with what is sought; second, because the perfuming of hearing in past causes now brings forth the seed.” Further down comes that celebrated comparison: “Among the multitudes of beings in all the worlds, few are those who wish to seek the śrāvaka vehicle; those who seek to be pratyekabuddhas are fewer still; and those who set out upon the great vehicle are harder yet to meet with. Those who set out upon the great vehicle are yet the easier case; to be able to have faith in this Dharma is harder still — how much more to be able to uphold and recite it and to expound it for others, and to practice in accordance with the Dharma and truly understand it!”
Ask first: setting out upon the great vehicle is already extremely hard; why is having faith in this Dharma harder? Chengguan answers with the utmost brevity: “Because the initial mind is at once possessed of all merits, and therefore it is hard to have faith in.” The hardness of believing lies precisely in that sense of perfect interfusion set out earlier — that the initial arousing of the mind is at once possessed of all the stations. This one line strings the whole chapter together from beginning to end.
Let one thing be recorded in passing: when Chengguan cites this verse he has “those who have faith in the great vehicle are yet the easier case,” while the base text has “those who set out upon the great vehicle” and the sixty-fascicle text “those who seek the great vehicle”; the ancient worthies, in citing scripture, often abbreviate and alter, and both are recorded, with no adjudication.
Brought home to oneself: if in reading this far the thought arises, ‘this is surely putting it too grandly,’ the scripture has long since expected it — it has written that very thought into the three graphs “most hard to obtain.” And Chengguan leaves a way out for those who do not have faith: “Those who do not have faith now — would that they might hear even a little; as a drum smeared with poison, it will in the end become a firm seed.”
The Comparative Measure of the Merit of Reciting and Upholding by Instances: The Blessings of Reciting and Upholding This Chapter Are the Most Excellent
Chengguan judges that “third, four verses of comparative measure by instances,” and judges that “the first three measure the difficulty of faith: the first two raise two hard things so as to set off the hardness of faith, and the last raises the excellence of merit so as to display the excellence of faith. The last one measures the difficulty of the other practices, clarifying only reciting and upholding,” and says that of these four matters “each latter one surpasses the one before it.”
The four verses of the scripture: to bear the three-thousandfold great-thousand world-system upon one's head for a kalpa without the body stirring — “what he did would still not be hard; to be able to have faith in this Dharma is hard”; to lift up ten buddha-lands with the hands and stand in the air for a kalpa — “what he did would still not be hard; to be able to have faith in this Dharma is hard”; to give the articles of ease for a kalpa to sentient beings as many as the dust-motes of ten lands — “his merit would still not be excellent; one who has faith in this Dharma is the most excellent”; to attend upon Tathāgatas as many as the dust-motes of ten lands for a kalpa — “if a person can recite and uphold this chapter, his merit is the most excellent and surpasses the other.”
Ask first: is this exaggeration? Look at the manner of the comparison and it becomes plain — the first two instances compare hardness, the last two compare excellence; the first three all speak of faith, and only the last speaks of reciting and upholding. The scripture's point of rest is not on ‘how much merit reading this chapter can gain’ but on ‘how hard it is to have faith in this Dharma.’
Brought home to oneself: the whole chapter begins with Mañjuśrī putting a question and ends with the reciting and upholding of this chapter, and the seven hundred and more lines in between speak wholly of the virtue that faith gives birth to. That it comes to rest upon reciting and upholding is a handing of that “faith” back into the reader's own hands — what you are now reading is precisely the chapter of which it speaks.
The Section of Manifesting the Real and Verifying It: The Buddhas of the Ten Quarters Stroke His Crown in Confirming Praise
Chengguan judges that “third of the main divisions, from ‘at that time Foremost in Worthiness’ onward, the section of manifesting the real and verifying it,” and divides it into four: “first, the quaking of the worlds, because the great capacity is aroused; second, the eclipsing of the palaces of Māra, because it is the sphere of buddhas alone; third, the ceasing of the evil destinies, because the benefit and joy are deep; fourth, the buddhas' present verification, because it accords with the buddhas' mind.” And within the buddhas' present verification he judges that “the stroking of the crown, the praising of it as good, and the rejoicing in it are the verification by all three kinds of act, exhorting beings to faith and practice.”
The scriptural text is the one passage of prose in the whole chapter: Foremost in Worthiness having expounded the verses, “the worlds of the ten quarters quaked in six ways, the palaces of Māra were eclipsed and hidden, and the evil destinies came to rest”; the buddhas of the ten quarters all appeared before him, “each with his right hand stroking his crown, and with one voice praised him, saying: ‘Excellent! Excellent! Well have you expounded this Dharma! We all alike rejoice in it.’”
Ask first: why must there be this passage? Because the seven hundred and more lines that precede all set forth the virtue of the fruit, and the expositor is Foremost in Worthiness alone. This passage is the buddhas themselves attesting that what he says is not false. Chengguan says that the stroking of the crown is the verification by the act of body, the praising as good the verification by the act of speech, and the rejoicing the verification by the act of mind — all three kinds of act verify it.
The second assembly ends here. At the close of his commentary Chengguan marks four graphs, “the second assembly is concluded” — from “The Names of the Tathāgata” down to this chapter, six chapters clarifying faith, and the assembly closes upon a single “excellent” from the buddhas.
Lineage
The sense of this chapter was carried on by three tracks in later ages; all are recorded, with no adjudication.
The line of Chengguan: following the eighty-fascicle text word by word in dividing the outline, he sets up the four gates of the reason for its coming, the explanation of the name, the tenet and aim, and the explanation of the text; judges the whole chapter as three divisions — Mañjuśrī's raising of the matter, Foremost in Worthiness's extensive exposition, and the present verification by the ten quarters; judges Foremost in Worthiness's answer as three divisions — modest praise and the granting of the exposition, properly setting forth the excellent virtues, and comparative measure and exhortation to uphold; divides the section of properly setting forth the excellent virtues again into five; and within the section of the boundless great function establishes the names of ten samādhi-gates. What he applies his strength to most in this chapter is the resolving of the difficulty, ‘how can the gate of faith be possessed of all the later stations’ — establishing the two gates of the graded sequence of the arrayed stages and of perfect interfusion and comprehensive inclusion, opening under the gate of perfect interfusion the two further gates of mutual dependence in dependent arising and of the fusion and inclusion of the Dharma realm, and judging that the taking in of one another by the stations of practice has four accounts: the beginning possessing the end, the end possessing the beginning, all the stations gathered together at once, and all the stations effaced. He further distinguishes the arousing of the mind in this chapter from the abode of the initial arousing of the mind among the ten abodes, judging that “the arousing of the mind here covers both beginning and end”; and he rebukes those who take this text as marking the leaving of the ordinary and the entering of the noble, saying “to judge it as entering the grounds is a reckless account.” All these judgments are where the Huayan school's doctrine of the perfect interfusion of the stations of practice comes to rest in this chapter.
The line of Fazang: on the sixty-fascicle text he explains the chapter's name from the Sanskrit bhadra and śrī, judges it an appositional compound, and opens out the four turns of person and dharma; he judges the text of Foremost in Worthiness's answer into eight parts — praising its depth and the difficulty of expounding it, the summary showing of the character of practice, the summary distinguishing of its excellent capacity, gathering in the stations of practice, the boundless great function, illustrating the profound purport by simile, comparative measure and exhortation to arouse the mind, and manifesting the real and verifying it; and he records the count of three hundred and sixty-three verses and the division into lines of five and of seven graphs. His eight parts and Chengguan's three divisions and five subdivisions each make a line of their own; two accounts come down from antiquity, and they are recorded.
The line of Zhiyan: on the sixty-fascicle text he explains the name by “the station where the ten kinds of faith are already fulfilled is the beginning of the worthy and the noble,” attaches the reason for its coming to “practice having been established, there must next be an extensive praising of the function of its virtue that completes the station,” judges the tenet to be the praising of virtue, and judges the text into three — “within the text there are three: first, Mañjuśrī's question; second, seven hundred and seven and a half verses, Foremost in Worthiness's answer proper; third, Foremost in Worthiness's exposition” — with six verses below the end of the chapter as the buddhas' verification displayed by the compilers of the scripture; and he records the verse-count of seven hundred and fifteen and a half. The six verses of verification he records stand precisely over against the eighty-fascicle text's prose — one and the same passage, and the two witnesses differ in form; it is recorded, with no adjudication.
The line of Li Tongxuan: he distinguishes roughly five gates — explaining the title of the chapter, explaining the reason for the chapter's coming, clarifying the tenet and aim of the chapter, clarifying the abiding and backsliding of the mind of faith, and explaining the meaning following the text. Among these, the gate “clarifying the abiding and backsliding of the mind of faith” is not found in the other masters, and marks a track of its own. He explains the name Foremost in Worthiness as “beginning as an ordinary person and all at once setting forth in manifest brightness the cause and fruit, the principle and the wisdom, of all the buddhas of the Dharma realm at one and the same moment,” and judges this Foremost in Worthiness to be “the Foremost in Worthiness of the practice of Mañjuśrī and Samantabhadra within the ocean of the buddha-fruit,” “the foremost of faith in the cause and fruit, the principle and the wisdom, of the Buddha, and the foremost of the fulfilling of understanding and practice of the Dharma realm without beginning or end” — reading it by sudden manifestation and by the absence of beginning and end, which differs from a reading by the sequence of the stations; this account comes down from antiquity, and it is recorded.
As for the three masters' differing counts of verses — Chengguan's three hundred and fifty-nine and a half, Fazang's three hundred and sixty-three, Zhiyan's seven hundred and fifteen and a half — the base texts they explain are themselves different (Chengguan explains the eighty-fascicle text, Fazang and Zhiyan the sixty-fascicle text), while the verse lines of the base text count out as seven hundred and seventeen. All are recorded, with no adjudication as to higher or lower, and with no subtracting of one from another for comparison.
Among the works that are the guiding compendia of the Huayan school, the two names “Foremost in Worthiness” and “the ocean-seal samādhi” are met with in several places in the Huayan yisheng jiaoyi fenqi zhang, the Huayan yisheng shixuan men, and the Wangjin huanyuan guan; all of these are citations of wording in setting up the marks of the teaching, in establishing the doctrine of the ten mysteries, and in establishing the names of contemplative practice, and are not the expounding of this chapter's scriptural text; they are recorded, with no adjudication. And the line “faith is the origin of the path and the mother of merits” yields no occurrences at all in any of these works; the absence is recorded as the facts stand, and nothing is inferred from it about the line's circulation.
品十三 昇須彌山頂品Ascent to the Summit of Mount Sumeru
全文五層 →Full five layers →一部經為什麼要換地方說
讀《華嚴》讀到這裡,會遇上一個結構上的怪事:前面兩會,佛都在人間——菩提場、普光明殿;到了這一品,忽然上了須彌山頂的帝釋宮。經不解釋為什麼,只用一句話交代:世尊不離一切菩提樹下,而上昇須彌,向帝釋殿。
古德一致地把這個『換地方』讀成表法。澄觀科此為第三會之首品,判其來意說「前信、此解,義次第故」——前面第二會講的是信,這一會要講的是解;信是住的方便,這裡才是正位。李通玄說得更白:前面在普光明殿人間地上,十信之心已經修完了;這一品是「從十信入十住,入位之昇進」。法藏在六十本那邊還設了兩個問答:為什麼不在人間說?答為顯行位漸次昇進,又表成位離染,所以居天。為什麼不停在四天王天?法藏答有三意:一者「彼是雜鬼神天,顯法非勝」,所以超過;二者十信是外凡而有退,十住是內凡而不退,越四天王處以表進退懸殊;三者「若未至山頂容有進退,到山頂上即安住不退」。澄觀則別就處所之正旁釋之——「四王處半旁而非正,表住不退異信輕毛」,所以越過山腰,直到山頂。
先把這個讀法安住,後面每一句莊嚴、每一個動作,才不會讀成神話布景。這一品從頭到尾世尊沒有親口說一句法(各處菩薩承佛神力演說法、帝釋說頌,皆非佛自說),卻是為說法而設的場——澄觀判它「以嚴處請佛赴感為宗,根緣契合說法為趣」,說的正是這個。
「昇須彌山頂」這個名字在說什麼
品名五個字,古德拆得很細。「須彌」,澄觀說正音是蘇迷盧,此方譯作妙高。何以稱妙?法藏答:四寶所成,東面黃金、西面白銀、南面頗梨、北面馬瑙,其餘的山只是金,所以不妙。何以稱高?獨出九山,高八萬四千由旬,縱廣相等。「頂」是山巔,法藏說山頂中央有帝釋宮,四面各有八埵如臺,三十二天輔弼帝釋,合起來是三十三天。
澄觀不止於此,他把「妙」開成十義:體妙(四寶所成)、相妙(八方四級)、色妙(四正色,物到那裡就同那個顏色,而山自身不變)、德妙(八方猛風不能令動)、眷屬妙(七金山七重圍繞,七香海海印旋流)、依持妙(唯天依住)、作業妙(不離本處而鎮四洲)、生果妙(波利質多樹能益天眾)、為首妙(四洲之地最先成)、堅固妙(輪圍之中最後壞)。
排一個誤讀:這十義不是地理知識。澄觀立刻把它一條一條合到修行上——聞思修解是妙體,四德八聖是妙相,四辯為色而令他人解同、自己的智不隨之變,八法不動是妙德,七支奉戒是金山圍繞,七識流轉是海印,第一義天是所依住,「可以神會非情能升」。合到最後一句是:「不離本處遍應十方」——山的作業妙,正是佛此刻正在做的事。所以他結說「為顯十住功德妙高,是故須升妙高山頂」。名字本身就是這一會的綱。
段一 十方齊現:先講「不散」,再講「昇」
經文第一句不是佛動身,而是:因如來威神力故,十方一切世界、每一個四天下的閻浮提中,都見到如來坐在樹下,各有菩薩承佛神力而演說法,而且「靡不自謂恒對於佛」——每一處的人都覺得自己始終正對著佛。
為什麼要先說這一句?澄觀問了同樣的問題,答得極清楚:要說明前面的會並沒有散,才能成就後面的會;後會必然帶著前會,合成法界無礙的一個大會;諸會沒有休息,後後諸會都是同時的;如果前會散了,就沒有後會。
那麼難題就來了——若是同時遍,怎麼還有九會的前後?若有前後,又怎麼叫同時?澄觀的答案是體用兩看:「即用之體同時頓遍」「即體之用不壞前後」,他打了個比方,「猶如印文」——印一下去,全文同時現,而字仍有次第。
落到讀法上:讀《華嚴》最容易犯的錯,是把九會讀成九個接續的場次,像連續劇一集接一集。經在這裡先堵住這條路。前會不散,是這一品『不離而昇』四個字的前提;沒有這一句,下一句就講不通。
段二 不離覺樹而昇釋殿:古德的五種說法
經文第二句只有十七個字,卻是本品的樞紐:世尊不離一切菩提樹下,而上昇須彌,向帝釋殿。
澄觀在這裡立了一個很硬的問:「動靜相違、去住懸隔,既云不離,何得言升?」動與靜相違背,去與住相隔絕;既然說沒有離開,怎麼又說上昇?他接著說「古有多釋」,逐一轉引古德之說,每一說都標明是誰的口氣:
第一說——「本釋迦身不起道樹,別起應化以升天上。」本來的釋迦身沒有起離道樹,另外起一個應化身上天。
第二說——「不起是報,升天是化。」不起的是報身,上天的是化身。
第三說——「不起是法身,升天是化用。」澄觀於此三說之下通破:「並非文意,以此文中俱是毘盧遮那十身雲故。」——「並」謂前三說皆非文意,非獨破第三。
第四說——「以去即非去故名不起,非去即去是以升天,如不來相而來等。」澄觀難之曰「若爾,但是升相離故,非是樹下別有不起之身,故不可也」。
第五說標作「有云」——「此佛神通同體業用,即住是去、去即是住,住是體遍、去是用應」,雖升後而不離前,雖不離前而升後。澄觀仍設難:這與第三師有何不同?既說住是體遍,何以獨住菩提樹?上天何以不是體遍?菩提樹下難道不是用?
這一整段,讀者要學的不是選出哪一家對。古德諸說並在此,澄觀的難也是他自己的話,一併誌錄;五說並列,我們照錄其所依而不加評騭。
段二續 澄觀所立之正義:即體之應,應隨體遍
轉引諸說之後,澄觀說「今顯正義」,自立一解。他先說佛所證的體:得菩提之後,智無所不周,體無所不在,無依無住,無去無來。既然本來無去無來,那「昇」從何說起?他說是「以自在即體之應,應隨體遍,緣感前後有住有升」——應是體上起的應,應隨著體而遍;因為眾生的感有前有後,所以現出來就有住有升。「閻浮有感,見在道樹;天宮有感,見升天上。」結論一句:「非移覺樹之佛而升天宮,故云不離覺樹而升釋殿。」
他還給了經證與喻證。經證取下一品法慧的偈:「佛子汝應觀,如來自在力,一切閻浮提,皆言佛在中。」澄觀說這一句是講「不離」;又取「我等今見佛,住於須彌頂。」說這一句是講「而升」——一句經文的兩個側面,被下一品的偈分成兩句說出來了。
喻證是那個著名的三舟一月:一輪月在天,澄江之上三條船同看;一船停住,兩船分向南北。往南的看見月隨他南行千里,往北的看見月隨他北行千里,停船的看見月不曾移動。「是為此月不離中流而往南北。」若百千人同看,八方各去,則百千個月各隨其去。
排一個誤解:這不是說佛只是『看起來』動了、其實沒動——那樣就把佛的昇天讀成錯覺,眾生的所見成了假的。喻裡三個人所見都真:月確實隨南、確實隨北、確實不移。所差別的是月從來不曾分身。落到自己身上:法不是搬過來給你的,是你在哪裡感,它就在哪裡應。
段二續 古德十義與十玄:一句經文裡的華嚴全景
澄觀在正義之後,又轉引了古德的另一組解釋,說「古德釋此,略有十義」。一約處相入門,一處之中有一切處,所以天宮本來就在樹下,不須起;二仍約相入,一處入一切處,樹遍在天中,也不須起;三由一切即一,故天在樹下;四由一即一切,故樹在天上;五約佛身,樹下之身即滿法界遍一切處,本來在彼,只是機熟令見,故說為升;六約佛自在不思議解脫,坐即是行住,在此即在彼,都不是下位所能測量;七約緣起相由門、八約法性融通門、九約表示顯法門、十約成法界大會門。
十義之後澄觀有一句總判:「然此十解,前五玄門、次四所以、後一總意,欲成十義相參而立,雖似雜亂不違經宗,並可用也。」——十解看似交雜,但不違經宗,都可以用。這也是古德之判,誌錄之。
他自己則把這一句所涵的相即列成四對:此處與彼處、此身與彼身、若去與若住、若一與若多。就「不離一切菩提樹下」的那個「一切」,又開出一多四句:不離一切樹下而升一天宮(即今經之文)、不離一樹而升一切天、不離一切樹而升一切天、不離一樹下而升一天。經取的是第一句,「經中欲顯一多相即,故舉初句」。
再往下,澄觀說這一句裡十玄門已經齊了:一處有一切處是微細義,所用不同是隱顯義,加上前時後時是十世義,及於餘法是純雜義,後後帶前前是帝網義,此天望餘是主伴義——「十玄具矣」。
落到讀法上:一句十七字的敘事,古德讀出了整個華嚴的法界觀。這不是過度解讀,是因為這句話本身就在做一件邏輯上不可能的事——不離而昇。凡是不可能的事出現在經裡,那裡就是義理的門。
段三 遙見佛來:為什麼是「遙」
第三段只有一句:時,天帝釋在妙勝殿前遙見佛來。
一個「遙」字,澄觀不肯放過。他兩面說:從佛這邊看,是「用從體起」——體本遍,用才現;從機這邊看,是「境從心現」——境界是隨帝釋的心而現的。既然如此,何以還說「遙」?答:「隣而未即故云遙見。」已經相隣接了,但還沒有到相即,所以是遙見。
這一句其實是全品的溫度計。前面說佛不離不動、體遍十方,若照那個層次說,哪裡有什麼遠近可言?但經偏偏寫了個「遙」字,因為這一段是站在帝釋的位置寫的。帝釋在十住位的門口,見得到佛來,還沒有到與佛相即。
排一個誤解:不要以為講了體遍不動,就不許再說遠近往來。華嚴的說法從不取消事相,只是不許把事相當成終點。落到自己身上:你此刻對法的感覺是「遙見」,這不是錯覺,也不是障礙——它是位次的誠實報告。
段四 嚴殿置座:十千是什麼數
第四段是全品文字最密的一段:帝釋以神力莊嚴此殿,安置普光明藏師子之座,其座悉以妙寶所成,接著是十句莊嚴——十千層級、十千金網、十千種帳、十千種蓋、十千繒綺、十千珠瓔、十千衣服、十千天子與十千梵王、十千光明。
澄觀先判結構:「文有十句,初總、餘別。」總的是座名。「總云普光明藏者,此是解位智,照法空含眾德故。」——普光明藏不是裝飾性的美名,它標的是十住這個解位上的智;照見法空而含攝眾德,所以叫藏。他還補一句「從信始入,故有置言」:因為是從信位剛剛進來,所以經文用一個「置」字。
別的九句,澄觀逐句配義:都說「十千」,是因為萬行為因而感得;說「層級」,是萬行熏習而成;金網是防護,慈悲的帳與蓋是以育以覆,四攝是繒綺而周垂,圓融的行願交絡萬善,柔忍慚愧覆在法空第一義天之上,清淨梵行環繞這個法體,一一智照所以名為光明。最後他點出這一段的用意:「舉斯果德令物行因。」
排一個誤讀:這一段最容易被當作華麗的場面描寫略讀過去。但經文寫的是座,澄觀讀的是十住之法門——座是法的位子,不是佛的家具。落到自己身上:帝釋能嚴殿,是因為「表嚴根欲之殿,為法器故」;先把自己弄成一個能盛法的器,法才進得來。
段五 三稱善來:請法的儀式
第五段寫帝釋敷好座位之後,曲躬合掌,恭敬向佛而說:善來世尊!善來善逝!善來如來、應、正等覺!唯願哀愍,處此宮殿!
澄觀分這一段作「三業崇敬以為請儀」——曲躬是身,合掌也是身,恭敬是意,出言是語;三業齊備才成請的禮。他再逐字釋:說「善來」,是因為佛應機而來,是不來之相而來,是帶著法界大會而來。三次稱「善」,是「喜之至故」——高興到極處。舉三個名號,是「略歎德故」。說「唯願哀愍」而請佛居殿,是「希仗勝田生大福故」。
這裡有一個容易滑過去的義理:帝釋說的是「善來」,不是『請來』。澄觀特意標出「不來相而來」——前面剛講完佛不離覺樹,這裡帝釋一開口就與那個義理接上了。他不是在請一個從遠處走來的客人。
落到自己身上:法的到來從來不是被求來的交易,是根器與感應相合。三業齊備的恭敬不是形式,它就是那個「合」的內容。這一段之所以要單列一科,是因為經要告訴讀者:說法之前,先有一個能請的人。
段六 即受其請,十方一切世界悉亦如是
第六段極短:世尊即受其請,入妙勝殿;十方一切諸世界中,悉亦如是。
澄觀釋為「根緣契合,成益不虛,十方如是」——請的人與應的佛,根與緣相契合,於是利益不落空。他還指出這一句在結構上的作用:「通上六段入殿事訖,故一結通。下四段文,殿中之事。」也就是說,「十方一切諸世界中,悉亦如是」這句結通,管的是前面六段;從第七段起,講的是殿裡的事。
這種讀法上的分界值得記住。經文裡凡是出現『十方悉亦如是』一類的結通句,都不只是修辭上的重複,而是在收攏前面一段的結構。全品共有兩處結通,一在此,一在末段——澄觀說末段那一處「唯結後四,前已結故」,正好與此相對。
落到讀法上:讀《華嚴》如果覺得處處重複,多半是把結構句當成了描寫句。這裡的重複是骨架,不是贅語。
段七 樂音自然止息
第七段一句:帝釋以佛神力,諸宮殿中所有樂音自然止息。
澄觀釋作「攝散歸靜,得定益故」——把散亂收攝回靜,得的是定的利益。
這一句要問一個問題:樂音是誰止的?經文說是「帝釋以佛神力」。既是佛的神力,何以說是帝釋?可以這樣讀:能感的是帝釋,所以歸在他身上;所憑的是佛力,所以標出佛神力。前面第四段的莊嚴也是同一個句法——「即以神力莊嚴此殿」。
排一個誤解:不要以為這是佛不喜歡音樂。天宮的樂音是天福的果報,不是過失;經寫它「自然止息」,四個字要緊。不是被禁止,是自然停下——散心遇到定境,本來就無以為繼。
落到自己身上:這一段是說法前的最後一道準備。前面備了殿、備了座、備了請,這裡備的是心。器再好,若裡面還在響,法也裝不進去。第八段的憶念之所以能生起,全靠這一段先靜下來。
段八 憶念過去佛所種善根
第八段:帝釋隨即自行憶念過去在諸佛之處所種的種種善根,而說出偈頌。
澄觀判此為「各念昔因獲智益也」,並把前後扣起來:「散緣既止,勝德現前,寂然無思,發宿住智。」散亂的緣既然止了,勝德就現前,寂然而無所思的時候,宿住之智才發得起來。他解釋所謂「種善根」是什麼:「即下十佛曾入此殿,聞法供養故。」——就是下面十頌所讚的那十位佛曾經進入這座殿,帝釋在那時聞法供養。他又補一義:「亦表見自心性,同昔佛故。」
這裡的次第很值得看清楚:定(樂音止息)在前,智(憶念昔因)在後,而且是「寂然無思」才發得出來。排一個誤解:憶念不是努力回想。凡夫的回想是攪動,愈用力愈亂;這裡的憶念是靜下來之後自己浮現的。
落到自己身上:一個人若總覺得自己與法無宿緣,多半不是真的沒有,是心太吵。這一品把「請佛」與『憶起自己曾經請過佛』寫成連著的兩段,其意在此。
十頌總說:讚的是德,不是名
第九段是十首偈頌。澄觀先給格式:「今初十頌,各上半標名讚德,上句別、下句通,下半以人結處。」每一頌的上半,第一句標佛名並讚其德(各佛不同),第二句是通句(十頌全同「諸吉祥中最無上」);下半兩句以那位佛結歸此處(十頌全同「彼佛曾來入此殿,是故此處最吉祥」)。所以十頌之中真正變動的,只有每頌的第一句。
那第一句在做什麼?澄觀說:「唯初一句諸佛不同,然佛別名多因德立,讚者取德以釋上名。」佛的別名多半是依德而立的,所以讚者是取那個德來解釋那個名——這十句不是十個稱謂,是十次『名與德如何相應』的示範。
他又問:三世諸佛都在這裡說十住法,何以獨讚這十位?答「表說十住及無盡故」——十是表十住,也是表無盡。所以讚的理由有四:一者十佛曾住此處,可見這座殿夠格;二者互舉一德以例讚本師;三者敘說昔日善根,慶幸自己遇上而堪能領受;四者往昔諸佛同說此法,表這個法是常恒的。
落到讀法上:讀這十首偈若只讀出『這裡很吉祥』,就漏掉了全部。它是帝釋在數自己的宿緣,也是經在告訴讀者,十住之法從來不是新造的。
頌一 迦葉如來具大悲
第一頌讚迦葉如來「具大悲」。名與德如何相應?澄觀釋「迦葉」此云飲光,並給兩層讀法:若從姓上立名,是示現生在那個族姓;若就佛德上說,一是身光遮蔽其餘的光,二是「悲光飲蔽邪光」——以悲的光,吞飲遮蔽了邪的光。
所以頌句說「具大悲」,正是取飲光的第二義來釋這個名。排一個誤讀:不要把「飲光」讀成佛把別人的光吸走了。光在此處喻智與見;邪光是邪見之明。悲之所以能蔽邪,不是壓過去,是照過去之後那個邪自然無所依。
落到自己身上:一個人若見地很利而悲心不足,那個利往往就是邪光。這一頌把十佛之首安在「悲」上,是有次第意味的。
頌二 拘那牟尼見無礙
第二頌讚拘那牟尼「見無礙」。澄觀釋名:「拘那牟尼,舊曰金仙,亦云金寂,寂故無礙,金故明見。」
這一句釋得極簡,卻含兩重。金寂二字,寂是體、金是相;因為寂,所以無所障礙;因為金,所以明白能見。合起來正是頌句的「見無礙」——見之所以無礙,不在眼力,在寂。
排一個誤解:無礙不是看得多。看得多而心不寂,見得愈多障得愈厚。這一頌與上一頌連著看:迦葉之悲、拘那牟尼之見,一是行的根,一是解的根。
落到自己身上:想要見得清楚,先要把心寂下來,而不是先去多看。這與第七段「樂音自然止息」而後「發宿住智」是同一條路。
頌三 迦羅鳩馱如金山
第三頌讚迦羅鳩馱「如金山」。澄觀釋名甚詳:「具云迦羅鳩村馱,此云所應斷已斷,如金已淨、如山不動。」名字的意思是『該斷的已經斷了』,所以喻為金與山——金是已經煉淨,山是不再動搖。
他還加了一筆很細的話:「亦可見無礙者是此佛德,如金山者是前佛德。」也就是說,第二頌與第三頌的兩個德,也可以互換來讀。這是古德讀偈時的一種通例——名與德相應之外,還容許德在諸佛之間互舉,正合上面所說「互舉一德例讚本師」。
排一個誤讀:不要把「所應斷已斷」讀成只是斷惑的成績單。金已淨是就體說,山不動是就用說;斷之所以可貴,不在斷掉了什麼,在斷後那個不動。
頌四 毘舍浮佛無三垢
第四頌讚毘舍浮「無三垢」。澄觀釋名:「毘舍浮者,亦云毘濕婆部。毘濕婆者,此云遍一切也。部者,自在也。亦云遍勝,無三垢故無不自在而超勝也。」
關鍵在他最後一句的推法:因為沒有三垢,所以無不自在而超勝——名字的『遍一切自在』,是由「無三垢」這個德推出來的。那三垢是什麼?澄觀說得明白:「三垢者,現、種及習。」現行、種子、習氣。
這一句值得停一下。一般說斷惑,多半只說到現行與種子;澄觀在這裡把習氣也列進來,正是說明何以此佛之德是「遍」而「自在」——現行不起還可以是壓住,種子已斷還可能留餘習;三者俱盡,才無處不自在。
落到自己身上:檢查自己的修行,最誠實的一項不是有沒有起現行,是餘習還在不在。
頌五 尸棄如來離分別
第五頌讚尸棄「離分別」。澄觀釋名:「尸棄,亦云式棄那,此云持髻,亦云有髻。無分別智最為尊上,處心頂也。又髻中明珠,即無分別也。」
名字的意思是「持髻」,髻在頭頂,所以取來表無分別智之最為尊上,處在心的頂上。他又給第二個讀法:髻中的明珠即是無分別——珠藏在髻中,不在外面。
排一個誤解:離分別不是不辨是非,也不是把心弄成一片空白。分別在此指的是以能所相對而取相的那種認知;離了它,辨析反而更準。
落到自己身上:與第二頌的「見無礙」對看,一是就見說、一是就智說。想要無分別智,路不在停止思考,在不以取相的方式思考。
頌六 毘婆尸佛如滿月
第六頌讚毘婆尸「如滿月」。澄觀說這個名字此方翻譯有四種:淨觀、勝觀、勝見、遍見。然後他用一個月亮把四譯都收進來:「如月圓智滿是遍見也,魄盡惑亡是淨觀也。既圓且淨,是勝觀勝見也。」
月圓對應智滿,所以是遍見;月的暗魄盡了對應惑亡,所以是淨觀;既圓且淨,就是勝觀與勝見。一個喻收四個名,這是釋名之中極見功夫的一手。
排一個誤讀:滿月喻在佛典中極常見,容易被讀成單純的圓滿之美。這裡不是。澄觀特別點出「魄盡」——月之所以圓,不只是明的部分多了,是暗的部分沒有了。智之滿,同樣不是知道得多,是惑沒有了。
落到自己身上:判斷自己有沒有進步,看暗處減了多少,比看亮處增了多少可靠。
頌七 弗沙明達第一義
第七頌讚弗沙「明達第一義」。澄觀釋名最簡:「弗沙,亦云勃沙,此云增盛,明達勝義是增盛也。」名字的意思是增盛,而明白通達勝義,就是所謂的增盛。
這一句的讀法在於「增盛」二字被安在哪裡。世間說增盛,指的是量的積累;此處說增盛,指的是明達第一義。排一個誤解:第一義不是一個更高深的知識項目,不是懂了它就多懂一項。它是所有義理的所歸;明達它,一切法上的明才算真的長起來。
落到自己身上:學法而覺得自己所知愈來愈多、心卻愈來愈窄,那不是增盛。增盛的驗證,是遇到任何一法都能通到第一義去。
頌八 提舍如來辯無礙
第八頌讚提舍「辯無礙」。澄觀的釋名在此帶出訓詁:「提舍,亦云底沙,西域訓字底邏那,此云度也。沙是皤沙,此云說也,謂說法度人,或但云說。辯才無礙者,即能說也。」名字拆開是「度」與「說」,合為說法度人,或只取「說」義;所以讚德就用「辯才無礙」,正是那個「能說」。
值得注意的是澄觀的謹慎:他先給一個全譯(說法度人),再給一個略譯(或但云說),並不獨取一說。這是古德釋名的常態——名有多義則並存。
排一個誤解:辯無礙不是口才好。前面第五頌講離分別、第七頌講明達第一義,到這裡才講辯——次第是先有所達,才有所說。落到自己身上:說法之所以會滯,多半不是語言不夠,是所見還沒到。
頌九 波頭摩佛淨無垢
第九頌讚波頭摩「淨無垢」。澄觀釋名極短:「波頭摩者,此云赤蓮華,身心如蓮華淨無塵垢。」名字是赤蓮華,所以讚德說身心如蓮華一般清淨而無塵垢。
蓮華之喻在此取的是哪一義?經句說的是「淨無垢」,不是『出汙泥』——澄觀順著經句只釋淨,不旁生餘義。這一點值得學:喻有多義,取哪一義由所配的德句決定,不可以把喻的所有引申一次搬上來。
排一個誤讀:不要把「淨」讀成隔絕。蓮華之淨從來不是離水而生。與第四頌的「無三垢」對看:一是就斷惑說,一是就體性說;一是除掉了什麼,一是本來如此。
落到自己身上:修行上有兩種淨——洗出來的淨與本來的淨。前者要用功,後者要相信。這一頌說的是後者。
頌十 然燈如來大光明
第十頌讚然燈「大光明」。澄觀釋名時引《智論》為據:「此佛從初現生乃至成佛,舉身帶光,如然燈故。」從初生到成佛,全身都帶著光,像點著的燈一樣,所以名為然燈。他自己再補一句釋「大」:「身智光明普周稱大。」——身的光與智的光普遍周遍,所以稱大。
十頌到此收束。回看這十句讚德:悲、見、斷、無垢、無分別、智滿、明達、能說、體淨、光明——由行的根起,經解、斷、證,到說法利他,最後歸到光明普周。這不是隨手排的十個名。
落到讀法上:帝釋在數的是十位曾入此殿的佛,經在數的是十住之法的內容。所以澄觀說「獨讚十者,表說十住及無盡故」——十是數,也是無盡。
過去劫佛何以曾入此殿
十頌之中有一個歷史上的難題,澄觀自己提了出來:這十佛之中後七位是過去劫的佛,賢劫之殿他們怎麼會曾經進來過?
他轉引古釋二說:「一約時劫相即入故」——時劫本身相即相入,過去與現在不是絕對隔斷的;「二約其處有麁細故,麁隨劫壞,細者常存」——處所有粗有細,粗的隨劫而壞,細的常在。他並舉二證:如《法華》所說,天人見到燒盡而我土不毀;又如梵王見淨土而身子見穢土。既然所見隨心而異,「今此天帝是大菩薩,同梵王見,亦佛加故」。
這一段的讀法要留意兩件事。其一,這是古德之釋,澄觀轉引時標明「古釋有二」,並未在二說之間分高下,我們照錄。其二,它與本品開頭那個『不離而昇』是同一個道理的另一面——那裡說的是處的相即,這裡說的是時的相即。一品之中,處與時各給一個難題,答法同軌。
落到自己身上:所謂宿緣,不是一條可以往回追溯的時間線;是此刻的心到了哪個細處,就與哪個世界相接。
結通十方:十方諸釋天王悉亦如是
十頌之後,經文有一句結通:如此世界之中,忉利天王以如來神力故,偈讚十佛所有功德;十方世界的諸位釋天王,也都同樣這樣讚佛功德。澄觀於此只標「先明此界、後辨結通」,文義已顯。
要問的是:為什麼每一段都要來這麼一句?前面第六段已經有過一次「十方一切諸世界中,悉亦如是」。答案在第一段就埋好了——「本會齊現」說的正是十方同時。若不逐段結通,讀者會不自覺地把這一場讀成單獨發生在我們這個世界的事。
排一個誤解:十方世界確實各有釋天王,經文說「十方世界諸釋天王,悉亦如是讚佛功德」——各處帝釋各自讚佛,這是實事,不是複製;不分身的不是帝釋,是佛。第一段已說「靡不自謂恒對於佛」——各處都覺得自己正對著佛,而佛不曾分身。結通句所結的是那個『不離而昇』的體,不是複製的量。
落到讀法上:全品共兩處結通,此其一。澄觀說末段那一處「唯結後四,前已結故」——結通句是有分工的,讀時要看它管到哪裡。
殿忽然廣博:入殿趺坐之後
末段:世尊入妙勝殿,結跏趺坐;此殿忽然廣博寬容,如其天眾諸所住處;十方世界,悉亦如是。
澄觀釋此為「即示如意相」,並給三層讀法。第一層就事說:「廣殿同處以遣局情」——殿變大而仍在原處,是要遣除人心裡那個『這裡容不下』的局狹之情。第二層就表法說:「亦表廓大慈悲等眾生界」——殿之廣,表慈悲之廓大等同眾生界。第三層就觀行說:「又如來入殿,即覺智現前。忽然廣博,則身心無際。」
最後一句是全品的結構收尾:「十方已下結無盡,唯結後四,前已結故。」末段的結通句只收後四段,因為前六段在第六段已經結過了。
排一個誤讀:殿的變大不是神通表演。經寫的是「忽然」——不是漸漸擴建,是在佛入座的那一刻,容量與處所的關係改變了。落到自己身上:一個人心裡能容下多少,不取決於他的條件擴充了多少,取決於覺智現前沒有。覺智一現,身心無際;那時候原來的處所並沒有換,卻已經不局促了。
全品讀完回看:從十方齊現起,到殿忽然廣博止,中間沒有一句說法,卻把十住位所依的整個格局立好了——法在哪裡說、由誰請、憑什麼請得動、往昔誰曾在此說過、說的地方為何容得下。下一品的偈讚與再下一品的十住,都建在這個場上。
承衍
本品之義為後世三軌所承,並錄不判。澄觀一系:以逐文分科之法立來意、釋名、宗趣、釋文四門,判此會六品為方便發起與當會正說二分,本品「長分十段」;於『不離而昇』一句轉引古德五說,設難三處——初難通破前三說、次難第四說、後難第五說,自立「即體之應,應隨體遍」之正義,復轉引古德十義,判其「前五玄門、次四所以、後一總意」而云並可用;又就一多四句推出十玄具足,並以三舟一月之喻顯體遍用應。他釋妙高十義而一一合於十住之行,並別立觀心一門——「妙高者謂三昧須彌寂然不動」。《演義鈔》於此疏之下,逐句還原《俱舍論.世間品》之偈,以證七金山、七香海、唯天依住諸語之所出——本品表法所依的世界安立,其文據在《俱舍》,此為疏鈔互證之一例。
法藏一系:於六十本〈佛昇須彌頂品〉以人、用、處三義立品名,釋「昇」作「動靜無礙,不去而進」;設二問答明何以不在人間說、何以不至四天王天,其第三意「若未至山頂容有進退,到山頂上即安住不退」,是十信外凡與十住內凡之判在處所上的落點。他於「初辨化緣」一科之下分體融、用融二分,並以「一乘法,即主伴圓明」揀別小乘三乘之說經施化。
李通玄一系:不循逐文科釋之軌,立釋品來意、以處表法、隨文釋義三門;判此十住位中有六品經共成十住法門,以妙峯山之「不動義」表此位菩薩「以方便三昧寂然不動、無思無心、不收不攝,任性而定」,並判十住即「能與如來同智慧」,不同三乘但將三空觀折伏現行。他舉妙峯山形如腰鼓、非手足攀攬所能蹬,以表十住法門「不可以有為生滅尋思觀察及多聞心想攀攬所得」。他於引金翅鳥兩翼之量時自標「此經無文,未知何教所說」,其存疑之誠亦誌錄之。
八十本與六十本之異,以十佛名為最顯——迦羅鳩馱與拘樓、毘舍浮與隨葉、然燈與錠光,同佛而譯名有異;讚德之句亦有見無礙與慧無礙、離分別與常寂然之別。二本並錄,不判優劣。至於《十玄門》《華嚴經旨歸》二書所用「帝釋殿網」之喻,皆為因陀羅網教理之通泛借詞,非疏釋本品經文,誌錄而不採為本品之承。智儼《搜玄記》本品相應科文未取得,記闕,不以他處之文充之。
Why a single scripture has to change its place of speaking
Reading the Avataṃsaka this far, one runs into something structurally odd. In the first two assemblies the Buddha is in the human world — at the site of awakening, and in the Hall of Universal Light; and then in this chapter he is suddenly up in Śakra's palace on the summit of Mount Sumeru. The scripture offers no explanation of why. It settles the matter in a single sentence: the World-Honored One, not leaving from beneath all the trees of awakening, ascended Mount Sumeru and went toward the palace of Śakra.
With one voice the ancient worthies read this ‘change of place’ as a display of the Dharma by symbol. Chengguan sets this chapter out as the first chapter of the third assembly and determines the reason for its coming by saying that “earlier, faith; here, understanding — for such is the sequence of the sense”: what the second assembly expounded was faith, and what this assembly is to expound is understanding; faith is the expedient leading up to the abodes, and only here is the proper stage. Li Tongxuan puts it still more plainly: earlier, in the Hall of Universal Light on the human ground, the mind of the ten faiths had already been brought to completion; this chapter is “the ascent and advance into the stages, entering the ten abodes from the ten faiths.” Fazang, on the side of the sixty-fascicle text, sets out two questions and answers as well. Why is it not spoken in the human world? Because it makes manifest the gradual ascent and advance through the stages of practice, and further shows that on completing the stage one leaves defilement behind — hence he dwells in the heavens. Why does he not stop at the heaven of the four heavenly kings? Fazang answers that there are three intentions: first, that heaven “is a heaven of mixed ghosts and spirits, which would show the Dharma to be not excellent,” and therefore he passes beyond it; second, that the ten faiths are the outer ordinary stage, which can regress, while the ten abodes are the inner ordinary stage, which does not regress, so that passing beyond the place of the four heavenly kings displays how far apart advance and regress stand; third, “so long as one has not reached the summit of the mountain there is room for advance and regress, but once one is on the summit one abides without regress.” Chengguan for his part explains it by the place itself, whether central or to one side: “the place of the four kings is halfway and to one side, and not central, which displays that abiding without regress differs from the light down of faith” — and so the waist of the mountain is passed by, and he goes straight to the summit.
Settle this way of reading first, and afterward every ornament and every gesture in the chapter will not be read as the scenery of a myth. From beginning to end of this chapter the World-Honored One does not speak one sentence of Dharma with his own mouth (the bodhisattvas in each place expound the Dharma upheld by the Buddha's spiritual power, and Śakra speaks the verses — neither is the Buddha's own speaking); and yet the whole of it is a field set up for the sake of speaking the Dharma. Chengguan determines that the chapter takes “adorning the place and inviting the Buddha, who comes in response to the stimulus” as its tenet, and “capacity and condition meeting, so that the Dharma is spoken” as its aim — and this is precisely what he means.
What the name “Ascent to the Summit of Mount Sumeru” is saying
The ancient worthies take the words of the chapter's name apart very finely. “Sumeru,” says Chengguan, is properly pronounced sumeru, and is translated in this land as Wondrously High. Why is it called wondrous? Fazang answers: because it is formed of the four jewels — gold on the east face, silver on the west, crystal on the south, agate on the north — while the other mountains are of gold only, and hence are not wondrous. Why is it called high? Because it alone stands out above the nine mountains, rising eighty-four thousand yojanas, its height and breadth exactly equal. “Summit” is the mountain's peak; Fazang says that at the center of the mountain's summit is Śakra's palace, and on each of the four sides are eight terraces like platforms, thirty-two gods assisting Śakra, which with Śakra makes thirty-three.
Chengguan does not stop there. He opens “wondrous” into ten senses: wondrous in substance (formed of the four jewels), wondrous in mark (eight sides and four levels), wondrous in color (the four cardinal colors, so that whatever comes there takes on that color while the mountain itself does not change), wondrous in quality (the fierce winds of the eight directions cannot move it), wondrous in retinue (seven golden mountains encircling it sevenfold, and the seven fragrant seas with the ocean-seal whirling in their currents), wondrous in what it supports and is supported by (only gods dwell upon it), wondrous in activity (without leaving its own place it steadies the four continents), wondrous in the fruit it bears (the pārijātaka tree that benefits the hosts of gods), wondrous in being first (the ground of the four continents forms before all others), and wondrous in solidity (within the encircling rim of mountains it is the last to be destroyed).
Rule out one misreading: these ten senses are not items of geography. Chengguan immediately fits them one by one onto practice — hearing, reflection, cultivation and understanding are the wondrous substance; the four virtues and the eightfold noble path are the wondrous mark; the four kinds of unhindered eloquence are its color, causing others to understand alike while one's own wisdom does not change with them; the eight worldly dharmas failing to move one is the wondrous quality; upholding the precepts in the seven branches is the golden mountains encircling; the turning of the seven consciousnesses is the ocean-seal; the heaven of the highest truth is what supports and is dwelt upon; “it may be met with by spirit, and cannot be ascended by what is insentient.” The line he fits on at the end is this: “without leaving its own place it responds everywhere throughout the ten directions” — the mountain's wondrous activity is exactly what the Buddha is doing at this moment. And so he concludes, “to make manifest that the merit of the ten abodes is wondrously high, it is therefore necessary to ascend to the summit of the wondrously high mountain.” The name itself is the guiding thread of this assembly.
Segment one, the ten directions manifesting at once: first “not dispersed,” and only then “ascent”
The first sentence of the scriptural text is not the Buddha setting off, but this: because of the majestic spiritual power of the Tathāgata, in all the worlds of the ten directions, in each and every Jambudvīpa of the four continents, the Tathāgata was seen seated beneath the tree, and in each place there were bodhisattvas who expounded the Dharma upheld by the Buddha's spiritual power, and moreover “there was not one that did not take itself to be facing the Buddha constantly” — everyone in every place felt that he himself was directly facing the Buddha all along.
Why should this sentence come first? Chengguan asked the same question, and answered it with great clarity: it is to make clear that the earlier assembly has not dispersed, for only so can the later assembly be brought about; the later assembly necessarily carries the earlier with it, so that together they form one unobstructed great assembly of the Dharma realm; the assemblies have no intermission; each later assembly is simultaneous with those before it; and if the earlier assembly dispersed, there would be no later one.
Then the difficulty arises: if it is simultaneous and everywhere, how can there still be a sequence of nine assemblies? And if there is a sequence, how can it be called simultaneous? Chengguan's answer looks at substance and function together: “the substance that is identical with function is simultaneous and everywhere all at once”; “the function that is identical with substance does not destroy before and after.” He gives a comparison for it — “it is like the writing of a seal”: press it down once and the whole text appears at one moment, while the graphs still have their order.
Brought down to the reading: the mistake most easily made in reading the Avataṃsaka is to read the nine assemblies as nine successive occasions, one installment after another. Right here the scripture blocks that road. That the earlier assembly has not dispersed is the premise of this chapter's ‘ascending without leaving’; without this sentence, the next sentence cannot be made out at all.
Segment two, ascending to Śakra's palace without leaving the tree of awakening: the ancient worthies' five explanations
The second sentence of the scriptural text is a short one, and it is the pivot of this chapter: the World-Honored One, not leaving from beneath all the trees of awakening, ascended Mount Sumeru and went toward the palace of Śakra.
Here Chengguan sets up a very hard question: “Motion and stillness are contrary to one another, and going and staying stand far apart; since it says he does not leave, how can it say that he ascends?” Motion and stillness contradict each other; going and staying are cut off from one another; since it says he has not left, how can it also say he ascends? He then says “the ancients had many explanations,” and cites the sayings of the ancient worthies one by one, marking in each case whose manner of speaking it is:
The first explanation — “The original body of Śākyamuni did not rise from the tree of the path; separately he raised up a responsive transformation body to ascend into the heavens.” The original body of Śākyamuni did not rise and leave the tree of the path; separately a responsive transformation body went up to the heavens.
The second explanation — “What does not rise is the reward body; what ascends into the heavens is the transformation body.” What does not rise is the reward body; what goes up to the heavens is the transformation body.
The third explanation — “What does not rise is the dharma-body; what ascends into the heavens is the function of transformation.” Beneath these three explanations Chengguan breaks through them all together: “None of them is the sense of the text, for in this text all alike is the cloud of the ten bodies of Vairocana.” The word “none” means that all three preceding explanations miss the sense of the text; it is not that he is breaking through the third alone.
The fourth explanation — “Because going is precisely not-going, it is called not rising; and because not-going is precisely going, therefore he ascends into the heavens, as in ‘coming with the mark of not-coming’ and the like.” Chengguan objects to it: “If so, this is only that the mark of ascending is left behind; it is not that beneath the tree there is a separate body that does not rise. Therefore it will not do.”
The fifth explanation is marked “some say” — “This is the Buddha's spiritual penetration, the activity of function in one and the same substance: staying is precisely going, and going is precisely staying; staying is the substance being everywhere, going is function responding” — though he ascends afterward he does not leave what is before, and though he does not leave what is before he ascends afterward. Chengguan still raises an objection: how does this differ from the third master? Since it says that staying is the substance being everywhere, why should he stay beneath the tree of awakening alone? How is ascending into the heavens not the substance being everywhere? And how is beneath the tree of awakening not function?
What the reader is to learn from this whole passage is not how to pick out which house is right. The various sayings of the ancient worthies stand here side by side, and Chengguan's objections are his own words, recorded along with them; the five explanations are set out together, and we record what each rests upon and add no words of appraisal.
Segment two, continued: the correct sense Chengguan establishes — the response that is identical with substance, responding everywhere as substance is everywhere
After citing the several sayings, Chengguan says “now the correct sense is made manifest,” and establishes an explanation of his own. He speaks first of the substance the Buddha has realized: having attained awakening, his wisdom is nowhere unencompassing and his substance nowhere absent; he has no support and no abode, no going and no coming. Since he is from the first without going and coming, whence then can “ascending” be spoken of at all? He says it is “by the response that is identical with substance in its self-mastery, the response following substance in being everywhere, while the stimulus of conditions, being before and after, has staying and has ascending” — the response is a response arising upon the substance, and the response follows the substance in being everywhere; and because the stimulus of sentient beings comes now and later, what appears has staying and has ascending. “Where there is stimulus in Jambudvīpa, he is seen at the tree of the path; where there is stimulus in the palace of the gods, he is seen ascending into the heavens.” One sentence for the conclusion: “It is not that the Buddha at the tree of awakening is moved and ascends to the palace of the gods; therefore it is said that without leaving the tree of awakening he ascends to Śakra's hall.”
He also gives a scriptural proof and a proof by simile. For the scriptural proof he takes the verse of Dharma Wisdom in the next chapter: “Sons of the Buddha, you should behold the self-mastered power of the Tathāgata: in every Jambudvīpa, all say that the Buddha is present in it.” This line, says Chengguan, is speaking of the “not leaving”; and he takes “we now behold the Buddha dwelling on the summit of Sumeru,” and says that this line is speaking of the “and yet he ascends” — the two sides of one sentence of scripture, spoken out in two lines by the verse of the next chapter.
The proof by simile is that famous one of the three boats and the one moon: a single moon in the sky, watched together from three boats upon a clear river; one boat lies at rest, and two set off toward the south and the north. The one going south sees the moon following him a thousand li southward; the one going north sees the moon following him a thousand li northward; the one whose boat is at rest sees that the moon has not moved. “This is what is meant by saying that this moon goes south and north without leaving the middle of the stream.” And if a hundred thousand watched it together and went off in the eight directions, then a hundred thousand moons would each follow their going.
Rule out one misunderstanding: this is not saying that the Buddha only ‘seemed’ to move while in fact he did not — that would read the Buddha's ascent into the heavens as an illusion, and make what sentient beings see into something false. In the simile what all three men see is real: the moon really does follow south, really does follow north, really does not move. What differs is that the moon has never once divided itself. Brought down to yourself: the Dharma is not carried over and handed to you; wherever you have the stimulus, there it responds.
Segment two, continued: the ancient worthies' ten senses and the ten profound gates — the whole Huayan landscape inside one sentence of scripture
After the correct sense, Chengguan cites yet another set of explanations from the ancient worthies, saying, “the ancient worthies explained this in about ten senses.” First, from the gate of the mutual entering of places: within one place there are all places, and so the palace of the gods was from the first beneath the tree, and there is no need to rise; second, again from mutual entering: one place enters all places, so that the tree is everywhere within the heavens, and again there is no need to rise; third, since all are identical with one, the heaven is beneath the tree; fourth, since one is identical with all, the tree is up in the heavens; fifth, from the Buddha's body: the body beneath the tree is precisely what fills the Dharma realm and is everywhere in all places, so that he was there from the first, and only when the capacities ripened was it caused to be seen, and hence it is spoken of as ascending; sixth, from the Buddha's self-mastered inconceivable liberation: sitting is precisely walking and standing, being here is precisely being there, and none of it can be measured by those in the lower stages; seventh, from the gate of dependent arising in mutual dependence; eighth, from the gate of the interfusion of the dharma-nature; ninth, from the gate of the symbolic display that makes the Dharma manifest; tenth, from the gate that completes the great assembly of the Dharma realm.
After the ten senses Chengguan gives one overall determination: “Now of these ten explanations, the first five are the profound gates, the next four the reasons, and the last the general purport. They were established so as to make up ten senses in mutual interweaving; and although they seem confused, they do not go against the tenet of the scripture, and all of them may be used.” — the ten explanations look mingled together, but they do not contravene the tenet of the scripture, and all may be used. This too is the ancient worthies' determination, and it is recorded.
For himself, he sets out the mutual identity contained in this one sentence as four pairs: this place and that place, this body and that body, going and staying, one and many. And on the “all” in “not leaving from beneath all the trees of awakening” he opens out four propositions of one and many: not leaving from beneath all the trees and ascending to one heavenly palace (which is the wording of the present scripture), not leaving one tree and ascending to all heavens, not leaving all trees and ascending to all heavens, not leaving from beneath one tree and ascending to one heaven. What the scripture takes is the first proposition: “the scripture wishes to make manifest the mutual identity of one and many, and therefore raises up the first proposition.”
Further on, Chengguan says that within this one sentence the ten profound gates are already complete: that one place has all places is the sense of the subtle; that what is used differs is the sense of the hidden and the manifest; adding the earlier time and the later time gives the sense of the ten times; extending to the remaining dharmas gives the sense of the pure and the mixed; each later carrying each earlier gives the sense of Indra's net; this heaven regarded against the others gives the sense of principal and companion — “the ten profundities are complete.”
Brought down to the reading: out of one sentence of narrative in seventeen graphs the ancient worthies read the entire Huayan vision of the Dharma realm. This is not over-reading. It is because this sentence is itself doing something logically impossible — ascending without leaving. Wherever an impossibility appears in a scripture, that is the gate into the doctrine.
Segment three, seeing the Buddha coming from afar: why “from afar”
The third segment is a single sentence: at that time Śakra, lord of the gods, before the Palace of Wondrous Excellence, saw from afar the Buddha coming.
Chengguan will not let the one word “afar” pass. He speaks of it from both sides: from the Buddha's side it is that “function arises from substance” — substance is everywhere from the first, and only then does function appear; from the side of the one stimulated it is that “the object appears from the mind” — the realm appears in accordance with Śakra's mind. That being so, why is it still said to be “afar”? The answer: “They are adjacent but not yet identical, and therefore it says he saw from afar.” They have already become adjacent, but have not yet come to mutual identity, and so it is a seeing from afar.
This sentence is in fact the thermometer of the whole chapter. Earlier it was said that the Buddha does not leave and does not move, that his substance is everywhere in the ten directions; and if one spoke on that level, what far and near could there be? Yet the scripture deliberately writes the word “afar,” because this segment is written from Śakra's position. Śakra stands at the gateway of the stage of the ten abodes: he can see the Buddha coming, and has not yet come to be identical with the Buddha.
Rule out one misunderstanding: do not suppose that once the substance being everywhere and not moving has been spoken of, one is no longer permitted to speak of far and near, coming and going. The Huayan way of speaking never abolishes the phenomenal; it only forbids taking the phenomenal for the terminus. Brought down to yourself: if your present feeling toward the Dharma is that of “seeing from afar,” this is not an illusion and not an obstacle — it is an honest report of where you stand.
Segment four, adorning the palace and setting out the seat: what kind of number is “ten thousand”
The fourth segment is the most densely written passage in the chapter: Śakra with his spiritual power adorns this palace and sets out the lion seat of the Treasury of Universal Light, that seat being made entirely of wondrous jewels; and then come ten phrases of adornment — ten thousand tiers of steps, ten thousand nets of gold, ten thousand kinds of hangings, ten thousand kinds of canopies, ten thousand lengths of figured silk, ten thousand strings of pearl-garlands, ten thousand garments, ten thousand sons of the gods together with ten thousand Brahmā kings, and ten thousand lights.
Chengguan first determines the structure: “the text has ten phrases, the first general and the rest particular.” The general one is the name of the seat. “What is called in general the Treasury of Universal Light is the wisdom of the stage of understanding, because it shines upon the emptiness of dharmas and contains all virtues within it.” — the Treasury of Universal Light is not a decorative fine name; it marks the wisdom belonging to the ten abodes as the stage of understanding, and because it shines upon the emptiness of dharmas and gathers in all virtues, it is called a treasury. He adds one more line: “because entry begins from faith, there is the word ‘set out’” — it is because one has only just entered from the stage of faith that the scriptural text uses the word “set.”
To the nine particular phrases Chengguan fits a sense one by one: that all of them say “ten thousand” is because the ten thousand practices as cause bring them about; that it says “tiers of steps” is because the ten thousand practices perfume and form them; the nets of gold are guarding and protecting; the hangings and canopies of compassion are for rearing and for covering; the four means of gathering are the figured silk hanging all around; the perfectly interfused practices and vows interlace the ten thousand goods; gentle forbearance, conscience and shame cover over the heaven of the highest truth of the emptiness of dharmas; pure conduct encircles this substance of the Dharma; and because each single wisdom shines, they are named lights. Finally he points out the intent of the passage: “raising up such fruits of virtue so as to cause beings to practice the cause.”
Rule out one misreading: this is the passage most easily taken for a splendid set-piece of description and read past quickly. But what the scriptural text writes of is a seat, and what Chengguan reads is the Dharma-gate of the ten abodes — the seat is the place of the Dharma, not the Buddha's furniture. Brought down to yourself: Śakra is able to adorn the palace because “it displays the adorning of the palace of the faculties and desires, so as to be a vessel for the Dharma”; first make yourself into a vessel that can hold the Dharma, and only then can the Dharma get in.
Segment five, thrice saying “Welcome”: the ceremony of inviting the Dharma
The fifth segment writes that Śakra, after he had spread and set out the seat, bent his body and joined his palms and reverently faced the Buddha and said: Welcome, World-Honored One! Welcome, Well-Gone One! Welcome, Tathāgata, Worthy One, Perfectly Awakened One! We pray only that you would take pity and dwell in this palace!
Chengguan divides this segment as “the reverence of the three kinds of action, which constitutes the ceremony of invitation” — bending the body is bodily, joining the palms is likewise bodily, reverence is mental, and uttering words is verbal; only when the three kinds of action are complete is the courtesy of invitation fulfilled. He then explains it graph by graph: “Welcome” is said because the Buddha comes in response to capacity, comes with the mark of not-coming, and comes bringing the great assembly of the Dharma realm with him. Saying “well” three times is “because his joy is at its utmost” — he is glad to the last degree. Raising the three titles is “because he praises the virtues in brief.” Saying “we pray only that you would take pity,” and so inviting the Buddha to dwell in the palace, is “because he hopes to rely on this excellent field and give rise to great merit.”
There is a point of doctrine here that is easily slipped past: what Śakra says is “Welcome,” not ‘please come.’ Chengguan deliberately marks out “coming with the mark of not-coming” — the doctrine that the Buddha does not leave the tree of awakening has just been expounded, and here, the moment Śakra opens his mouth, his words join onto that doctrine. He is not inviting a guest who has walked in from somewhere far off.
Brought down to yourself: the arrival of the Dharma is never a transaction brought about by asking; it is the meeting of capacity and stimulus with response. The reverence in which the three kinds of action are complete is not a formality; it is itself the content of that meeting. The reason this segment must be set out as a section of its own is that the scripture means to tell the reader: before the Dharma is spoken, there is first someone able to ask for it.
Segment six, he thereupon accepts the invitation, and in all the worlds of the ten directions it is likewise so
The sixth segment is extremely short: the World-Honored One thereupon accepted his invitation and entered the Palace of Wondrous Excellence; and within all the worlds of the ten directions it was likewise just so.
Chengguan explains it as “capacity and condition meeting, so that the benefit brought about is not in vain, and so it is throughout the ten directions” — the one who invites and the Buddha who responds, capacity and condition, meet each other, and so the benefit does not fall through. He also points out what this sentence does structurally: “it runs through the above six segments, the matter of entering the palace being finished, and so there is one concluding extension. The text of the four segments below concerns matters within the palace.” That is to say, the concluding extension “and within all the worlds of the ten directions it was likewise just so” governs the six segments before it; from the seventh segment onward, what is spoken of is what happens inside the palace.
This kind of dividing line in the reading is worth remembering. Wherever a concluding phrase of the type ‘throughout the ten directions it is likewise so’ appears in a scriptural text, it is never merely a rhetorical repetition; it is gathering up the structure of what came before. In the whole chapter there are two such concluding extensions, one here and one in the last segment — of which Chengguan says that it “concludes only the latter four, the earlier having been concluded already,” which answers exactly to this one.
Brought down to the reading: if in reading the Avataṃsaka one feels that it repeats itself everywhere, most often one has taken a sentence of structure for a sentence of description. The repetition here is the skeleton, not padding.
Segment seven, the sounds of music come to rest of themselves
The seventh segment is one sentence: Śakra, by the Buddha's spiritual power, caused all the sounds of music within the palaces to come to rest of themselves.
Chengguan explains it as “gathering the scattered back into stillness, so that the benefit of concentration is obtained” — the scattered is gathered back into stillness, and what is obtained is the benefit of concentration.
Of this sentence one question has to be asked: who stopped the music? The scriptural text says it was “Śakra, by the Buddha's spiritual power.” If it is the Buddha's spiritual power, why is it said to be Śakra? It may be read this way: the one who is able to be stimulated is Śakra, and so it is credited to him; what is relied upon is the Buddha's power, and so the Buddha's spiritual power is marked out. The adornment in the fourth segment above has the same syntax — “with his spiritual power he thereupon adorned this palace.”
Rule out one misunderstanding: do not suppose that this means the Buddha dislikes music. The music of the palace of the gods is the fruit and reward of heavenly merit; it is not a fault. The scripture writes that it “comes to rest of itself,” and those four graphs matter. It is not prohibited; it stops of itself — a scattered mind meeting the state of concentration has, from the first, nothing to carry it on.
Brought down to yourself: this segment is the last preparation before the Dharma is spoken. Before it the palace was prepared, the seat was prepared, the invitation was prepared; here what is prepared is the mind. However good the vessel, if something inside it is still sounding, the Dharma cannot be poured in either. That the calling to mind in the eighth segment can arise at all depends entirely on this segment's becoming still first.
Segment eight, calling to mind the roots of goodness planted in the presence of the buddhas of the past
The eighth segment: Śakra thereupon called to mind of himself the various roots of goodness he had planted in the presence of the buddhas of the past, and spoke verses.
Chengguan determines this as “each calling to mind the causes of old, which is the obtaining of the benefit of wisdom,” and he buckles the before and after together: “the scattering conditions having ceased, excellent virtue appears before him; still and without thought, the knowledge of former abodes arises.” The scattering conditions having ceased, excellent virtue appears; and it is when one is still and without anything thought of that the knowledge of former abodes can arise at all. He explains what the “planting of roots of goodness” is: “it is that the ten buddhas below once entered this palace, and he heard the Dharma and made offerings.” — it is that the ten buddhas praised in the ten verses below once entered this palace, and that Śakra at that time heard the Dharma and made offerings. He adds one further sense: “it also displays his seeing his own mind-nature, the same as the buddhas of old.”
The sequence here is well worth seeing clearly: concentration (the music coming to rest) comes first and wisdom (calling the causes of old to mind) after, and moreover it is “still and without thought” that it can arise. Rule out one misunderstanding: calling to mind is not strenuous recollection. An ordinary man's recollecting is a stirring-up: the harder he works at it the more disordered it becomes. The calling to mind here is what surfaces of itself after one has become still.
Brought down to yourself: if a person constantly feels that he has no old affinity with the Dharma, most likely it is not that he really has none, but that his mind is too noisy. That this chapter writes ‘inviting the Buddha’ and ‘remembering that one has invited the Buddha before’ as two consecutive segments is meant for just this.
The ten verses in general: what is praised is virtue, not name
The ninth segment is ten verses. Chengguan first gives the form: “Now for the first, the ten verses: the upper half of each indicates a name and praises a virtue, the first line particular and the second general, while the lower half concludes with the person to the place.” The upper half of each verse has in its first line the indicating of a buddha's name together with the praise of his virtue (differing for each buddha), and in its second line a general line (the same in all ten verses: “among all things auspicious he is the most unsurpassed”); and the lower two lines conclude with that buddha back to this place (the same in all ten verses: “that buddha once came and entered this palace, and therefore this place is the most auspicious of all”). So the only thing that really varies among the ten verses is the first line of each.
And what is that first line doing? Chengguan says: “Only the first line differs from buddha to buddha; but the particular names of buddhas are for the most part established on the ground of a virtue, and the one who praises takes that virtue in order to explain the name above.” The particular name of a buddha is for the most part established on the ground of a virtue, and so the one who praises takes that virtue to explain that name — these ten lines are not ten appellations, but ten demonstrations of ‘how a name and a virtue answer to one another.’
He asks further: all the buddhas of the three times speak the Dharma of the ten abodes here; why then are these ten alone praised? The answer is that it “displays the speaking of the ten abodes, and displays inexhaustibility” — ten displays the ten abodes, and displays inexhaustibility as well. So the reasons for praising are four: first, the ten buddhas once dwelt in this place, from which it can be seen that this palace is worthy; second, one virtue is raised for each so as to praise by example the Teacher himself; third, he narrates the roots of goodness of former days and rejoices that he has met with this and is fit to receive it; fourth, the buddhas of former times spoke this same Dharma, which displays that this Dharma is constant.
Brought down to the reading: if in reading these ten verses one reads out only ‘this place is very auspicious,’ the whole of it has been missed. It is Śakra counting over his own former affinities, and it is the scripture telling the reader that the Dharma of the ten abodes was never something newly made.
Verse one: the Tathāgata Kāśyapa is fully endowed with great compassion
The first verse praises the Tathāgata Kāśyapa as “fully endowed with great compassion.” How do the name and the virtue answer to one another? Chengguan explains “Kāśyapa” as meaning in this land Drinker of Light, and gives two levels of reading: if the name is established on the clan, it displays his being born into that family; if it is spoken of on the side of the Buddha's virtue, then first, the light of his body eclipses all other light, and second, “the light of compassion drinks up and eclipses deviant light” — with the light of compassion he swallows and eclipses the light of what is deviant.
So the verse's saying “fully endowed with great compassion” takes exactly the second sense of Drinker of Light to explain the name. Rule out one misreading: do not read “drinking light” as the Buddha's sucking away someone else's light. Light here is a simile for wisdom and for seeing; deviant light is the brightness of deviant views. That compassion is able to eclipse the deviant is not a matter of overpowering it; it is that after it has been shone upon, the deviant has of itself nothing left to rest on.
Brought down to yourself: if a person's insight is very sharp while his compassion is insufficient, that sharpness is often just such deviant light. That this verse sets the first of the ten buddhas upon “compassion” carries a sense of sequence.
Verse two: Kanakamuni sees without obstruction
The second verse praises Kanakamuni as “seeing without obstruction.” Chengguan explains the name: “Kanakamuni was anciently rendered Golden Sage, and also Golden Stillness; because of stillness he is unobstructed, because of gold he sees clearly.”
This explanation is extremely terse, and yet it holds two layers. In the two graphs “golden stillness,” stillness is the substance and gold the mark; because of stillness there is therefore nothing that obstructs, and because of gold there is therefore clarity and the capacity to see. Put together, this is exactly the verse's “sees without obstruction” — that his seeing is unobstructed lies not in the power of the eye but in stillness.
Rule out one misunderstanding: unobstructed does not mean seeing much. To see much while the mind is not still is to be the more thickly obstructed the more one sees. Read this verse together with the one above: Kāśyapa's compassion and Kanakamuni's seeing, the one the root of practice, the other the root of understanding.
Brought down to yourself: if you want to see clearly, first make the mind still, rather than first going out to look at more. This is the same road as the seventh segment's “the sounds of music come to rest of themselves,” and then “the knowledge of former abodes arises.”
Verse three: Krakucchanda is like a mountain of gold
The third verse praises Krakucchanda as “like a mountain of gold.” Chengguan explains the name in some detail: “Fully stated it is Krakucchanda, which here means ‘what ought to be cut off has been cut off,’ like gold already refined, like a mountain unmoving.” The meaning of the name is ‘what ought to be cut off has already been cut off,’ and so it is likened to gold and to a mountain — gold is what has already been refined, a mountain is what no longer shakes.
He adds one very fine further stroke: “It may also be that ‘seeing without obstruction’ is this buddha's virtue and ‘like a mountain of gold’ the preceding buddha's virtue.” That is to say, the two virtues of the second verse and the third may also be read the other way about. This is a common practice among the ancient worthies in reading verses — beyond the answering of name to virtue, virtues are also allowed to be raised across the several buddhas, which fits exactly what was said above about “one virtue being raised for each so as to praise by example the Teacher himself.”
Rule out one misreading: do not read “what ought to be cut off has been cut off” as merely a report card of severed afflictions. That the gold has been refined is spoken on the side of substance; that the mountain does not move is spoken on the side of function. What makes cutting off precious is not what has been cut away, but the unmovingness that follows the cutting.
Verse four: the Buddha Viśvabhū is without the three defilements
The fourth verse praises Viśvabhū as “without the three defilements.” Chengguan explains the name: “Viśvabhū is also called Viśvabhū; viśva here means ‘all-pervading,’ and bhū means ‘self-mastered.’ It is also rendered ‘pervadingly excellent,’ for being without the three defilements there is nothing in which he is not self-mastered and surpassing.”
The key lies in the way he draws the inference in his last clause: because he is without the three defilements, therefore there is nothing in which he is not self-mastered and surpassing — the name's ‘pervading all and self-mastered’ is inferred from the virtue “without the three defilements.” And what are the three defilements? Chengguan says it plainly: “The three defilements are active manifestation, seeds, and habitual residues.” Active manifestation, seeds, habitual residues.
This sentence is worth pausing over. Generally, when the cutting off of afflictions is spoken of, it is mostly carried only as far as active manifestation and seeds; Chengguan here brings habitual residues into the list as well, which is precisely how he shows why this buddha's virtue is “pervading” and “self-mastered” — active manifestation not arising may still be a matter of suppression, and seeds already cut off may still leave residues behind; only when all three are exhausted is there no place in which one is not self-mastered.
Brought down to yourself: in examining your own practice, the most honest item is not whether active manifestation has arisen; it is whether the residues are still there.
Verse five: the Tathāgata Śikhin has left discrimination behind
The fifth verse praises Śikhin as “leaving discrimination behind.” Chengguan explains the name: “Śikhin is also called Śikhin; it means here ‘bearing a topknot,’ also ‘having a topknot.’ Nondiscriminating wisdom is the most honored and highest, and is placed at the crown of the mind. Again, the bright pearl within the topknot is precisely nondiscrimination.”
The meaning of the name is “bearing a topknot,” and the topknot is on the crown of the head, and so it is taken to display that nondiscriminating wisdom is the most honored and highest, placed at the crown of the mind. He also gives a second reading: the bright pearl within the topknot is precisely nondiscrimination — the pearl is hidden within the topknot, not outside it.
Rule out one misunderstanding: leaving discrimination behind is not failing to distinguish right from wrong, nor is it making the mind into a blank. Discrimination here refers to that kind of cognition which grasps at marks with subject standing over against object; leaving it behind, one's discernment becomes more accurate rather than less.
Brought down to yourself: read against the second verse's “seeing without obstruction” — the one is spoken on the side of seeing, the other on the side of wisdom. If you want nondiscriminating wisdom, the road does not lie in ceasing to think, but in not thinking in the manner of grasping at marks.
Verse six: the Buddha Vipaśyin is like the full moon
The sixth verse praises Vipaśyin as “like the full moon.” Chengguan says this name is translated in this land in four ways: pure beholding, excellent beholding, excellent seeing, and universal seeing. Then he uses one moon to gather in all four renderings: “That the moon is full and the wisdom complete is the universal seeing; that the dark of the moon is spent and delusion gone is the pure beholding. Being both full and pure, it is the excellent beholding and the excellent seeing.”
The moon being full answers to wisdom being complete, and so it is universal seeing; the moon's dark part being spent answers to delusion being gone, and so it is pure beholding; being both full and pure is excellent beholding and excellent seeing. One simile gathering in four names — this is a stroke in the explanation of a name that shows great skill.
Rule out one misreading: the simile of the full moon is extremely common in the Buddhist scriptures and is easily read as a simple beauty of completeness. That is not what it is here. Chengguan points out particularly “the dark of the moon spent” — the moon is full not merely because the bright part has increased, but because the dark part is gone. The completeness of wisdom is likewise not that one knows more; it is that delusion is no longer there.
Brought down to yourself: to judge whether you have made progress, looking at how much the dark has decreased is more reliable than looking at how much the bright has increased.
Verse seven: Puṣya understands and penetrates the highest truth
The seventh verse praises Puṣya as “understanding and penetrating the highest truth.” Chengguan's explanation of the name is the tersest of all: “Puṣya is also called Puṣya; it means here ‘increase and abundance,’ and understanding and penetrating the supreme meaning is the increase and abundance.” The meaning of the name is increase and abundance, and clearly penetrating the supreme meaning is what that increase and abundance consists in.
The way to read this line lies in where those two graphs, “increase and abundance,” are placed. When the world speaks of increase and abundance it means the accumulation of quantity; what is spoken of here is the understanding and penetrating of the highest truth. Rule out one misunderstanding: the highest truth is not one more item of profound knowledge, such that understanding it means one more thing understood. It is where all doctrines come home; only when it is understood and penetrated does the clarity concerning any dharma really grow.
Brought down to yourself: to study the Dharma and feel that what one knows grows ever greater while the mind grows ever narrower is not increase and abundance. The verification of increase and abundance is that upon meeting any dharma at all one can pass through it to the highest truth.
Verse eight: the Tathāgata Tiṣya has eloquence without obstruction
The eighth verse praises Tiṣya as having “eloquence without obstruction.” Chengguan's explanation of the name here brings in the glossing of graphs: “Tiṣya is also called Tiṣya; in the Western regions the graph is glossed tīrṇa, which here means ‘to ferry across.’ Ṣa is bhāṣa, which here means ‘to speak’ — that is, speaking the Dharma and ferrying people across; or else simply ‘to speak.’ ‘Eloquence without obstruction’ is precisely that ability to speak.” Taken apart, the name is “ferrying across” and “speaking,” which together make speaking the Dharma and ferrying people across, or else only the sense of “speaking”; and so the praise of virtue uses “eloquence without obstruction,” which is exactly that “able to speak.”
What deserves notice is Chengguan's carefulness: he gives first a full rendering (speaking the Dharma and ferrying people across) and then an abbreviated one (or else simply “to speak”), and does not take one alone. This is the ordinary practice of the ancient worthies in explaining names — where a name has several senses, they are preserved together.
Rule out one misunderstanding: eloquence without obstruction is not being good with words. The fifth verse above spoke of leaving discrimination behind and the seventh of understanding and penetrating the highest truth, and only here does it speak of eloquence — the sequence is that there is first what has been penetrated, and only then what is spoken. Brought down to yourself: when the speaking of the Dharma comes out halting, it is mostly not that the language is insufficient, but that the seeing has not yet arrived.
Verse nine: the Buddha Padma is pure and without defilement
The ninth verse praises Padma as “pure and without defilement.” Chengguan's explanation of the name is extremely short: “Padma means here the red lotus flower; body and mind are like the lotus flower, pure and without dust or defilement.” The name is the red lotus flower, and so the praise of virtue says that body and mind are pure and without dust or defilement like a lotus flower.
Which sense of the lotus simile is taken here? What the scriptural line says is “pure and without defilement,” not ‘emerging from the mud’ — Chengguan follows the scriptural line and explains only purity, without producing further senses on the side. This point is worth learning: a simile has several senses, and which one is taken is decided by the phrase of virtue it is matched with; one may not bring up all the extensions of a simile at once.
Rule out one misreading: do not read “pure” as isolation. The purity of the lotus flower has never been a matter of growing apart from the water. Read against the fourth verse's “without the three defilements”: the one is spoken on the side of cutting off delusion, the other on the side of the substance and nature; the one is that something has been removed, the other is that it was so from the first.
Brought down to yourself: in practice there are two kinds of purity — the purity washed out, and the purity that was there from the first. The former takes effort; the latter takes faith. What this verse speaks of is the latter.
Verse ten: the Tathāgata Dīpaṃkara has great light
The tenth verse praises Dīpaṃkara as having “great light.” In explaining the name Chengguan cites the Zhi lun as his authority: “This buddha, from his first appearing in birth up to his becoming a buddha, carried light about his whole body, like a lamp lit — hence Dīpaṃkara.” From his first birth up to his becoming a buddha his whole body carried light, like a lamp that has been lit, and so he is named Dīpaṃkara, the Lamp-Lighter. He then adds a line of his own explaining “great”: “The light of the body and of wisdom being universally everywhere is called great.” — the light of the body and the light of wisdom pervade everywhere, and so it is called great.
With this the ten verses come to their close. Looking back over these ten praises of virtue — compassion, seeing, cutting off, absence of defilement, nondiscrimination, completeness of wisdom, understanding and penetration, the ability to speak, purity of substance, and light — they rise from the root of practice, pass through understanding, cutting off, and realization, on to the speaking of the Dharma for the benefit of others, and come home at last to light pervading everywhere. These are not ten names set down at random.
Brought down to the reading: what Śakra is counting over is ten buddhas who once entered this palace; what the scripture is counting over is the content of the Dharma of the ten abodes. And so Chengguan says, “that ten alone are praised displays the speaking of the ten abodes, and displays inexhaustibility” — ten is a number, and it is also inexhaustibility.
How could buddhas of past kalpas have entered this palace
Within the ten verses there is a difficulty of history, which Chengguan himself raises: of these ten buddhas the latter seven are buddhas of past kalpas; how could they ever have entered a palace of the present Worthy Kalpa?
He cites two old explanations: “first, because the kalpas of time are mutually identical and mutually entering” — the kalpas of time are themselves mutually identical and interpenetrating, and past and present are not absolutely cut off from one another; “second, because that place has a coarse aspect and a subtle one, the coarse being destroyed along with the kalpa while the subtle abides constantly” — a place has a coarse aspect and a subtle one, the coarse is destroyed along with the kalpa, and the subtle abides always. He raises two proofs as well: as the Saddharmapuṇḍarīka says, gods and men see the burning while my land is not destroyed; and again, a Brahmā king sees the pure land while Śāriputra sees the defiled. Since what is seen differs according to the mind, “this god Śakra here is a great bodhisattva, and sees as the Brahmā king does, also because the Buddha adds his power.”
Two things are to be attended to in reading this passage. First, this is the ancient worthies' explanation; Chengguan in citing it marks it “there are two old explanations,” and does not rank one above the other between the two sayings, and we record it as it stands. Second, it is the other side of the very same principle as the ‘ascending without leaving’ at the head of this chapter — there what was spoken of was the mutual identity of places, here what is spoken of is the mutual identity of times. Within one chapter, place and time are each given a difficulty, and the manner of answering runs along the same track.
Brought down to yourself: what is called an affinity of former lives is not a line of time that can be traced backward; it is that whichever subtle place your mind has reached at this moment, with that world it is joined.
The concluding extension to the ten directions: the Śakra heaven-kings of the ten directions likewise
After the ten verses the scriptural text has a concluding extension: just as within this world the king of the Trāyastriṃśa Heaven, because of the Tathāgata's spiritual power, praised in verse all the merits of the ten buddhas, so too the Śakra heaven-kings of the worlds of the ten directions praised the Buddha's merits in just the same way. Here Chengguan marks only “first, clarifying this realm; afterward, discerning the concluding extension,” the sense of the text being already plain.
What has to be asked is: why must such a sentence come at the end of every segment? A first time has already occurred in the sixth segment above, “and within all the worlds of the ten directions it was likewise just so.” The answer was buried already in the first segment — “the whole assembly manifesting at once” is precisely the simultaneity of the ten directions. Without a concluding extension segment by segment, the reader would unawares read this occasion as something happening in our world alone.
Rule out one misunderstanding: the worlds of the ten directions do indeed each have their own Śakra heaven-king, and the scriptural text says “the Śakra heaven-kings of the worlds of the ten directions likewise praised the Buddha's merits” — each Śakra in each place praising the Buddha, which is an actual fact and not a duplication; what does not divide itself is not Śakra but the Buddha. The first segment has already said “there was not one that did not take itself to be facing the Buddha constantly” — everywhere they felt themselves to be directly facing the Buddha, and the Buddha had never divided himself. What the concluding extension concludes is the substance of that ‘ascending without leaving,’ not a quantity of copies.
Brought down to the reading: there are two concluding extensions in the whole chapter, and this is the first. Chengguan says of the one in the last segment that it “concludes only the latter four, the earlier having been concluded already” — concluding extensions have their divisions of labor, and in reading one must see how far each of them reaches.
The palace suddenly becomes vast: after entering the palace and sitting cross-legged
The last segment: the World-Honored One entered the Palace of Wondrous Excellence and sat with his legs fully crossed; this palace suddenly became vast and broad and able to contain them, just like the several places in which those hosts of gods dwell; and in the worlds of the ten directions it was likewise just so.
Chengguan explains this as “displaying the mark of according with the wish,” and gives three levels of reading. The first is spoken on the side of the event: “the palace is made broad while remaining in the same place, so as to dispel the feeling of confinement” — the palace becomes larger and yet is still in its original place, in order to dispel that cramped feeling in people's minds that ‘there is no room here.’ The second is spoken on the side of the display of the Dharma by symbol: “it also displays the vastness of great compassion, equal to the realm of sentient beings” — the breadth of the palace displays the vastness of compassion as equal to the realm of sentient beings. The third is spoken on the side of contemplative practice: “again, the Tathāgata's entering the palace is the wisdom of awakening appearing before one. That it suddenly becomes vast and broad is that body and mind are without bound.”
The last line is the structural close of the whole chapter: “from ‘the ten directions’ onward concludes the inexhaustible; it concludes only the latter four, the earlier having been concluded already.” The concluding extension of the last segment gathers up only the latter four segments, because the first six were already concluded in the sixth segment.
Rule out one misreading: the palace's becoming larger is not a display of supernormal power. What the scripture writes is “suddenly” — not a gradual enlargement, but that at the moment the Buddha took his seat the relation between capacity and place was changed. Brought down to yourself: how much a person can contain within himself does not depend on how far his circumstances have been expanded, but on whether the wisdom of awakening has appeared before him. Let that wisdom once appear, and body and mind are without bound; at that moment the original place has not been exchanged, and yet it is already not cramped.
Having read the whole chapter, look back: from the ten directions manifesting at once to the palace suddenly becoming vast, there is not one sentence within it that speaks the Dharma, and yet the entire framework upon which the stage of the ten abodes rests has been set up — where the Dharma is to be spoken, by whom it is invited, on what ground the invitation can move him, who in former times spoke here, and why the place where it is spoken is able to contain it. The verses of praise of the next chapter and the ten abodes of the chapter after that are both built upon this field.
Lineage
The doctrine of this chapter was carried on by three tracks in later ages, recorded together without adjudication. The line of Chengguan: by the method of dividing the text section by section he sets up the four gates of the reason for its coming, the explanation of the name, the tenet and aim, and the explanation of the text; he determines the six chapters of this assembly as two divisions, the expedient that starts it off and the proper exposition of the assembly itself, and holds that this chapter “is divided at length into ten segments”; on the sentence ‘ascending without leaving’ he cites five sayings of the ancient worthies and raises three objections — the first breaking through the first three sayings, the next against the fourth, the last against the fifth — and then establishes his own correct sense of “the response that is identical with substance, responding everywhere as substance is everywhere”; he further cites the ancient worthies' ten senses, determining them as “the first five the profound gates, the next four the reasons, and the last the general purport,” and saying that all may be used; and from the four propositions of one and many he draws out the completeness of the ten profound gates, and with the simile of the three boats and the one moon makes manifest that substance is everywhere while function responds. He explains the ten senses of the wondrously high mountain and fits them one by one onto the practice of the ten abodes, and sets up in addition a separate gate of the contemplation of mind — “the wondrously high is the samādhi of Sumeru, still and unmoving.” Beneath this commentary the Yanyi chao restores, line by line, the verses of the “Chapter on the World” of the Abhidharmakośa, so as to attest the sources of the phrases about the seven golden mountains, the seven fragrant seas, and the dwelling of gods alone — the arrangement of the world upon which this chapter's display of the Dharma by symbol depends has its textual authority in the Abhidharmakośa, and this is one instance of commentary and subcommentary attesting one another.
The line of Fazang: on the sixty-fascicle text's chapter “The Buddha's Ascent to the Summit of Sumeru” he establishes the chapter's name by the three senses of person, function, and place, explaining the graph “ascend” as “motion and stillness unobstructed, advancing without going”; he sets up two questions and answers to make clear why it is not spoken in the human world and why he does not stop at the heaven of the four heavenly kings, of which the third intention, “so long as one has not reached the summit of the mountain there is room for advance and regress, but once one is on the summit one abides without regress,” is the point at which the division between the outer ordinary stage of the ten faiths and the inner ordinary stage of the ten abodes comes to rest upon a place. Beneath the section “first, discerning the conditions of transformation” he divides substance-interfusion and function-interfusion into two, and with “the One Vehicle Dharma, in which principal and companion are perfectly clear” he distinguishes it from the speaking of scriptures and the bestowal of transformation in the Lesser Vehicle and the three vehicles.
The line of Li Tongxuan: he does not follow the track of dividing the text section by section, but sets up three gates, explaining the reason for the chapter's coming, displaying the Dharma by means of the place, and explaining the meaning following the text; he determines that within this stage of the ten abodes there are six chapters of scripture which together make up the Dharma-gate of the ten abodes, and with the “sense of unmovingness” of Mount Wondrous Peak displays that the bodhisattva of this stage “by the samādhi of skillful means is still and unmoving, without thought and without mind, neither gathering in nor taking up, settled in concentration by following his nature”; and he determines that the ten abodes are precisely “able to share the wisdom of the Tathāgata,” unlike the three vehicles, which merely take the three contemplations of emptiness and subdue what is actively manifest. He raises the shape of Mount Wondrous Peak, like a waisted drum and not to be climbed by the grasping of hand or foot, so as to display that the Dharma-gate of the ten abodes “cannot be attained by the searching examination of conditioned arising and ceasing, nor by the grasping of a mind of much learning and conceptual thought.” In citing the measurement of the two wings of the golden-winged bird he marks for himself, “this scripture has no text for it, and I do not know from what teaching it is spoken,” and the honesty of that doubt is recorded as well.
Of the differences between the eighty-fascicle and the sixty-fascicle texts, the most conspicuous are in the names of the ten buddhas — the longer transcription of Krakucchanda against the shorter one, the later transcription of Viśvabhū against the earlier one, and the Burning Lamp against the Lamp-Light, the same buddha under differing translated names; and the lines praising their virtues differ as well, as seeing without obstruction against wisdom without obstruction, and leaving discrimination behind against constantly still. The two texts are recorded together, with no adjudication of better and worse. As for the simile of the “net over Śakra's palace” used in the Shixuan men and the Huayan jing zhigui, both are general borrowings of the doctrine of Indra's net and are not explanations of the text of this chapter; they are recorded, and not taken up as what this chapter hands on. The corresponding section of Zhiyan's Souxuan ji for this chapter has not been obtained; the lack is recorded, and it is not filled out with text from elsewhere.
品十四 須彌頂上偈讚品Verses of Praise on the Summit of Sumeru
全文五層 →Full five layers →佛昇上了須彌山頂,然後坐著不說話
前一品把佛請上了忉利天宮的妙勝殿,帝釋以偈稱讚。讀者自然預期:接下來該說法了。可是這一品從頭到尾,世尊只做了兩件事——受十方菩薩的頂禮,以及從兩隻腳的腳指放出光明。一句話也沒說。說話的是十位菩薩,每位十首偈,一共一百首。
要看懂這個安排,得先問它擺在哪裡。澄觀判這一品的來意時說得很直接:前一品已經明「化主赴感」,這一品要辨的是「助化讚揚」;而更要緊的一句是——將要演說住門,得先陳明住的體性,這體性就是佛智,所以先讚如來。他的宗趣一句更把話說死了:顯佛德為宗,令知住體為趣。
所以佛不說話並不是缺席。這一品所要立的,正是下一品〈十住品〉所要進入的那個位子的「體」。排一個誤讀:不要把十位菩薩的讚歎當成開場的儀節。儀節可以省,這一品省不得——因為若不先知道所要住的是什麼,「十住」就只是十個名目。落到讀法上:這一百首偈不是讚美詩,是在你進門之前,先把你手上那個「佛」的概念檢查一遍。
為什麼十位菩薩的名字全都叫「慧」
十位菩薩:法慧、一切慧、勝慧、功德慧、精進慧、善慧、智慧、真實慧、無上慧、堅固慧——十個名字,末一字全同。所從來的十個世界,末一字全帶「華」;所事奉的十位佛,名號全帶「月」。這種整齊到近乎刻意的重複,是這一品最先撞到讀者眼睛的東西。
古德不把它讀成修辭。澄觀釋菩薩同名慧說:慧就是十解,因為能見法的緣故;他並註明各菩薩之名何以有別,要到偈頌處才逐一解釋。法藏於六十本判得更工整:菩薩同名慧是「住中因相」,是解達真俗而明了;佛同名月是「住中果相」,並開三義——體是圓滿、用是光照、德是清涼,又配正體智、後得智、大悲三重。智儼最簡,說菩薩同名慧只因為「解之始故」——這是解門剛開的位子。至於世界同名華,澄觀說是「位相創開,無著感果」——華是位相初開之象。
排一個誤:不要把三組「同名」讀成貧乏。同名所顯的正是這一會的義——名同、界同、佛同,表示這不是十個各別的法會。落地處:你讀十段偈時若覺得『怎麼講來講去都是同一件事』,那不是重複,那是這一品要你看見的東西。
「初一是總、餘九為別」:這一百首偈怎麼分
一百首偈若平鋪去讀,會讀成一堆彼此相似的空義。古德給了一個極清楚的骨架。澄觀判偈讚分為十段,並說:十菩薩說即為十段,初一是總、餘九為別——因為法慧是說法主的緣故,他總敘這一會的本末事義、總顯佛德;其餘九位各歎佛差別之德,總與別共同顯出如來無礙之會。法藏於六十本判法完全一致,作「初一總、後九別」,並接著說這十段所說「即是十住中法」,下面諸偈都要照這個意思去理解。
所以讀法是:法慧那十首是框——它講的是這場法會為什麼會這樣、佛的自在力為何能如此;從一切慧起的九十首是內容——一首一首地拆「見佛」。李通玄的分法略異,他把集眾與放光併作第一段,長科一品為十一段,於是十位菩薩成了第二至第十一段;這是分法之異,不是義之異,誌之。
排一個誤:不要把第一段讀成序、把後九段讀成正文。澄觀說的是「總」與「別」,不是「序」與「正」——法慧那十首本身就是完整的一段義。落地處:讀完第一段先停一下,記住它立的那個「如來自在力」,後面九段拆掉的每一樣東西,都是為了讓這句話不被誤解成神通的展示。
十菩薩的名字,古德說也表十住
還有一層,這一品自己不說,是疏家說的,讀者要分清楚。澄觀在偈讚分的總判之後接了一句:這十位菩薩的名字也表十住,他們所說的法表位的勝進;並自註勝進有二——趣後位與趣佛果,此處是約佛果說。他又把十個世界之名逐一配於十住:因陀羅華配發心住,說是「主導世間」;波頭摩華配治地住,說是「淨治心地如蓮開」;乃至阿盧那華,他釋為「日出時紅赤之相」而配童真住;那羅陀華他釋為「人持」,因為華香美妙人人佩帶,故配王子住;虛空華則取「智遍如空」。十位佛的名號,他也逐一配於十住自分十法之果。李通玄走的是另一軌,他於每一位菩薩之下開四義——菩薩名、世界名、佛號、所從來方,例如判堅固慧為灌頂住而行智波羅蜜,判虛空華世界為智慧日照明世出世間而總無依住。
這裡要說清楚:經文本身只列名字,沒有說哪一位配哪一住。十住之配是澄觀與李通玄的科,二家所配也不盡同。排一個誤:不要一邊讀偈一邊硬套位次,那會把偈的義理讀丟。落地處:位次之配當作一張地圖用——讀不下去時看一眼,知道自己走在哪一段;讀得下去時就放下它,讓偈自己說話。
序分:十方雲集,兩足指放光
長行極短,但每一句都在立這一會的規格。十方各有一位大菩薩,各與佛剎微塵數的眷屬同來,而且是從「百佛剎微塵數國土外」的世界來的。澄觀在此點出一件容易滑過去的事:前一會是「十」,這一會是「百」,因為位已增的緣故——距離的數字是位次的刻度,不是空間的描寫。法藏於六十本判同,說這是「行位漸增」。
菩薩到了之後,頂禮佛足,隨著自己所來的方位化作毘盧遮那藏師子之座而坐。接著經文說了一句最重要的話:像這個世界須彌頂上有菩薩來集那樣,一切世界也全都如此,那些菩薩的名字、世界、佛號,全都相等而沒有差別。澄觀於放光處說:一光照於一切,則一切也是這樣,重疊無礙而無不互見,成為一個法界圓明的大會;法藏判同,說所照顯現的通同為「一法界圓明之會」。智儼則以此答一個問題——為什麼一一方各有十?他答:要顯解相分明而圓融數等,一方就是一切方。
放光的位置也被三家一致地讀成表法。澄觀說兩足指抵地才能站得有力,表成位不退而行有恆;法藏說如足指按地才得住立,表這十住「成位不退」,所以叫做住。李通玄更列出五位放光之處以顯昇進:十信在足輪下、十住在足指端、十行在足趺、十迴向在膝上、十地在眉間。
排一個誤:讀到「百千億妙色光明」不要去想亮度。光在這一品的作用是讓「遍」成為可見的事——若無這一照,後面十位菩薩說「十方悉亦然」就只是一句斷言。落地處:序分讀完,你手上該有三件事——位增了、會遍了、位不退了。這三件是後面一百首偈的地基。
法慧菩薩十偈:一切閻浮提,皆言佛在中
第一段是總。澄觀判法慧「總了佛法」,並科其十頌分三:初五敘因佛光而見到的多重盛事,其中初一敘這一品的放光、次一敘前一品帝釋的請與讚、其餘三首重敘這一品;次二勸人觀佛力而更發勝心;後三舉因結果,初一舉因、後二結果。智儼於六十本科作「初七牒眾……次三明勝行者得見佛」,分法不同,並錄。
第一偈是眼前之事:佛放出淨光,於是普遍見到這位世導師在須彌山王頂的妙勝殿中——先立「見」的起點,而這個見是光給的。第二偈回望前品:一切釋天王請佛入宮,各以十首妙頌稱讚諸如來——一句話收束了上一品。第三偈說這一會的來眾:那些法會中所有的菩薩眾都從十方而至,化座而安坐。第四偈說名字:那些菩薩「皆同我等名」——他方的十位與此方的十位同名。第五偈說本國之佛:名號也全都相同,各於其佛所淨修無上行。第六偈是全段的轉折,也是這一品最有名的句子之一——「佛子汝應觀,如來自在力,一切閻浮提,皆言佛在中」:每一個閻浮提都說佛在自己這裡。第七偈把這句話落到說話者自己身上:我們如今見佛住於須彌頂,十方也全都如此,這就是如來自在力。第八偈起舉因:一一世界中都有人發心求佛道,依這樣的願修習菩提行。第九偈說果之遍:佛以種種身遊行遍世間,於法界無所礙,沒有誰能測量。第十偈收在不可測:慧光恆常普照,世間的黑暗全被除滅,一切之中無與倫比,怎麼可能測知。
排一個大誤:「一切閻浮提,皆言佛在中」不是說佛分身去了很多地方。澄觀在放光處已經先擋了這個讀法——是一光照一切而重疊無礙,不是多處各有各的會。落地處:這一段給的是尺度感。你若把它讀成神通故事,後面九十首偈拆的那個「取相」,你就正好犯在裡面。
一切慧菩薩十偈:看了百千劫,還是沒見到
從這一段起入「別」。澄觀判一切慧是「了一切法真實之性,淨心地故」,並說這一段的頌意在顯於諸眾生增長大悲——因為要稱實而觀這位救世者的緣故;他科十頌分六:初二是違理觀佛非見佛,次四是了法真性真見佛,其後四偈各一義。
第一偈設了一個極重的假設:假使經過百千劫常常見到如來,卻不依真實義而只是這樣看著救世者——時間長到這個地步仍然沒用。第二偈說明何以沒用:這人是在取諸相,增長癡惑之網,被繫縛在生死獄裡,盲冥而不見佛。澄觀在此特別防了一個過解:這是為了遮取相才假設長時,並不是說真有那麼多劫全然不了義,因為見如來本來是增長智慧的。第三至第六偈是正面的觀法。第三偈立空與假:觀察諸法自性無所有,而其生滅之相只是假名而說。第四偈立不生不滅:一切法無生、一切法無滅,若能這樣理解,諸佛就常現在前。澄觀於此判為三觀一心——初二句空觀是緣生無性,次二句假觀是隨俗假名,次二句中觀是相體即不生滅,後二句是觀益;他並說三觀既一心,佛的體與用就無不現。第五偈轉入止:法性本空寂,無取也無見,性空即是佛,不可得思量。澄觀在此下了一句要緊的話——法性本來是空,不是靠觀把它觀成空的,所以說無所取;既無所取,哪裡還有能見。第六偈說觀成之益:若知一切法體性皆如此,這人就不被煩惱染著。第七偈回到反面:凡夫見諸法只隨相轉,不了法無相,因此不見佛。第八偈是全段最豐富的一首:牟尼離三世而諸相悉具足,住於無所住而普遍不動——離與具、住與無住同時說。第九偈是說者自陳:我觀一切法皆得明了,今見如來決定無疑。第十偈推功於前:法慧先已說如來真實性,我從他那裡了知菩提難思議。
排一個誤:這一段不是在否定「見佛」,是在拆「見」裡的取相。落地處在第一偈——時間換不來見,方法錯了,百千劫也只是把錯誤看得更熟。
勝慧菩薩十偈:闇中之寶,無燈不可見
澄觀判勝慧是「以解佛勝智,隨空心淨」,說這一段的頌意在顯欲令菩薩智慧明了;他科十頌分四:初一讚智為迷悟之本、次四正顯迷悟、次四以喻前面的得失、後一推功有在。智儼於六十本科此段作「偈有六」,其中有「次三推功在佛」一科,分法不同,並錄。
第一偈總歎:如來的大智慧稀有而無等倫,一切世間用思惟都追不上——先立所觀者之高。第二偈說凡夫之失:妄觀而取相不如理,佛既離一切相,就不是他們所能見的。第三偈更具體:迷惑無知的人妄取五蘊之相,不了它的真性,所以不見佛。第四偈是正面:了知一切法自性無所有,這樣解法性就見到盧舍那。第五偈極要緊,把五蘊之相續也納進來:因為前五蘊的緣故後五蘊相續而起,能於此中之性了知,見佛就難以思議了——不是斷掉五蘊才見佛,是在相續中了性。澄觀把第二至第五這四偈判為「初二迷、後二悟」,並說迷的兩偈一是心外取境而不見無相之佛、一是取蘊內之相而不了蘊性故不見心佛;悟的兩偈則各各翻轉之——第四偈翻前面的外取,了一切法即心自性而「性亦非性」,情破理現所以見舍那;第五偈翻前面的內取,了蘊之性相就見自心之佛,與盧舍那「非一非異」。第六偈起連下三喻。第六偈是闇中寶:譬如黑暗裡的寶物,沒有燈就見不到;佛法沒有人說,即使有慧也無法明了——所缺的是燈,不是寶。第七偈是目翳:如同眼有翳障便見不到淨妙之色,不淨之心也見不到諸佛之法——所缺的在能見這一邊。第八偈是明淨日與瞽者:太陽再亮,瞎眼的人也看不見;沒有智慧之心,終究不見諸佛。第九偈把三喻收成方法:若能除去眼翳、捨離色想,不在諸法上起見,就得見如來。第十偈推功:一切慧先說諸佛菩提法,我從他那裡聽聞,得見盧舍那。
排一個誤:三個喻不是同一件事說三遍。闇中寶缺的是『說法的人』,目翳與瞽者缺的是『自己的眼』——一個是外緣,兩個是內因,缺任何一邊都不見。落地處:讀到這裡若覺得自己『懂了卻見不到』,第六偈說的是你可能缺一盞燈;第七第八偈說的是燈點著了也未必看得見。
功德慧菩薩十偈:不能了自心,怎麼會知道正道
澄觀判功德慧是「生在佛家,善解佛德」,說這一段的頌意在顯於三世之中心得平等、了知自心而窮盡法空;他科十頌分四:初四明凡小的妄覺、次四示其真覺、其三有一偈明佛覺雙圓、後一偈推功有本。智儼於六十本科此段作「偈有五」,首科為「初四明迷者失」,分法不同,並錄。
第一偈立病根:諸法無真實而妄取真實之相,所以凡夫輪迴生死獄。第二偈說病之所在轉深:言辭所說之法,小智的人拿去妄作分別,於是生出障礙,不了自心——問題不在言辭,在拿言辭去分別。第三偈是本段最鋒利的一句:不能了自心,云何知正道?他由顛倒之慧增長一切惡——注意「顛倒慧」三字,慧本身也可以是顛倒的。第四偈說果報:不見諸法空就恆受生死苦,因為這人未能有清淨法眼。第五偈轉為自述,也轉為方法:我從前受眾苦是由於不見佛,所以應當淨自己的法眼,觀那所應見的——澄觀判這一偈是「引己之損勸物成益」,說者拿自己的虧損來勸人。第六偈說見的樣子:若得見佛,其心無所取,這人就能見到如佛所知之法——見的判準在「心無所取」;澄觀釋此偈說「見佛無取即是見如」,而如就是佛之所知。第七偈說見的名與用:若見佛真法就名大智者,這人有淨眼而能觀察世間——見了之後不是離世,是能觀世。第八偈是全段的樞紐:無見即是見,能見一切法;於法若有見,此則無所見——正反兩句同時說,把「見」這個詞的兩層用法一次分開。第九偈說所見之法:一切諸法性無生亦無滅,並讚歎大導師自覺而能覺他。第十偈推功:勝慧先已說如來所悟法,我等從他那裡聽聞,因而能知佛的真性。
排一個誤:第三偈的「不能了自心」很容易被讀成『要向內找一個心』。偈的下一句立刻擋住了——問題出在顛倒慧,不在找不找。落地處在第五偈:這一段唯一給出的動作是「淨法眼」,而且是自述式的——說者把自己也算進受苦的人裡。
精進慧菩薩十偈:有見則為垢
這一段的說者句與其餘九段有一字之異:其餘皆作「普觀十方」,此段作「觀察十方」。澄觀判精進慧是「以勤觀真理集無量善,俱無住故」,說頌意在顯欲令其心轉復精進而無所染著;他科十頌分二:前九觀法、後一推功,而前九之中又分所執無相觀、緣起無生觀、圓成無性觀三重。智儼於六十本科此段作「偈有三」,並判其中八首為「廣辨觀式獲益相」,又分前四為無相生、後四為真實性,分法不同,並錄。
第一偈立病:若住於分別就壞了清淨眼,愚癡邪見增長,永遠不見諸佛。第二偈立藥,而且是這一品最不易讀的一句:若能了邪法、如實不顛倒,知妄本自真,見佛則清淨——不是滅掉妄再見真,是知妄當體本自真。第三偈把刀口轉向「見」自己:有見則為垢,這還不算見;遠離諸見,這樣才是見佛。澄觀在這一重上用了一個極好的喻——如同在昏暗中把木頭看成鬼,知道鬼只是迷而有的,叫做「如實知鬼」;知道鬼本來就沒有、整個就是那塊木頭,才叫做「見木」。他又用同一個喻說能取這一邊:「如若見鬼,即不見木」,離了見鬼之見,才是見木。第二偈的「知妄本自真」與這一偈的「遠離於諸見」,正是這個喻的兩半。第四偈轉到世間:世間的言語之法是眾生妄分別,知世皆無生才是真見世間。第五偈更進:若見那能見的世間,這見本身就是世間之相;如實而等無差異,才叫真見者。第六偈說等無異之後的功用:於物不分別,這見離諸惑而無漏得自在。第七偈把佛所說的法也放進去:諸佛所開示的一切分別法,全都不可得,因為它們的體性本清淨。第八偈立所觀之體:法性本清淨,如虛空無有相,一切無能說,智者這樣觀。第九偈是最徹底的一句:遠離於法想,不樂一切法,此亦無所修——連「修」的姿態也放掉,才能見大牟尼。第十偈推功於功德慧,並收於行之體性:所有一切行,體性皆寂滅。
排一個誤:第九偈的「此亦無所修」不是叫人不修。它跟在『遠離法想』之後,說的是不要把『我在修』再立成一個所取之相。落地處在第三偈——若讀完這一品之後你覺得『我現在會看了』,這一偈正是說給那個『會看』聽的。
善慧菩薩十偈:說無盡,這無盡也無可說
澄觀判善慧是「成就般若慧鑑不動,可謂善矣」,說頌意在顯欲令其心轉復增進而得不退轉無生法忍;他科十頌分四:初二見佛、次三見法、次三觀成利益、後二推見有依。智儼於六十本科此段作「偈有四」,其中「次一半推功在本」,分法不同,並錄。本段之推功句在第九偈,不在第十偈,與其餘諸段不同。
第一偈總歎:稀有的大勇健、無量的諸如來,離垢而心解脫,自度又能度他——自度與度他一句連說。第二偈是說者自見:我見到這世間之燈,如實不顛倒,如同在無量劫中積智的人所見。第三偈立本段之眼:一切凡夫行沒有不迅速歸盡的,而其性如虛空,所以說無有盡——盡與無盡在同一句裡。第四偈把這句話再翻一次:智者說「無盡」,這也是無所說的;因為自性無盡的緣故,才得有那難思之盡。第五偈把眾生放進去:所說的無盡之中沒有眾生可得,知眾生之性如此,就見到這位大名稱者。第六偈說名言之施設:無見卻說為見,無生卻說為眾生;不論見或眾生,都了知它無有體性。第七偈是最徹底的一遣:能見、所見連同見者全都除遣,卻不破壞真法——這人了知佛。第八偈說見後之用:若人了知佛及佛所說法,就能照世間如佛盧舍那。第九偈推功於精進慧,並先讚正覺善開示一法清淨道。第十偈收束:若有若無有,那些想念全都除滅,這樣能見佛而安住於實際。
排一個誤:第三、第四偈的「無盡」極易被讀成『多得數不完』。偈自己說了——其性如虛空,所以說無盡;這是就性說,不是就量說。澄觀在此拂得更徹底:既然如虛空,哪裡還有一個「無為之相」可得;而既然是就自性說無盡,也就不破壞那個「盡」,所以說難思。他末了一句話把兩段扣起來——「盡即無盡,故無眾生也」,正是第五偈說無眾生可得的由來。落地處在第七偈:能見、所見、見者三個都除遣之後,「不壞於真法」五個字才是這一段真正要保住的東西。
智慧菩薩十偈:生死與涅槃,二俱不可得
澄觀判智慧之名是「決斷不動所以名智」,說頌意在顯於一切法皆能出離;他科十頌分二:初一引己勵眾,其餘諸偈希望大眾同於自己,其中又分前六示迷、後三啟悟。智儼於六十本科此段作「偈有三」:初一明因教成正解、次六明迷教理者失、次三重成解德,分法不同,並錄。本段與下一段是全品十段中唯二沒有推功句的兩段。
第一偈是說者自陳其緣起:我聞最勝之教,當下生起智慧之光,普照十方界而悉見一切佛——見佛之因在聞教。第二偈立法:此中無少物,只有假名字;若計有我人,就是入了險道。第三偈把「身」點出來:那些取著的凡夫計身為實有,而如來不是所取之物,他們終究見不到。第四偈說其果:這人沒有慧眼,不能見佛,於無量劫中流轉生死海。第五偈是本段最著名的一首:有諍說生死,無諍即涅槃,生死及涅槃二俱不可得——連涅槃也放進不可得裡。「諍」字澄觀有專釋:煩惱名諍,因為它觸動善品、損害自他;有漏之法由諍而隨增,所以叫有諍,生死就是以有漏為體,沒有那煩惱才稱涅槃。第六偈說取著二法之過:若逐假名字而取著這兩種法,這人不如實,不知聖妙道。第七偈把刀口指向最微細的一念,經文特意用了內層的引語:若生起『這位是佛,這位最殊勝』這樣的想,就是顛倒非實義,不能見正覺——連讚佛的念頭也在被檢查之列。第八偈立正面:能知此實體是寂滅真如之相,就見正覺尊而超出語言道。第九偈說語言之限:言語說諸法不能顯實相,要平等才能見;如其法,佛也是這樣。第十偈收於三世:正覺者於過去、未來及現在,永斷分別之根,因此說名為佛。
排一個誤:第五偈不是說涅槃沒有價值,是說它不可被當作一個對象取得——與生死同樣不可得。落地處在第七偈:這一整品都是菩薩在讚佛,而這一偈偏偏說「此佛此最勝」的念頭是顛倒。讚與取之間那條線,就在這裡。
真實慧菩薩十偈:寧受地獄苦,得聞諸佛名
澄觀判真實慧是「心不顛倒是真實慧」,說頌意在顯欲令增進而於一切法皆得善巧文言;他科十頌分二:前二明依實立名而名能益物、後八顯名下之實而辨益之所由,並判後八為三覺——初三是覺妄證實的「覺察義」、次一是雙覺二諦的「覺照義」、後四是非覺而覺的「妙覺義」。智儼於六十本科此段作「偈有五」,首科為「初二挍量勝劣得失」——正合本段前二偈之校量,分法不同,並錄。
第一偈是全品情感最重的一首:寧可受地獄之苦而得聞諸佛之名,不要受無量之樂而聽不到佛名。第二偈說其所以:往昔無數劫受苦而流轉生死,正因為沒有聽聞佛名的緣故——把第一偈的取捨接到自身的來歷上。第三偈轉入法義:於法不顛倒,如實而現證,離諸和合之相,這叫無上覺。澄觀逐句配之:首句是揀去似比量——把無常計為常、把常計為無常這類顛倒;次句是證真現量,如同眼睛親見;再次句是揀去似現量,例如把男女天地等看成一個實在的合相。第四偈把三世都掃過:現在非和合,過去未來也是這樣,一切法無相,這才是佛的真體。第五偈說觀之益:若能這樣觀諸法甚深義,就見一切佛法身真實之相。第六偈是本段的定義句:於實見真實,於非實見不實,這樣究竟地解,因此名為佛——見真與見妄兩邊都要準。第七偈更狠:佛法不可覺,了此才名覺法;諸佛就是這樣修的——一法不可得。第八偈說一與眾:知道因一故有眾、因眾故有一,諸法無所依而只從和合起。法藏於六十本釋此處,開三義以明無一無二——約境的真俗非一二、約智的虛照非一二、約境智非一二。第九偈把作者也拆掉:無能作、無所作,只從業想而生;怎麼知道是這樣呢?因為離開這個就沒有別的了。第十偈收於住:一切法無住,定處不可得,而諸佛就住在這裡,究竟不動搖。
排一個誤:第一偈很容易被讀成情緒的誇張。它其實是這一品少見的『價值排序』句——在整品拆解取相之中,唯獨『得聞佛名』被立為值得以地獄苦換取之事。落地處在第十偈:前面九偈把一切能站的地方都拆了,最後說諸佛住於「無住」而不動搖——不動搖不是因為找到了地基,是因為不再需要地基。
無上慧菩薩十偈:非身而說身,非起而現起
澄觀判此段後五偈:初一偈正明照境——境即俗境而有能所,即俗而真所以說無數,心同無為所以說遠離;後四偈遣相顯理,都是躡著前面的痕跡再遣其滯。法藏於六十本科此段作「十偈分三」:初一釋己名、次八顯佛德、後一推功。
第一偈釋自己的名字:無上摩訶薩遠離眾生想,無有能過者,所以號為無上。第二偈說佛所得之處:無作無分別,粗的無所有,細的也一樣——粗細兩邊一起掃。第三偈說佛所行之境:其中無有數,正覺遠離數,這是佛的真法。第四偈說光:如來光普照而滅除眾暗,然而這光非有照、亦非無照——照與不照雙非。第五偈說無著:於法無所著,無念亦無染,無住無處所,卻不壞於法性——遮得徹底而不落斷滅。第六偈說無二:此中無有二,亦復無有一,大智善見者如理巧安住。第七偈是全品最精微的一轉:無中無有二,無二亦復無——澄觀在此說得極清楚,所謂無二只是說『沒有二』,不是另外有一個「無二」;若存了無二之見就又成了二,所以要遣之又遣以至於無遣,因此說三界一切空,這空是第一義空,諸佛所同見。第八偈轉向度生:凡夫無覺解,佛令他們住於正法;而諸法無所住,悟此就見到自身。第九偈說佛身:非身而說身,非起而現起,無身亦無見,這是佛的無上身。澄觀釋此處說:身即非身所以無可悟,一起悟身之見這見就如同身一樣,身與見兩亡才是真法身。第十偈推功於真實慧,並說若聞此法當得清淨眼。
排一個誤:第七偈不是文字遊戲。它針對的是讀完前面九十首偈之後最可能生起的那個病——把「無二」「空」再握成一個立場。落地處:這一段是全品遮詮的頂點,讀時不必急著抓住什麼,被拿掉的每一樣都不是損失。
堅固慧菩薩十偈:若佛不出世,沒有一個眾生能得安樂
澄觀判堅固慧是「智力成就不可壞故」,並科其十頌分四:初偈總歎為物興世,次四別示悲相,次三頌半見聞利益,後一頌半結德無盡;他並說這一段「此為終極,故總舉前十」。法藏於六十本判同其意,科作初六舉佛恩深、次三慶已逢遇、後一結歎無盡,並說末一偈是「總結上九人說」。
第一偈總歎:偉哉大光明、勇健無上士,為利群迷而興於世間。第二偈示悲之所觀:佛以大悲心普觀諸眾生,見他們在三有中輪迴受苦。第三偈從反面顯:唯除正等覺這位具德尊導師之外,一切諸天人沒有能救護的。第四偈再反顯一層:若佛菩薩等不出於世間,沒有一個眾生能得安樂。第五偈轉正面:如來等正覺及諸賢聖眾出現於世間,就能與眾生樂——澄觀說這一偈兼顯僧寶。第六偈說見聞之益,並給了一個極重的比喻:若見如來就是得大善利,聞佛名而生信,這人就是世間之塔——人本身成為所應敬之處。第七偈把這益落到說者自己:我等見世尊為得大利益,聞如是妙法悉當成佛道。第八偈回望諸菩薩之來歷:諸菩薩在過去以佛威神力得清淨慧眼,了諸佛境界——與這一品序分的「承佛威力」相扣。第九偈是全品唯一一次說到「信」的增長:今見盧舍那而重增清淨信,佛智無邊際,演說不可盡。第十偈收全品:勝慧等菩薩及我堅固慧,於無數億劫中說也不能盡。
排一個誤:這一段忽然大談佛恩與利益,容易被讀成前面九十首的反轉。它不是反轉,是歸結。前九段把『取相見佛』一層層拆盡之後,這一段回答一個必然會生起的問題:既然都不可取,那佛出世於我何益?答案在第四偈的反顯——若無佛出世,沒有一個眾生能得安樂。落地處在第九偈:拆到最後所增長的不是知見,是清淨的信。這也正是下一品要進入的那個位子的起點。
承衍
本品之義為古德四軌所承,並錄不判。澄觀一系:四門釋品,判全品為集眾、放光、偈讚三分,集眾分立十同義兼三異,放光分立六門;於偈讚分判「初一是總、餘九為別」,並判十菩薩名亦表十住、所說法表位勝進;又逐一以十世界名配十住之位相、以十佛名配十住自分十法之果,而自標其詳當見於〈十住品〉。他於一切慧段立三觀一心之釋,於無上慧段立「遣之又遣之以至於無遣」之釋,是全品義理最密之二處。法藏一系:於六十本〈菩薩雲集品〉四門分別,釋名分菩薩為體、雲為相、集為用,並開妙勝三義;判佛同名月為住中果相而開體用德三義、菩薩同名慧為住中因相;偈讚分判「初一總、後九別」,並以「即理即事、即教即義、即因即果、即人即法、即心即境」判總別無礙,直判十段所說即是十住中法。智儼一系:疏文最簡而十段偈科具足,逐段標偈數與科目,並立「推功在本」一格以攝各段末偈之推功句;他又以「一方即一切方」答十方各十之問,以「行位圓成,無有增減之相」答放光之後何以不漸集眾。李通玄一系:以十住位貫全品,長科一品為十一段,於每一菩薩下開菩薩名、世界名、佛號、所從來方四義並配善財所參之善知識;他又判十佛為過去佛、盧舍那為現在佛、修行始入位者為未來佛,並列五位放光之處以顯位之昇進。
四家所立之科段數不一(澄觀、法藏作十段,李通玄作十一段),所配之位次不一,逐段之偈科亦不一(澄觀依八十本七言偈立、智儼依六十本五言偈立,故同段而所分之偈數與科目不同),古有異說,誌錄之,不判高下。
至於本品與前後之繫:上承〈昇須彌山頂品〉——前品是佛昇座、帝釋以偈讚,此品是十方菩薩來集、以偈讚;下接〈十住品〉——澄觀所謂「將演住門,先陳體性」一句,把兩品扣成一事:先讚佛德使人知住之體,然後才說十住之名與行。李通玄把第三會六品一併都會,判此品為「明偈讚當位之法,勸修昇進之理」,其下〈十住品〉才是「明當位所行之行」。至於華嚴宗綱領諸書,本品品名與著名偈句皆零命中,據實標闕;本品亦無牒經論釋之別行論,與〈十地品〉之有《十地經論》不同,一併記闕——這與本品的性質相符:它是十方菩薩偈讚之場景經文,義在遮詮而不在立名相。
The Buddha Ascends to the Summit of Sumeru, and Then Sits Without Speaking
The preceding chapter brought the Buddha up into the Hall of Wondrous Excellence in the Trāyastriṃśa heaven, where Śakra praised him in verse. A reader naturally expects that the Dharma should now be expounded. Yet in this chapter, from beginning to end, the World-Honored One does only two things — he receives the prostrations of the bodhisattvas of the ten directions, and he emits light from the toes of his two feet. He does not speak a single sentence. Those who speak are ten bodhisattvas, each with ten verses, one hundred verses in all.
To see what this arrangement means, one must first ask where it is placed. When Chengguan determines the reason for this chapter's coming, he says it very directly: the preceding chapter had already made clear “the lord of the converting responding to what stimulates him,” and what this chapter discerns is “the extolling and praising that assists the converting”; and the weightier sentence is this — since the gate of the abodes is about to be expounded, the very substance of abiding must first be set forth, and that substance is the Buddha's wisdom, and so the Tathāgata is praised first. His one sentence on the tenet and the aim settles the matter outright: to display the Buddha's virtues is the tenet; to cause one to know the substance of abiding is the aim.
So the Buddha's not speaking is not an absence. What this chapter is to establish is precisely the “substance” of that station which the next chapter, “The Ten Abodes,” is to enter. Clear away one misreading: do not take the praises of the ten bodhisattvas for an opening ceremony. A ceremony may be dispensed with; this chapter may not — for if one does not first know what it is that is to be abided in, then “the ten abodes” are merely ten names. Brought down to how one reads: these hundred verses are not a hymn of praise; they are an inspection, made before you come in at the door, of that notion of “the Buddha” you are holding in your hand.
Why the Names of All Ten Bodhisattvas End in “Wisdom”
Ten bodhisattvas: Dharma Wisdom, All Wisdom, Excellent Wisdom, Merit Wisdom, Vigor Wisdom, Good Wisdom, Wisdom, True Wisdom, Unsurpassed Wisdom, Firm Wisdom — ten names, and the final graph of every one is the same. The ten worlds they come from all carry “Flower” as the last graph; the ten buddhas they serve all carry “Moon” in their titles. This repetition, so regular as to be almost deliberate, is the first thing in this chapter to strike a reader's eye.
The ancient worthies do not read it as a figure of speech. Chengguan, explaining that the bodhisattvas share the name Wisdom, says: wisdom is just the ten understandings, because they are able to see dharmas; and he notes further that why the several bodhisattvas' names differ is something explained one by one only when the verses are reached. Fazang, on the sixty-fascicle text, determines it still more neatly: that the bodhisattvas share the name Wisdom is “the mark of the cause within the abodes,” which is an understanding that reaches the real and the conventional and is clear about them; that the buddhas share the name Moon is “the mark of the fruit within the abodes,” and he opens out three senses in it — in substance it is fullness, in function it is shining light, in virtue it is coolness — and further matches these with the wisdom of the essence itself, the wisdom subsequently attained, and great compassion. Zhiyan is the most concise: the bodhisattvas share the name Wisdom only “because this is the beginning of understanding” — this is the station where the gate of understanding has just opened. As for the worlds sharing the name Flower, Chengguan says it is that “the mark of the station first opens out, and it is by attachment to nothing that the fruit is called forth” — the flower is the image of the mark of the station in its first opening.
Clear away one error: do not read the three sets of shared names as poverty. What the shared naming displays is precisely the import of this assembly — the names the same, the worlds the same, the buddhas the same, which is to say that these are not ten separate Dharma assemblies. Where it comes down to the ground: if, while reading the ten segments of verse, you feel that ‘this keeps saying one and the same thing over and over’, that is not repetition; that is the very thing this chapter wants you to see.
“The First Is the General, the Remaining Nine Are the Particular”: How These Hundred Verses Divide
If these hundred verses are read as a flat expanse, they will read as a heap of mutually similar emptiness. The ancient worthies gave them an extremely clear framework. Chengguan determines the portion of the verses of praise to be ten segments, and says: the speaking of the ten bodhisattvas makes ten segments, the first one being the general and the remaining nine the particular — because Dharma Wisdom is the lord who expounds the Dharma, he gives a general account of the events and import of this assembly from beginning to end and generally displays the Buddha's virtues, while the remaining nine praise the differentiated virtues of the Buddha, and the general and the particular together display the Tathāgata's unobstructed assembly. Fazang's determination on the sixty-fascicle text is entirely of a piece with this, reading “the first is the general, the following nine are the particular,” and he goes on to say that what these ten segments expound “is just the dharma within the ten abodes,” and that all the verses below are to be understood according to this sense.
So the way of reading is this: those ten verses of Dharma Wisdom are the frame — they say why this Dharma assembly can be as it is, and how it is that the Buddha's power of freedom can be like this; and the ninety verses from All Wisdom onward are the content — one verse after another taking apart “seeing the Buddha.” Li Tongxuan's division is slightly different: he joins the gathering of the assembly and the emitting of light together as the first segment, and lays out the one chapter in an extended outline of eleven segments, so that the ten bodhisattvas become the second through the eleventh segments; this is a difference of division, not a difference of import, and it is recorded.
Clear away one error: do not read the first segment as a preface and the following nine as the main text. What Chengguan says is “general” and “particular,” not “preface” and “proper” — those ten verses of Dharma Wisdom are themselves a complete segment of import. Where it comes down to the ground: after finishing the first segment, pause a moment and hold in mind the “Tathāgata's power of freedom” that it establishes; every single thing the following nine segments take apart is there so that this sentence will not be misread as a display of supernatural powers.
The Names of the Ten Bodhisattvas, the Ancient Worthies Say, Also Betoken the Ten Abodes
There is a further layer, which this chapter does not itself state and which the commentators state, and the reader must keep it distinct. After his general determination of the portion of the verses of praise, Chengguan adds a sentence: the names of these ten bodhisattvas also betoken the ten abodes, and the dharmas they expound betoken the advance of the station; and he notes for himself that advance is of two kinds — advance toward the later station, and advance toward the buddha-fruit — and that here it is spoken of with respect to the buddha-fruit. He further matches the ten worlds' names one by one to the ten abodes: Indra Flower is matched to the abode of arousing the mind, said to be “presiding over and guiding the world”; Padma Flower is matched to the abode of governing the ground, said to be “purifying and governing the ground of the mind as the lotus opens”; and so on down to Aruṇa Flower, which he explains as “the red mark of the sun at the hour of its rising” and matches to the abode of youthful truth; Nārada Flower he explains as “borne by a person,” since a flower fragrant and wondrous is worn by everyone, and so he matches it to the abode of the prince; and Empty-Space Flower takes the sense that “wisdom pervades as space does.” The titles of the ten buddhas he likewise matches one by one to the fruits of the ten dharmas belonging to the ten abodes in their own portion. Li Tongxuan goes by another track: under each bodhisattva he opens out four senses — the bodhisattva's name, the world's name, the buddha's title, and the quarter he comes from — determining, for instance, Firm Wisdom to be the abode of consecration and to practice the perfection of wisdom, and determining the world Empty-Space Flower to be the sun of wisdom illumining what is worldly and what is beyond the world, with nothing at all to depend upon.
Here something must be said plainly: the scriptural text itself only lists the names; it does not say which one is matched to which abode. The matching to the ten abodes is the classification of Chengguan and of Li Tongxuan, and what the two of them match is not entirely the same either. Clear away one error: do not force the sequence of stations onto the verses as you read them, for that will make you lose the import of the verses. Where it comes down to the ground: use the matching of stations as one uses a map — when you cannot read on, glance at it and know which stretch you are walking; when you can read on, set it down and let the verses speak for themselves.
The Prologue: The Ten Directions Gather Like Clouds, and Light Is Emitted from the Toes of the Two Feet
The prose is exceedingly short, but every sentence of it establishes the scale of this assembly. In each of the ten directions there is one great bodhisattva, each coming together with a retinue as many as the dust-motes of a buddha-land, and coming, moreover, from worlds “beyond lands as many as the dust-motes of a hundred buddha-lands.” Chengguan here points out something easily slid past: in the preceding assembly it was “ten,” and in this assembly it is “a hundred,” because the station has already increased — the number that measures distance is the graduation of the sequence of stations, not a description of space. Fazang's determination on the sixty-fascicle text is the same, saying that this is “the gradual increase of the station of practice.”
When the bodhisattvas had arrived, they bowed their heads to the Buddha's feet, and each, following the quarter from which he had come, conjured up a lion throne of the Vairocana Treasury and sat upon it. Then the scriptural text says the most important sentence of all: just as here on the summit of Sumeru in this world there were bodhisattvas who came and gathered, so too in all worlds it is entirely thus, and the names of those bodhisattvas, their worlds, and the titles of their buddhas are all equal and without difference. Chengguan, at the emitting of the light, says: one light shines upon all, and so it is with all of them, layer upon layer without obstruction, and there is none that does not see the others, and this makes one assembly of the Dharma realm perfectly bright. Fazang's determination is the same, saying that what is illumined and displayed is in common one and the same “assembly of the Dharma realm perfectly bright.” Zhiyan uses this to answer a question — why is it that in each single quarter there are ten? He answers: it is to display that the marks of understanding are distinct and clear and that in perfect interfusion the numbers are equal, and that one quarter is just all quarters.
The place from which the light is emitted is likewise read by all three as betokening the Dharma. Chengguan says that it is by the toes of the two feet pressing the ground that one is able to stand with strength, and that this betokens completing the station without retrogression and practicing with constancy; Fazang says that it is as the toes press the ground that one gains a standing, and that this betokens that these ten abodes “complete the station without retrogression,” which is why they are called abiding. Li Tongxuan sets out further the places of the emitting of light at five stations to display the ascent: for the ten faiths beneath the wheels of the feet, for the ten abodes at the tips of the toes, for the ten practices upon the insteps, for the ten dedications above the knees, and for the ten grounds between the brows.
Clear away one error: on reading “a hundred thousand koṭis of rays of wondrously colored light,” do not go thinking about brightness. What the light does in this chapter is to make “everywhere” into something that can be seen — for without this one illumining, the ten bodhisattvas' later saying that “in the ten directions it is entirely so as well” would be no more than an assertion. Where it comes down to the ground: when you have finished the prologue, you should have three things in hand — the station has increased, the assembly is everywhere, the station does not retrogress. These three are the foundation of the hundred verses that follow.
The Ten Verses of the Bodhisattva Dharma Wisdom: In Every Jambudvīpa, They All Say the Buddha Is There
The first segment is the general. Chengguan determines Dharma Wisdom to be one who “generally understands the Buddha's Dharma,” and classifies his ten verses into three: the first five recount the manifold splendid events seen by reason of the Buddha's light, of which the first recounts the emitting of light in this chapter, the next recounts Śakra's invitation and praise in the preceding chapter, and the remaining three recount this chapter again; the next two exhort one to contemplate the Buddha's power and to give rise to a still more excellent mind; and the last three raise up the cause and conclude with the fruit, the first raising up the cause and the last two concluding with the fruit. Zhiyan, on the sixty-fascicle text, classifies it as “the first seven present the assembly … the next three make clear that one of excellent practice attains the seeing of the Buddha,” which is a different division, and both are recorded.
The first verse is the matter before one's eyes: the Buddha emits a pure light, and thereupon this Guide of the World is seen everywhere upon the summit of Sumeru, king of mountains, in the Hall of Wondrous Excellence — first the starting point of “seeing” is established, and this seeing is given by the light. The second verse looks back to the preceding chapter: all the kings of the gods invite the Buddha into their palaces, each extolling the Tathāgatas with ten wondrous verses — a single sentence gathers up the chapter before. The third verse speaks of the multitude that has come to this assembly: all the bodhisattva multitudes in those Dharma assemblies have come from the ten directions, conjuring up seats and sitting at ease. The fourth verse speaks of the names: those bodhisattvas “all bear one and the same name as we do” — the ten of the other quarters and the ten of this quarter share their names. The fifth verse speaks of the buddhas of their original lands: their titles too are all the same, and each of them purely cultivates the unsurpassed conduct in the presence of his buddha. The sixth verse is the turning point of the whole segment, and one of the most famous lines in this chapter — “Sons of the Buddha, you should contemplate the Tathāgata's power of freedom: in every Jambudvīpa they all say the Buddha is there among them”: every single Jambudvīpa says the Buddha is right there with it. The seventh verse brings that sentence down upon the speakers themselves: we now see the Buddha abiding on the summit of Sumeru, and in the ten directions it is entirely so as well, and this is the Tathāgata's power of freedom. From the eighth verse on, the cause is raised up: in every single world there are those who arouse the mind and seek the Buddha's path, and following such a vow they cultivate the practices of awakening. The ninth verse speaks of the pervasiveness of the fruit: with bodies of every kind the Buddha travels throughout the world, unobstructed within the Dharma realm, and no one is able to take his measure. The tenth verse closes upon the immeasurable: the light of wisdom shines everywhere constantly, the world's darkness is entirely removed, among all things there is nothing to match him, and how could one possibly measure and know him.
Clear away one great error: “in every Jambudvīpa they all say the Buddha is there” does not mean that the Buddha divided his body and went to many places. Chengguan has already blocked this reading at the emitting of the light — it is one light shining upon all, layer upon layer without obstruction, not many places each having its own assembly. Where it comes down to the ground: what this segment gives is a sense of scale. If you read it as a tale of supernatural powers, then the “seizing upon marks” that the following ninety verses take apart is precisely the fault you have fallen into.
The Ten Verses of the Bodhisattva All Wisdom: A Hundred Thousand Kalpas of Looking, and Still No Seeing
From this segment on, we enter the “particular.” Chengguan determines All Wisdom to be one who “understands the real nature of all dharmas, because he purifies the ground of the mind,” and says that the import of this segment's verses lies in displaying the increase of great compassion toward all sentient beings — because one must contemplate this Savior of the World in accord with the real; he classifies the ten verses into six: the first two are contemplating the Buddha contrary to principle, which is not seeing the Buddha; the next four are understanding the real nature of dharmas, which is truly seeing the Buddha; and the four after that have one import each.
The first verse sets up an exceedingly heavy supposition: suppose that for a hundred thousand kalpas one constantly saw the Tathāgata, and yet did not rely upon the real meaning but only looked in this way at the Savior of the World — even a length of time such as this is still of no use. The second verse makes clear why it is of no use: this person is seizing upon marks, increasing the net of folly and delusion, bound in the prison of birth-and-death, blind and benighted and not seeing the Buddha. Chengguan here particularly guards against one over-reading: this supposing of a long time is made in order to block the seizing of marks, and it is not that there really are so many kalpas in which one wholly fails to understand the meaning, since seeing the Tathāgata does of itself increase wisdom. The third through the sixth verses are the contemplation stated positively. The third verse establishes emptiness and the provisional: contemplate that the own-nature of dharmas is without anything at all, and that their marks of arising and ceasing are spoken of only as borrowed names. The fourth verse establishes neither arising nor ceasing: all dharmas are unarisen, all dharmas are unceasing, and if one can understand it thus, the buddhas are constantly manifest before one. Chengguan here determines it as the three contemplations in one mind — the first two lines are the contemplation of emptiness, since what arises through conditions has no nature; the next two lines are the contemplation of the provisional, since names are provisionally assigned in accord with convention; the next two lines are the contemplation of the middle, since the substance of the marks is just the unarisen and unceasing; and the last two lines are the benefit of the contemplation; and he says that since the three contemplations are one mind, there is nothing of the Buddha's substance and function that is not manifest. The fifth verse turns into stilling: the nature of dharmas is from the first empty and still, with nothing to be seized and nothing to be seen, and this emptiness of the nature is the Buddha, which thinking cannot attain. Chengguan here says something crucial — the nature of dharmas is empty from the first; it is not that contemplation makes it empty, and so there is nothing to be seized; and if there is nothing to be seized, how should there be anything that sees. The sixth verse states the benefit of the contemplation's completion: if one knows that the substance of all dharmas is thus, this person is not defiled by the afflictions. The seventh verse returns to the negative side: ordinary beings, seeing dharmas, merely turn along with their marks, do not understand that dharmas are without marks, and therefore do not see the Buddha. The eighth verse is the richest of the segment: the Muni has transcended the three times and yet the marks and signs are entirely complete in him; he abides in abiding nowhere and pervades everywhere unmoving — the transcending and the completeness, the abiding and the abiding nowhere, are said at once. The ninth verse is the speaker's own account: I have contemplated all dharmas and understood them clearly; now, seeing the Tathāgata, I am decidedly without doubt. The tenth verse cedes the merit to the one before: Dharma Wisdom has already spoken of the Tathāgata's real nature, and from him I have come to understand that awakening is hard to think of or discuss.
Clear away one error: this segment is not denying “seeing the Buddha”; it is taking apart the seizing of marks within the “seeing.” Where it comes down to the ground, at the first verse — time cannot buy seeing; when the method is wrong, a hundred thousand kalpas only make one better acquainted with the mistake.
The Ten Verses of the Bodhisattva Excellent Wisdom: A Jewel in the Dark Cannot Be Seen Without a Lamp
Chengguan determines Excellent Wisdom to be one who “by understanding the Buddha's excellent wisdom, is pure in mind in accord with emptiness,” and says that the import of this segment's verses lies in displaying the wish that the bodhisattva's wisdom be clear; he classifies the ten verses into four: the first one praises wisdom as the root of delusion and of awakening, the next four properly display delusion and awakening, the next four illustrate by simile the loss and gain just spoken of, and the last one cedes the merit to where it belongs. Zhiyan, on the sixty-fascicle text, classifies this segment as “the verses are in six,” among which is the heading “the next three cede the merit to the Buddha,” a different division, and both are recorded.
The first verse praises generally: the Tathāgata's great wisdom is rare and without equal, and all the worlds cannot catch up with it by thinking — first the loftiness of what is contemplated is established. The second verse states the failing of ordinary beings: contemplating falsely and seizing marks not in accord with principle; and since the Buddha has transcended all marks, he is not what they can see. The third verse is more concrete: the deluded and unknowing falsely seize upon the marks of the five aggregates and do not understand their real nature, and so they do not see the Buddha. The fourth verse is the positive statement: understand and know that the own-nature of all dharmas is without anything at all, and to understand the nature of dharmas thus is to see Rocana. The fifth verse is crucial, drawing even the succession of the aggregates in: because of the earlier aggregates the later aggregates arise in succession, and to be able to know the nature within this makes the seeing of the Buddha hard to think of or discuss — it is not that one sees the Buddha by cutting off the aggregates, but that one understands the nature within their succession. Chengguan determines the second through fifth of these four verses as “the first two are delusion, the last two are awakening,” and says that of the two verses of delusion, one is seizing upon objects outside the mind and so not seeing the markless Buddha, and one is seizing upon the marks within the aggregates and not understanding the nature of the aggregates and so not seeing the Buddha of the mind; while the two verses of awakening each overturn these in turn — the fourth verse overturns the outward seizing spoken of above, understanding that all dharmas are the mind's own nature and that “the nature too is not a nature,” so that when sentiment is broken and principle appears, one sees Rocana; and the fifth verse overturns the inward seizing spoken of above, understanding the nature and marks of the aggregates and so seeing the Buddha of one's own mind, who with Rocana is “neither one nor different.” From the sixth verse, three similes follow in a row. The sixth verse is the jewel in the dark: it is like a jewel in a dark place, which cannot be seen without a lamp; when no one expounds the Buddha's Dharma, then even one who has wisdom cannot understand — what is lacking is the lamp, not the jewel. The seventh verse is the cataract: as an eye with a cataract cannot see pure and wondrous colors, so a mind that is not pure cannot see the dharmas of the buddhas — what is lacking is on the side of the one who sees. The eighth verse is the bright, clear sun and the blind: however bright the sun, the blind cannot see it; without a mind of wisdom, one in the end does not see the buddhas. The ninth verse gathers the three similes into a method: if one can remove the cataract in the eye, abandon grasping at color, and not give rise to views regarding dharmas, then one attains the seeing of the Tathāgata. The tenth verse cedes the merit: All Wisdom spoke before of the dharma of the buddhas' awakening, and hearing it from him I have gained the seeing of Rocana.
Clear away one error: the three similes are not one and the same thing said three times over. What the jewel in the dark lacks is ‘the person who expounds’; what the cataract and the blind lack is ‘one's own eye’ — the one is an outward condition, the two are inward causes, and if either side is lacking there is no seeing. Where it comes down to the ground: if, reading this far, you feel that ‘I have understood and yet I do not see’, the sixth verse says that you may be lacking a lamp, and the seventh and eighth verses say that even with the lamp lit one may still not be able to see.
The Ten Verses of the Bodhisattva Merit Wisdom: If One Cannot Understand One's Own Mind, How Should One Know the Right Path
Chengguan determines Merit Wisdom to be one who is “born into the Buddha's household and understands the Buddha's virtues well,” and says that the import of this segment's verses lies in displaying that within the three times the mind attains equality, that one understands one's own mind and exhausts the emptiness of dharmas; he classifies the ten verses into four: the first four make clear the false awareness of ordinary beings and those of the lesser vehicles, the next four show them true awareness, the third has one verse making clear that the Buddha's awakening is doubly complete, and the last verse cedes the merit to its source. Zhiyan, on the sixty-fascicle text, classifies this segment as “the verses are in five,” his first heading being “the first four make clear the loss of the deluded,” a different division, and both are recorded.
The first verse establishes the root of the illness: dharmas have nothing real, and yet one falsely seizes upon marks of the real, and so ordinary beings revolve in the prison of birth-and-death. The second verse says that the seat of the illness goes deeper: the dharma spoken in words is taken by those of small wisdom and falsely discriminated, and thereupon obstructions arise and one does not understand one's own mind — the trouble is not in the words, but in taking the words and discriminating with them. The third verse is the sharpest line of the segment: if one cannot understand one's own mind, how should one know the right path? He increases every evil through an inverted wisdom — note the three graphs “inverted wisdom”: wisdom itself can also be inverted. The fourth verse states the recompense: not seeing that dharmas are empty, one constantly undergoes the suffering of birth-and-death, because this person has not been able to have the pure Dharma eye. The fifth verse turns to first-person account, and turns also to method: that in the past I underwent many sufferings was because I did not see the Buddha, and so one should purify one's own Dharma eye and contemplate what ought to be seen — Chengguan determines this verse to be “adducing one's own loss to exhort others to accomplish their benefit,” the speaker taking his own deficit to exhort others. The sixth verse states what the seeing is like: if one attains the seeing of the Buddha, his mind seizes upon nothing, and this person can see the dharma as the Buddha knows it — the criterion of the seeing lies in “the mind seizing upon nothing”; Chengguan, explaining this verse, says that “seeing the Buddha without seizing is just seeing suchness,” and suchness is what the Buddha knows. The seventh verse states the name and the use of the seeing: if one sees the Buddha's real dharma one is called a person of great wisdom, and this person has pure eyes and can contemplate the world — after seeing, one does not leave the world, but is able to contemplate the world. The eighth verse is the pivot of the segment: to have nothing seen is precisely seeing, and thus one can see all dharmas; if with regard to dharmas one has something seen, then this is to have nothing seen — the positive and the negative are stated at once, and the two layers of usage in the word “seeing” are separated out in a single stroke. The ninth verse states the dharma that is seen: the nature of all dharmas is without arising and without ceasing; and it praises the Great Guide, who awakens himself and can awaken others. The tenth verse cedes the merit: Excellent Wisdom has already spoken of the dharma the Tathāgata realized, and hearing it from him we are able to know the Buddha's real nature.
Clear away one error: “cannot understand one's own mind” in the third verse is very easily read as ‘one must look within to find a mind’. The next line of the verse blocks this at once — the trouble lies in inverted wisdom, not in whether one seeks or does not seek. Where it comes down to the ground, at the fifth verse: the one action this segment gives is to “purify the Dharma eye,” and it is given in the form of a first-person account — the speaker counts himself too among those who undergo suffering.
The Ten Verses of the Bodhisattva Vigor Wisdom: To Have Something Seen Becomes Defilement
The speaker-line of this segment differs by one graph from those of the other nine: the rest all read “contemplated everywhere the ten directions,” and this one reads “contemplated the ten directions.” Chengguan determines Vigor Wisdom to be one who “by diligently contemplating the real principle gathers immeasurable good, and both alike abide nowhere,” and says that the import of the verses lies in displaying the wish that his mind become still more vigorous and without any defiling attachment; he classifies the ten verses into two: the first nine contemplate dharmas, the last one cedes the merit; and within the first nine he further distinguishes three layers — the contemplation of the marklessness of what is grasped, the contemplation of the non-arising of what arises through conditions, and the contemplation of the naturelessness of the perfectly accomplished. Zhiyan, on the sixty-fascicle text, classifies this segment as “the verses are in three,” determining eight of them to be “an extensive discernment of the manner of contemplation and the marks of the benefit gained,” and dividing the first four as non-arising of marks and the last four as the real nature, a different division, and both are recorded.
The first verse establishes the illness: if one abides in discrimination one ruins the pure eye, folly and deviant views increase, and one never sees the buddhas. The second verse establishes the medicine, and it is the least easily read line in this chapter: if one can understand deviant dharmas as they really are and without inversion, and know that falsity of itself is real, then the seeing of the Buddha is pure — it is not that one extinguishes falsity and then sees the real, but that one knows falsity to be, in its very substance, of itself real. The third verse turns the blade upon “seeing” itself: to have something seen becomes defilement, and this does not yet count as seeing; to be far from all views, only this is seeing the Buddha. Chengguan on this layer uses an excellent simile — it is like taking a piece of wood in the dusk for a ghost: to know that the ghost is only something that delusion has produced is called “knowing the ghost as it really is”; to know that the ghost never was and that the whole of it is that piece of wood is what is called “seeing the wood.” He uses the same simile again for the side of the grasper: “as when one sees the ghost, one does not see the wood”; only when one is free of the view that sees the ghost is it seeing the wood. The “knowing that falsity is of itself real” of the second verse and the “being far from all views” of this verse are precisely the two halves of that simile. The fourth verse turns to the world: the dharma of the world's words is what sentient beings falsely discriminate, and to know that the world is wholly unarisen is truly to see the world. The fifth verse goes further: if one sees the world that sees, this seeing is itself a mark of the world; only when, as they really are, they are equal and without difference is one called the true seer. The sixth verse states the function that follows upon equality and non-difference: not discriminating with regard to things, this seeing is free of delusions and, without outflow, attains freedom. The seventh verse puts even the dharma the buddhas expound within this: all the discriminated dharmas the buddhas set forth are entirely not to be got, because their substance is from the first pure. The eighth verse establishes the substance contemplated: the nature of dharmas is from the first pure, like empty space and without marks; nothing at all can be spoken of it, and the wise contemplate it thus. The ninth verse is the most thoroughgoing line: being far from thoughts of dharmas, not delighting in any dharma, herein too there is nothing to be cultivated — even the posture of “cultivating” is let go, and only then can one see the Great Muni. The tenth verse cedes the merit to Merit Wisdom, and closes upon the substance of practice: all practices whatsoever are in their substance still and extinguished.
Clear away one error: “herein too there is nothing to be cultivated” in the ninth verse is not telling people not to cultivate. It follows upon ‘being far from thoughts of dharmas’, and what it says is that one must not set up ‘I am cultivating’ as yet another mark that is grasped. Where it comes down to the ground, at the third verse — if, having read this chapter through, you feel that ‘now I know how to look’, this verse is spoken precisely to that ‘knowing how to look’.
The Ten Verses of the Bodhisattva Good Wisdom: To Say “Inexhaustible” — Even This Inexhaustibility Has Nothing That Can Be Said
Chengguan determines Good Wisdom to be one who “accomplishes the wisdom of prajñā and whose discernment is unmoved, and who may well be called good,” and says that the import of the verses lies in displaying the wish that his mind become still more advanced and attain the non-retrogressive forbearance of the non-arising of dharmas; he classifies the ten verses into four: the first two see the Buddha, the next three see the Dharma, the next three are the benefit of the contemplation's completion, and the last two cede the seeing to what it depends on. Zhiyan, on the sixty-fascicle text, classifies this segment as “the verses are in four,” among which is “the next verse and a half cede the merit to its source,” a different division, and both are recorded. The line ceding merit in this segment falls in the ninth verse, not the tenth, differing in this from the other segments.
The first verse praises generally: rare are the greatly brave and strong, the immeasurable Tathāgatas, free of defilement and liberated in mind, having crossed over themselves and able to carry others across — self-crossing and the crossing of others are said in one breath. The second verse is the speaker's own seeing: I see this Lamp of the World as it really is and without inversion, just as it is seen by those who through immeasurable kalpas have accumulated wisdom. The third verse establishes the eye of the segment: of all that ordinary beings do there is none that does not swiftly come to exhaustion, and yet their nature is like empty space, and so it is said to have no exhaustion — exhaustion and inexhaustibility stand in one and the same line. The fourth verse turns this sentence over once more: the wise say “inexhaustible,” and this too is nothing that is spoken; it is because the own-nature is inexhaustible that there can be that exhaustion which is hard to think of. The fifth verse puts sentient beings in: within the inexhaustibility that is spoken of, no sentient being is to be got, and to know that the nature of sentient beings is thus is to see this One of Great Renown. The sixth verse states the setting up of names and words: there is nothing seen, yet it is spoken of as seeing; there is no arising, yet they are spoken of as sentient beings; and whether it be the seeing or the sentient beings, one understands and knows that they have no substance. The seventh verse is the most thoroughgoing removal: the seeing, the seen, and the seer are all removed, and yet the real dharma is not destroyed — this person understands and knows the Buddha. The eighth verse states the use that follows the seeing: if a person understands and knows the Buddha and the dharma the Buddha expounds, he can illumine the world as the Buddha Rocana does. The ninth verse cedes the merit to Vigor Wisdom, and first praises the Rightly Awakened One for skillfully setting forth the one pure path. The tenth verse closes: whether it be being or not-being, those thoughts are all extinguished, and thus one can see the Buddha and abide in the true limit.
Clear away one error: the “inexhaustible” of the third and fourth verses is very easily read as ‘so many that they cannot be counted’. The verse itself has said it — their nature is like empty space, and therefore it is said to be inexhaustible; this is said with respect to the nature, not with respect to quantity. Chengguan here sweeps still more thoroughly: since it is like empty space, how should there be any “mark of the unconditioned” to be got; and since the inexhaustible is said with respect to the own-nature, neither is that “exhaustion” destroyed, and so it is said to be hard to think of. His closing sentence buckles the two passages together — “exhaustion is just inexhaustibility, and therefore there are no sentient beings” — which is precisely the source of the fifth verse's saying that no sentient being is to be got. Where it comes down to the ground, at the seventh verse: after the seeing, the seen, and the seer have all three been removed, the five graphs “yet the real dharma is not destroyed” are the thing this segment truly means to keep safe.
The Ten Verses of the Bodhisattva Wisdom: Birth-and-Death and Nirvāṇa, Neither of the Two Can Be Got
Chengguan determines the name Wisdom to be “decisive and unmoved, and therefore called wisdom,” and says that the import of the verses lies in displaying that from all dharmas one is able to get free; he classifies the ten verses into two: the first one adduces himself to encourage the multitude, and the remaining verses wish the multitude to be as he is, within which there are again two — the first six show delusion, the last three open awakening. Zhiyan, on the sixty-fascicle text, classifies this segment as “the verses are in three”: the first one makes clear that through the teaching right understanding is formed, the next six make clear the loss of those deluded about the teaching and the principle, and the next three doubly accomplish the virtue of understanding, a different division, and both are recorded. This segment and the next are the only two of the chapter's ten segments that have no line ceding merit.
The first verse is the speaker's account of his own occasion: I heard the most excellent teaching, and there and then the light of wisdom arose; it illumined everywhere the worlds of the ten directions and I saw all the buddhas entirely — the cause of seeing the Buddha lies in hearing the teaching. The second verse establishes the dharma: herein there is not the least thing, only borrowed names; and if one reckons that there is a self and a person, one has entered the perilous road. The third verse points out the “body”: those grasping ordinary beings reckon the body to be really existent, and since the Tathāgata is not a thing that is seized, they in the end do not see him. The fourth verse states the outcome: such a person has no eye of wisdom and cannot see the Buddha, and through immeasurable kalpas drifts and turns in the sea of birth-and-death. The fifth verse is the most famous of the segment: where there is contention one speaks of birth-and-death, where there is no contention that is nirvāṇa, and birth-and-death and nirvāṇa, neither of the two can be got — even nirvāṇa is placed within what cannot be got. On the graph “contention” Chengguan has a separate explanation: affliction is called contention, because it stirs up what is wholesome and injures oneself and others; a dharma with outflows increases along with contention and is therefore called “having contention,” and birth-and-death has what is with outflows as its substance, while it is called nirvāṇa when that affliction is absent. The sixth verse states the fault of grasping at the two dharmas: if one chases borrowed names and grasps at these two, one does not accord with the real and does not know the subtle path of the noble ones. The seventh verse turns the blade upon the subtlest thought, and the scriptural text deliberately uses an inner quotation: if one gives rise to the thought ‘this one is the Buddha, this one is the most excellent’, this is inverted and not the real meaning, and one cannot see the Rightly Awakened One — even a thought that praises the Buddha is within what is being inspected. The eighth verse states the positive: to be able to know that this real substance is the mark of still and extinguished suchness is to see the Honored One of Right Awakening, who has gone beyond the way of words. The ninth verse states the limit of language: words that recount dharmas cannot display the real mark; only with equality can one see, and as the nature of dharmas is, so too is the Buddha. The tenth verse closes upon the three times: the Rightly Awakened One, with respect to past, future, and present, has forever cut off the root of discrimination, and therefore is called Buddha.
Clear away one error: the fifth verse is not saying that nirvāṇa has no value; it is saying that it cannot be taken as an object and attained — no more than birth-and-death can. Where it comes down to the ground, at the seventh verse: this whole chapter is bodhisattvas praising the Buddha, and this one verse says of all things that the thought “this one is the Buddha, this one is the most excellent” is inverted. The line between praising and grasping lies exactly here.
The Ten Verses of the Bodhisattva True Wisdom: Better to Undergo the Suffering of the Hells and Hear the Names of the Buddhas
Chengguan determines True Wisdom to be one for whom “a mind that is not inverted is true wisdom,” and says the import of the verses lies in displaying the wish that he advance and attain skill in words with regard to all dharmas; he classifies the ten verses into two: the first two make clear that the name is established upon the real and that the name can benefit beings, and the last eight display the reality beneath the name and discern the ground of the benefit; and he determines the last eight to be three awakenings — the first three are awakening to the false and realizing the real, the “sense of awakening as examining”; the next one is the twofold awakening to the two truths, the “sense of awakening as illumining”; and the last four are awakening that is not an awakening, the “sense of wondrous awakening.” Zhiyan, on the sixty-fascicle text, classifies this segment as “the verses are in five,” his first heading being “the first two compare and measure excellence and inferiority, gain and loss” — which fits exactly the comparison in the segment's first two verses — a different division, and both are recorded.
The first verse is the most emotionally weighted line in the chapter: better to undergo the suffering of the hells and be able to hear the names of the buddhas, than to undergo immeasurable pleasure and not hear the Buddha's name. The second verse states the ground of it: that in ages past one underwent suffering through numberless kalpas and drifted in birth-and-death was precisely because one had not heard the Buddha's name — the choice of the first verse is joined to one's own history. The third verse turns to the import of the dharma: with regard to dharmas to be without inversion, to realize them then and there as they really are, and to be far from the marks of conjunction, is called unsurpassed awakening. Chengguan matches it line by line: the first line clears away the semblance of inference — taking the impermanent for the permanent and the permanent for the impermanent and the like are inverted dharmas, called semblance of inference; the next line is the direct perception that realizes the real, as when the eye sees for itself; the next line clears away the semblance of direct perception, as when one takes man and woman, heaven and earth, and the rest for a really existing conjoined mark. The fourth verse sweeps through the three times: the present is not by conjunction, and past and future are likewise so; all dharmas are without marks, and this is the Buddha's real substance. The fifth verse states the benefit of contemplation: if one can contemplate thus the profound meaning of dharmas, one sees the real mark of the dharma-body of all buddhas. The sixth verse is the segment's defining line: in the real one sees the real, in the unreal one sees the unreal, and understanding thus ultimately one is therefore called Buddha — both sides, the seeing of the real and the seeing of the false, must be exact. The seventh verse is fiercer still: the Buddha's Dharma cannot be cognized, and to understand this is called awakening to the Dharma; the buddhas cultivated in just this way — not one dharma is to be got. The eighth verse states the one and the many: knowing that because there is one there are many and that because there are many there is one, that dharmas have nothing to lean upon and arise only from conjunction. Fazang, explaining this place on the sixty-fascicle text, opens out three senses to make clear that there is neither one nor two — the real and the conventional with respect to the object are neither one nor two, the empty illumining with respect to wisdom is neither one nor two, and object and wisdom together are neither one nor two. The ninth verse takes even the agent apart: there is nothing that acts and nothing acted upon, and there is only what arises from the thought of deeds; and how is one to know it is so? Because apart from this there is nothing else. The tenth verse closes upon abiding: all dharmas abide nowhere and no fixed place is to be got, and yet the buddhas abide right here, ultimately unmoving.
Clear away one error: the first verse is easily read as an exaggeration of feeling. It is in fact this chapter's rare ‘ordering of values’ — amid the whole chapter's taking apart of the seizing of marks, ‘being able to hear the Buddha's name’ alone is set up as a thing worth the price of the suffering of the hells. Where it comes down to the ground, at the tenth verse: the nine verses before it have taken apart every place where one might stand, and at the last it says the buddhas abide in “abiding nowhere” and are unmoved — the unmovedness is not because a foundation has been found, but because a foundation is no longer needed.
The Ten Verses of the Bodhisattva Unsurpassed Wisdom: Not a Body, Yet Called a Body; Not an Arising, Yet Manifest as Arising
Chengguan determines the last five verses of this segment: the first verse properly makes clear the illumining of objects — the object is the conventional object, since there is a seeing and a seen; being conventional it is at once real, and so it says “without number”; the mind is the same as the unconditioned, and so it says “far removed”; while the last four verses remove marks and display principle, each treading upon the traces of the one before and removing the stagnation there. Fazang, on the sixty-fascicle text, classifies this segment as “the ten verses divide into three”: the first explains his own name, the next eight display the Buddha's virtues, and the last cedes the merit.
The first verse explains his own name: the unsurpassed mahāsattva is far removed from thoughts of sentient beings, and there is none who can surpass him, and so he is titled Unsurpassed. The second verse states what the buddhas have realized: without doing and without discrimination, the coarse utterly without anything and the fine likewise so — coarse and fine are swept away together. The third verse states the sphere the buddhas practice: therein there is no number, and the Rightly Awakened One is far from number, and this is the Buddha's real dharma. The fourth verse states the light: the Tathāgata's light shines everywhere and extinguishes all darkness, and yet this light neither has anything it illumines nor lacks anything it illumines — illumining and not illumining are both denied. The fifth verse states non-attachment: with regard to dharmas he has no attachment, neither thought nor defilement, neither abiding nor place, and yet he does not destroy the nature of dharmas — the denial is thorough and yet does not fall into annihilation. The sixth verse states non-duality: herein there is no two and likewise no one, and he of great wisdom who sees well abides skillfully in accord with the principle. The seventh verse is the subtlest turn in the chapter: within the “no” there is no two, and even the “no-two” is likewise absent — Chengguan says it here with the utmost clarity: what is called no-two only says ‘there is no two’; it is not that there is besides it a “no-two”; if one keeps a view of no-two, then two is formed again, and so one must remove and remove again until there is no removing, and therefore it says that the three realms are all empty, and this emptiness is the emptiness of the highest meaning, which the buddhas see alike. The eighth verse turns toward the deliverance of beings: ordinary beings have no awakened understanding, and the Buddha causes them to abide in the right Dharma; and since dharmas abide nowhere, to awaken to this is to see one's own body. The ninth verse states the Buddha's body: not a body, yet spoken of as a body; not an arising, yet manifest as arising; no body and no seeing — this is the Buddha's unsurpassed body. Chengguan, explaining this place, says: the body is just not a body, and so there is nothing to awaken to; once a view that awakens to the body arises, that view is just like the body, and only when body and view are both gone is it the true dharma-body. The tenth verse cedes the merit to True Wisdom, and says that if one hears this dharma one shall attain the pure eye.
Clear away one error: the seventh verse is not a game with words. What it aims at is the very illness most likely to arise after one has read the preceding ninety verses — taking “no-two” and “emptiness” and gripping them again as a position. Where it comes down to the ground: this segment is the summit of the chapter's negating exposition, and while reading it one need not hurry to seize hold of anything, for not one of the things taken away is a loss.
The Ten Verses of the Bodhisattva Firm Wisdom: If No Buddha Appeared in the World, Not One Sentient Being Could Attain Peace and Joy
Chengguan determines Firm Wisdom to be one whose “power of wisdom is accomplished and cannot be destroyed,” and classifies his ten verses into four: the first verse praises generally his arising in the world for the sake of beings, the next four separately show the marks of his compassion, the next three and a half are the benefit of seeing and hearing, and the last one and a half conclude with virtue that is inexhaustible; and he says of this segment that “this is the final extremity, and therefore it raises up all ten together.” Fazang, on the sixty-fascicle text, determines the same sense, classifying it as the first six raising up the depth of the Buddha's kindness, the next three rejoicing at having met him, and the last concluding with praise of the inexhaustible; and he says the last verse is “a general conclusion of the speaking of the nine persons above.”
The first verse praises generally: how great is this great light, the brave and strong Unsurpassed One, who has arisen in the world for the benefit of the deluded multitudes. The second verse shows what compassion contemplates: with a mind of great compassion the Buddha contemplates everywhere the many sentient beings, and sees them revolving and undergoing suffering within the three forms of existence. The third verse displays it from the negative side: save only for the Rightly and Fully Awakened One, that Honored Guide replete with virtue, among all the gods and humans there is none who can save and protect. The fourth verse displays it negatively one layer further: if the buddhas and the bodhisattvas and the rest did not appear in the world, not one sentient being could attain peace and joy. The fifth verse turns to the positive: when the Tathāgata, the Rightly and Fully Awakened One, and the multitude of the worthy and noble appear in the world, they can give peace and joy to sentient beings — Chengguan says that this verse also displays the jewel of the Saṅgha. The sixth verse states the benefit of seeing and hearing, and gives a weighty comparison: if one sees the Tathāgata one has gained a great benefit of goodness, and one who hears the Buddha's name and gives rise to faith is a stūpa of the world — the person himself becomes a place that ought to be revered. The seventh verse brings this benefit down upon the speaker himself: that we have seen the World-Honored One is to have gained a great benefit, and having heard so wondrous a Dharma we shall all accomplish the Buddha's path. The eighth verse looks back to the history of the bodhisattvas: in the past, by the Buddha's power of awesome spirit, the bodhisattvas gained the pure eye of wisdom and understood the sphere of the buddhas — which buckles back to the “sustained by the Buddha's awesome power” of the chapter's prologue. The ninth verse is the one place in the whole chapter that speaks of the increase of “faith”: now seeing Rocana, pure faith increases the more; the Buddha's wisdom has no bound and its expounding cannot be exhausted. The tenth verse closes the chapter: Excellent Wisdom and the other bodhisattvas, and I, Firm Wisdom, through numberless koṭis of kalpas could speak and still not exhaust it.
Clear away one error: this segment suddenly speaks at length of the Buddha's kindness and of benefit, and is easily read as a reversal of the preceding ninety verses. It is not a reversal; it is a conclusion. After the nine preceding segments have taken apart, layer by layer, the ‘seeing the Buddha by seizing marks’, this segment answers a question that must inevitably arise: if none of it can be grasped, then what benefit is the Buddha's appearing in the world to me? The answer is in the negative display of the fourth verse — if there were no Buddha appearing in the world, not one sentient being could attain peace and joy. Where it comes down to the ground, at the ninth verse: what grows out of all this taking apart is not knowledge and views, but pure faith. And this is exactly the starting point of that station which the next chapter is to enter.
Lineage
The import of this chapter is carried on by the ancient worthies along four tracks, all recorded, with no adjudication. The line of Chengguan: he explains the chapter by four gates, determines the whole chapter to be the three portions of the gathering of the assembly, the emitting of light, and the verses of praise, establishes ten sameness-headings with three differences included in the portion of the gathering of the assembly and six gates in the portion of the emitting of light; in the portion of the verses of praise he determines that “the first is the general, the remaining nine are the particular,” and determines further that the names of the ten bodhisattvas also betoken the ten abodes and that the dharmas they expound betoken the advance of the station; and he matches, one by one, the ten worlds' names to the marks of the stations of the ten abodes and the ten buddhas' names to the fruits of the ten dharmas of the ten abodes in their own portion, while noting for himself that the details are to be seen in “The Ten Abodes.” His establishing, in the All Wisdom segment, of the explanation of the three contemplations in one mind, and, in the Unsurpassed Wisdom segment, of the explanation of “removing and removing again until there is no removing,” are the two densest places of doctrinal import in the chapter. The line of Fazang: on the sixty-fascicle text's chapter “The Bodhisattvas Gather Like Clouds” he distinguishes four gates, and in explaining the name divides bodhisattva as substance, cloud as mark, and gathering as function, and opens out three senses in “wondrous excellence”; he determines that the buddhas' sharing the name Moon is the mark of the fruit within the abodes and opens out its three senses of substance, function, and virtue, and that the bodhisattvas' sharing the name Wisdom is the mark of the cause within the abodes; in the portion of the verses of praise he determines “the first is the general, the following nine are the particular,” and with “at once principle and phenomena, at once teaching and meaning, at once cause and fruit, at once person and dharma, at once mind and object” he determines the unobstructedness of general and particular, and determines outright that what the ten segments expound is just the dharma within the ten abodes. The line of Zhiyan: his commentary is the most concise, and yet his verse-classifications for the ten segments are complete; segment by segment he marks the number of verses and the headings, and he establishes the single category “ceding the merit to its source” to gather up the merit-ceding lines at the end of the several segments; he also answers the question why each quarter has ten with “one quarter is just all quarters,” and answers why the assembly is not gathered gradually after the emitting of light with “the station of practice is perfectly complete, and there is no mark of increase or decrease.” The line of Li Tongxuan: he runs the stations of the ten abodes through the whole chapter, lays out the one chapter in an extended outline of eleven segments, and under each bodhisattva opens out four senses — the bodhisattva's name, the world's name, the buddha's title, and the quarter he comes from — matching them with the good friends whom Sudhana visits; he also determines the ten buddhas to be buddhas of the past, Rocana to be the buddha of the present, and one who has just entered the station by practice to be a buddha of the future, and sets out the places of the emitting of light at five stations to display the ascent of the stations.
The number of segments the four masters establish is not uniform (Chengguan and Fazang make ten segments, Li Tongxuan eleven), the stations they match are not uniform, and the verse-classifications within the segments are not uniform either (Chengguan establishes his upon the seven-graph verses of the eighty-fascicle text, Zhiyan his upon the five-graph verses of the sixty-fascicle text, so that within the same segment the number of verses divided and the headings differ); the ancients held differing accounts, and these are recorded, with no adjudication of high and low.
As for how this chapter is joined to what precedes and what follows: above it it receives “Ascent to the Summit of Mount Sumeru” — in the preceding chapter the Buddha ascends the throne and Śakra praises him in verse, and in this chapter the bodhisattvas of the ten directions come and gather and praise him in verse; below it there follows “The Ten Abodes” — Chengguan's sentence, “since the gate of the abodes is about to be expounded, the substance is first set forth,” buckles the two chapters into one matter: first the Buddha's virtues are praised so that one may know the substance of abiding, and only then are the names and the practices of the ten abodes expounded. Li Tongxuan gathers the six chapters of the third assembly together as one, determining this chapter to be that which “makes clear the praising in verse of the dharma of the present station, exhorting cultivation and the principle of advancing,” below which “The Ten Abodes” is what “makes clear the practices carried out in the present station.” As for the books that set out the outlines of the Huayan school, this chapter's title and its famous verse-lines alike return no result, and this is recorded as absent, as the facts stand; nor has this chapter any separately circulating treatise that presents and explains the scripture, unlike “The Ten Grounds,” which has the Treatise on the Ten Grounds Sūtra — this too is recorded as absent. And this accords with the character of this chapter: it is scriptural text depicting the scene of bodhisattvas of the ten directions praising in verse, and its import lies in negating exposition rather than in establishing terms.
品十五 十住品The Ten Abodes
全文五層 →Full five layers →為什麼偈讚之後接十住
第三會到這裡才進入正說。前面兩品,一品說佛不離菩提樹而昇須彌頂,一品是十方菩薩以偈讚佛——都還在鋪場。到這一品,法慧菩薩入定、受加、出定、開口,說的是十種住。澄觀判本品的來意說得很直:上面既然把佛德說明白了,正宗就該顯出來;而且前面辨的是「所依」的佛德,這裡辨的是「能依」的十住。李通玄的判法從另一頭接:前品是偈讚勸修,這品才正舉修行十住之行,所以此品須來。智儼說得最省:「何故來?正說故。」
三家的話合起來就是一件事:讚歎是仰望,仰望之後要有落腳處。這一品就是那個落腳處。落到自己身上:一個人被法感動之後,最容易停在感動裡;經文不許停在那裡,接著就給你十級台階。
「住」這個字:站得住,不是停下來
十住的「住」,最容易被讀成『停留』。古德沒有一家這樣讀。
澄觀訓為:「慧住於理,得位不退,故名為住。」——是以慧安住在理上,因而位次不退,所以叫住。他又引《本業》下卷「始入空界,住空性位,故名為住」。法藏訓得更緊:「謂得位不退故云住。」李通玄則從所住之處說:「十住者,生諸佛大智慧中住,入此住永不退還故,名之為住。」智儼一句話:「住者不退位也。」
四家都把重心壓在「不退」二字上。所以住不是靜止,是站穩;不是不走了,是走到這裡不會倒退回去。排一個常見的誤解:不要把十住想成十個休息站。它們是十個『從此不會掉下去』的高度。落地處在此:修行裡真正稀有的不是一時的猛利,是不倒退。
至於「十」這個數,澄觀說「然住義多種,寄圓說十」,法藏說「住法應圓,依則說十,即帶數釋」——十不是實數,是寄十以顯圓滿。所以不必問『為什麼不是九或十一』。
澄觀科的七分:這一品是怎麼組裝的
澄觀科此品為七分:三昧分、加分、起分、本分、說分、證成分、重頌分。法藏在六十本那邊科得完全相同,只把第七分叫作偈頌分。智儼則依〈十地品〉之例科為六分,末分叫利益分——三家所科的分數與名目小有出入,古有此異,誌錄之。
讀者知道這七分有什麼用處?用處是:這一品不是一段話,是一套儀軌。入定(三昧分)、諸佛加持(加分)、出定開口(起分)、正說十住(本分)、天地為證(說分)、十方作證(證成分)、重宣一遍(重頌分)。每一步都不是裝飾,下面逐一說。
為什麼非要入定才說
澄觀列了六個理由:一、這三昧本身就是所說之法的體;二、不是親證就不能說;三、要顯這個法不是思量所能到的境界;四、觀察根機、審量法藥;五、為了領受佛的加持;六、成就一種軌儀。法藏於六十本列的六意,前五全同,末一作「為顯諸佛同說故」。
這六條裡最要緊的是第一與第二。第一條說:定不是說法前的準備動作,定就是所要說的東西本身——澄觀引論說「三昧即法體」。第二條說:非證不說。排一個誤解:不要以為入定是為了『集中精神好好講』。經文的意思是,這個法沒有辦法從思量裡取出來,只能從證裡流出來。
那為什麼是法慧入定而不是別人?澄觀答三事:他是眾中之首;換別人入則眾心動亂不調伏;而且要顯出十住之法正是「法慧」所能說的。名字在這裡就是義理——慧而能法,才說得了以慧安住之位。
三昧的名字也逐字有義。澄觀拆:稱「菩薩」是為了揀去佛果之定;稱「方便」,是任性能知、觀解善巧;稱「無量」,是因為十住每一住各攝許多門的善巧;稱「入」,是心趣向於法。他還把入、住、出三相翻了一層讀:「今即照之寂故名為入,即寂之照故名為出,入已未起故名為住。」——照而寂叫入,寂而照叫出。這與權小之教把入定講成『收攝六識往內縮』是不同的讀法。
加分:諸佛給了什麼
十方各千佛剎微塵數的佛現前,全都同名法慧。這一段有三件事:讚許、說明加持的緣由、授智摩頂。
加持的緣由,經文列了三重力:諸佛的神力、毘盧遮那如來往昔的願力與威神之力、法慧自己所修的善根力。三力並舉,不可只取一邊:全歸佛力則行者無事可做,全歸自力則不知法從何來。接著十個「故」字句,說明加持所為何事:增長佛智、深入法界、善了眾生界、所入無礙、所行無障、得無等方便、入一切智性、覺一切法、知一切根、能持說一切法——十事說完,才點出所要說的正題:「發起諸菩薩十種住」。智儼科這一段為十一句,說是一總、九別、後一結成位。
授的十智是:無礙智、無著智、無斷智、無癡智、無異智、無失智、無量智、無勝智、無懈智、無奪智。十個名字都是遮詮——不是說給了什麼,是說去掉了什麼障礙。而經文自己解釋為什麼要給:「此三昧力,法如是故。」法本來如此,不是佛額外開恩。
摩頂是身業之加。三種加持——口加(讚許與囑說)、意加(授十智)、身加(摩頂)——智儼判得分明。落地處:一個人真正說得出深法的時候,往往不覺得那是自己的本事,這一段就是把那件事寫成了儀軌。
本分總標:住處廣大,與法界虛空等
法慧出定第一句話是:「菩薩住處廣大,與法界虛空等。」第二句:「菩薩住三世諸佛家」
澄觀分這兩句:住處二字總示其體,「廣大」以下略顯其相,「住三世佛家」是結示住處。他又說十住之體略有三種:一約所依,就是前面那個三昧;二約本,就是下文所辨的十住;三是剋性之體——若約所緣,就是真俗二境,若約能緣,就是悲智二行;而二境既融,悲智不別,境智冥契,同一法界。
這段最好先問一句:既說是「住」,為什麼一開口先說「廣大」?答案就在「與法界虛空等」六字。凡是有處所的住,就有邊際;有邊際就有可退之地。此住之所以不退,正因為它大到沒有外面。排一個誤解:不要把「住處廣大」讀成佛國土很大。經文說的是所住之體,不是所居之地。
六十本此處作「菩薩種性甚深廣大與法界虛空等」,以「種性」立文,智儼便依之判為性、習二種性之體;八十本作「住處」,澄觀便依之判住處為總、餘皆是別。所依之本不同,所立之科即異,二判各有其本,誌錄之。
十住之名與三世佛同說
「菩薩住有十種,過去、未來、現在諸佛,已說、當說、今說。」——澄觀在這裡打了個比方:三世佛果沒有一個不是由這十住之因而成的,就像大王路一樣,是法爾常規,所以三世佛同說。
大王路是國中通衢,誰要走都走這一條。這一句解決了讀者最可能起的疑問:十住是不是某一部經、某一位佛的特別施設?不是。它是通衢。
十住之名:初發心住、治地住、修行住、生貴住、具足方便住、正心住、不退住、童真住、王子住、灌頂住。十個名字裡有一條很清楚的線索——前三是自己起步(發心、整地、修觀),中間三是身分轉變(生入佛家、方便具足、心正不動),後四是成熟繼位(不退、童真、王子、灌頂)。這條線索用的是王家繼位的意象:生在王家、長成童子、立為王子、受灌頂而繼位。
順帶說明一個常被混淆的地方:「十住」是經文自有之名;而把十住配在十信之後、十行之前,說它屬於三賢中的下賢——這個位次配對是澄觀等古德的科判,經文本身沒有這樣標。讀的時候要分清哪一層是經、哪一層是疏。
十住之下,每一住都分兩段:先說當住所成的十事,後說「應勸學十法」。澄觀判前段為自分、後段為勝進——自分是這一住已經站住的,勝進是為了往上一級要學的。李通玄算了總數:一一住內都有二十個法門,十法成就當位,十法作為昇進之行,十住合起來就是二百個法門。底本逐字實計相符。
以下逐住逐條說。
住一 發心住:發心的緣,與所緣的十力
先問:發心住的「發心」,發的是什麼心?經文說得清楚——「發菩提心,求一切智」。不是發願做好人,是求一切智。
發心之緣。經文先列見佛的六種相:形貌端嚴、色相圓滿、人所樂見、難可值遇、有大威力、或見神足;再列聞法的三種緣:或聞記別、或聽教誡、或聞如來廣大佛法;還有一種是逆緣:或見眾生受諸劇苦。澄觀分這十句說:「文列十緣,義含四因,謂信、悲、智及種性也。」——前三觀外相,第四「難可值遇」通內外,第五「有大威力」明內德,第六「神足」唯外用;而見眾生受苦一句,即是悲因。
排一個誤解:見佛好看就發心,會不會太淺?澄觀答得好:於上六中隨見一事,發生淨信而欣心上求,心裡想的是『這若可修,我也定當如是』——起點在相,落點在求。淺處入手,不等於淺。
所緣十種難得法(自分十事)。這十法即如來十力,澄觀於重頌處明判「初十頌緣十力發心,一頌一力」。逐條說:
一、是處非處智——知道什麼是道理所在、什麼是道理所無。重頌釋得最清楚:「三世因果名為處,我等自性為非處」因果是處,執有我與自性是非處;分不清這一條,其餘九力都無從談起。二、善惡業報智——知一切善惡業與其果報無有遺漏;發心而不知業報,慈悲就會落成濫情。三、諸根勝劣智——知眾生根性有利有鈍,這是說法能不能對機的根本。四、種種解差別智——知眾生的見解與所好樂各各差別,重頌作「心所好樂各差別」;知差別,才知道從哪裡下手。五、種種界差別智——知眾生種性體類的差別,重頌作「眾生諸界各差別」;界是根深處的分類,比解更難改。六、一切至處道智——知一切行門各通向何處,重頌作「一一皆有所至處」;學人最怕走了很久卻不知道通向哪裡。七、諸禪解脫三昧智——知一切禪定解脫三昧的雜染清淨與入住出;定境有邪有正,這一智即是揀擇。八、宿命無礙智——憶知過去世的體性相狀而無礙;知過去,才知道現在的來歷。九、天眼無礙智——見眾生隨業漂流而明見無礙;重頌說「隨業漂流無暫息」,天眼所照的是業,不是奇景。十、三世漏普盡智——知三世煩惱結習普皆斷盡,重頌作「相續現起及習氣,欲悉了知究竟盡」;前九是知眾生,這一條是知斷處,所以列在最後。
十力之所以是「難得法」,正因為它們是佛的境界。初發心的人緣佛境而發心,這就是本品的體例——所緣者高,所以所發者大。
勸學十法(勝進)。澄觀說這十法「不出悲智。供佛為總,通財及法;下九為別」。逐條說:
一、勤供養佛——是總句,通財供與法供;下九件事做到了,才是真供養。二、樂住生死——澄觀釋:大悲為首所以樂住,智了其空所以無所懼;不是貪戀生死,是不怕。三、主導世間令除惡業——住而為主,導世間之人除惡。四、以勝妙法常行教誨——即能導之理教。五、歎無上法——示果令人欣慕,是教之所至。六、學佛功德——學佛的德行以為能至之因。七、生諸佛前恒蒙攝受——成德要依緣,所以願生佛前。八、方便演說寂靜三昧——寂靜前面上求下化的紛動。九、讚歎遠離生死輪迴——寂則必然遠離輪迴。十、為苦眾生作歸依處——不失悲心,所以常為眾生所依。
這十條的次第是有講究的:從供養起,經過歷事練心,收在寂靜,又從寂靜回到眾生。最後一條回到苦眾生,正防止第八第九兩條被讀成厭離。結句「欲令菩薩於佛法中心轉增廣」,說明勸學的目的不是增加項目,是把心撐大。
住二 治地住:把心地整治好
先問:既已發心,為什麼還要「治地」?澄觀答:「為練治心地使悲智增明,名治地住。」——發心是種子落地,治地是把地整好,否則種子長不出來。他還說這一住是「常隨空心淨,八萬四千法門清淨潔白」,即以空慧洗心地。
於諸眾生發十種心(自分)。澄觀說這十心有二義:一是對每一位眾生都起這十種心;二是為了辨差別而對八種眾生。逐條說:
一、利益心——澄觀舉例:對怨憎的眾生不只是不念報復,還要授與利益。二、大悲心——對貧苦眾生,欲令他遠離,所以起悲。三、安樂心——對危懼無樂的眾生,令得樂具而不窮盡。四、安住心——對惡行眾生,令他安住於善行。五、憐愍心——對已得樂的眾生,以矜愍之心不令他放逸;得樂者最易忘失,故須此心。六、攝受心——對外道未發心者,攝取令生正信。七、守護心——已生信者,護持令不退失。八、同己心——視他如己,怨親之隔在此消。九、師心——以師長之心待眾生,不輕慢。十、導師心——以導師之心引眾生,不止於教,還要領到路上。
十心自「利益」起、以「導師」結,是從給予到帶領的一條線。排一個誤解:這十心不是十種情緒,是十種對待眾生的位置。
勸學十法(勝進)。逐條說:
一、誦習多聞——治地先須有材料,故第一是多聞。二、虛閑寂靜——多聞若無靜處消化,只成堆積。三、近善知識——自看易偏,故須善友。四、發言和悅——重頌加一句「離麁獷」;語粗則法不入人。五、語必知時——重頌作「言必知時無所畏」;不合時的真話也是障礙。六、心無怯怖——怯則不敢說、不敢行。七、了達於義——不停在文字。八、如法修行——義解須落在行上。九、遠離愚迷——除去暗鈍。十、安住不動——重頌作「遠離愚迷心不動」;以不動收前九條。
結句說「欲令菩薩於諸眾生增長大悲」——十條看似都在治自己,目的卻是對眾生的悲心增長。澄觀於此點出「悲令轉增也」。落地處:整地是為了種樹,不是為了地本身好看。
住三 修行住:以十種行觀一切法
先問:前面已經發心、治地,為什麼這裡才叫「修行」?因為前二住是立志與整備,這一住才正式起觀。澄觀判此住二段:自分是護煩惱行,勝進是護小乘行——前者防墮凡,後者防墮小。這是一句要緊的話:修觀的人有兩個坑,一個是觀不成而退回煩惱,一個是觀成了而落入二乘的偏空。
十種行觀一切法(自分)。澄觀說這十種無常大同〈十地品〉第三地所辨,並引論「命行不住總名無常」為總句,又分念念無常與一期無常二種。逐條說:
一、觀一切法無常——是總句,命行不住。二、一切法苦——依五盛陰而有逼迫之相,所以是苦;澄觀引《瑜伽》:由無常行作意為先,趣入苦行。三、一切法空——由苦而無所得,於是趣入空行。四、一切法無我——空故不自在,無有主宰。五、一切法無作——沒有一個能造作者在後面。六、一切法無味——重頌作「一切諸法不可樂」;不是說不好吃,是說沒有真實可貪之味。七、一切法不如名——重頌作「無如名字」;名與法不相稱,這一條專破以名取法之病。八、一切法無處所——法無定在之處。九、一切法離分別——法本自離分別,不是我們去離。十、一切法無堅實——重頌作「無所分別無真實」,以無堅實收攝前九。
這十條有次第:從無常入苦,從苦入空,從空入無我,其後五條逐層剝除『還有個東西在』的餘念。排一個誤解:觀無常不是為了悲觀,是為了不再把假的當真的來守。
勸學十法(勝進)。這一段句法特別——不作十個獨立條目,而是三組觀察:
一、觀察眾生界;二、觀察法界;三、觀察世界——這三是有情、法則、器界三層。四、觀察地界;五、觀察水界;六、觀察火界;七、觀察風界——這四是能成世界的四大。八、觀察欲界;九、觀察色界;十、觀察無色界——這三是三有的層次。合起來正好十。
重頌把這三組又點了一遍:「次令觀察眾生界,及以勸觀於法界,世界差別盡無餘」「十方世界及虛空,所有地水與火風,欲界色界無色界」,末後加一句要害:「觀察彼界各差別,及其體性咸究竟」——不只觀差別之相,還要觀其體性。結句「欲令菩薩智慧明了」,說明此段所求是慧的明徹,不是知識的博。
住四 生貴住:生在佛家
先問:什麼叫「生貴」?澄觀說:「從聖教生者,謂多聞熏習,等流無漏教法生其智故。」——由聽聞聖教而熏成無漏之智,這智從教而生,所以說生。他還引本品重頌兩句自證:「佛子於法如是觀,從佛親生名佛子」,這是約能說之人說;「了達諸有無所有,超過彼法生法界」,這是約理說。教、人、理三義都能生此位,所以尊貴。
從聖教中生,成就十法(自分)。澄觀說這十事同〈十地品〉第四地的十種法智,只是開合不同。逐條說:
一、永不退轉於諸佛所——這是自住處智,位既不退,也就是所生之處。二、深生淨信——是同敬智,於佛淨信而後能生。三、善觀察法——信而不觀則成盲信。四、了知眾生——生佛家者先須認得所度之人。五、了知國土——認得所化之處。六、了知世界——認得器界之成壞。七、了知業行——認得因。八、了知果報——認得果。九、了知生死——認得流轉這一邊。十、了知涅槃——認得還滅那一邊。
十條之中,前三是自己的立處,後七是所知的境。生在佛家不是得了個身分,是換了一副眼睛:從此看眾生、國土、世界、業、報、生死、涅槃,看的是同一套法。
勸學十法(勝進)。這一段也是分組的:
一至三、了知過去、未來、現在一切佛法——先求知。四至六、修集過去、未來、現在一切佛法——次求集。七至九、圓滿過去、未來、現在一切佛法——後求滿。第十、了知一切諸佛平等——收前九為一。
知、集、滿三重乘以三世,成九;末一條把三世諸佛會歸平等。重頌把這個結構原樣重述:「過去未來現在世,其中所有諸佛法,了知積集及圓滿」「三世一切諸如來,能隨觀察悉平等,種種差別不可得」。結句「欲令增進於三世中,心得平等」——澄觀說「世不殊,方知平等故」。落地處:既生佛家,就不該再有『我這一世』的算計,三世是一家的事。
住五 具足方便住:所修善根,全部給出去
先問:這一住為什麼叫「具足方便」?澄觀答得巧:「自分十心亦是方便也,勝進十心亦具足也。」——住名兩個字分屬兩段,而兩段又互相具足。前段是把善根方便地用在眾生身上,後段是具足地知眾生之空。
還要先指出一個底本上的實情:十住之中,唯獨這一住的自分沒有「何者為十」的徵問,也沒有「是為十」的結句,經文直接以十個「一切眾生」句排下去。餘九住都具徵、結,唯此一住例外。
所修善根皆為眾生(自分十事)。澄觀說初句是總,救苦與護善二事分攝其餘。逐條說:
一、救護一切眾生——是總句,一切為此。二、饒益一切眾生——授與樂因。三、安樂一切眾生——令得樂果。四、哀愍一切眾生——哀愍其妄樂,不令耽著。五、度脫一切眾生——度苦而得解脫。六、令一切眾生離諸災難——所離者,是三災八難一類的現前苦。七、令一切眾生出生死苦——所出者,是分段與變易二種生死。八、令一切眾生發生淨信——救的第一步是教他生信。九、令一切眾生悉得調伏——由信而受調伏。十、令一切眾生咸證涅槃——調伏而至究竟。
十條從救護起、以涅槃結,中間有一條很細的次第:先與樂、再拔苦、再破妄樂,然後從信、調伏一路帶到究竟。重頌把它壓縮成四句:「菩薩所修眾福德,皆為救護諸群生」「為一切世除眾難,引出諸有令歡喜,一一調伏無所遺,皆令具德向涅槃」。
排一個誤解:這一段常被讀成發願文。它不是願,是說這一位菩薩「所修善根」的實際去向——修來的全部給出去,一分不留給自己,這才叫方便具足。
勸學十法(勝進)。十條全是「知眾生」:
一、知眾生無邊——沒有邊際。二、知眾生無量——不可限量。三、知眾生無數——不可計數。四、知眾生不思議——超出思量。五、知眾生無量色——形色種類無量。六、知眾生不可量——不可稱量。七、知眾生空——由前六的『多到不可窮』轉入『本自空』,這是全段的轉折。八、知眾生無所作——無有能作者。九、知眾生無所有——本無所有。十、知眾生無自性——沒有自性。
前六說多、後四說空,這個次第是本段的義理眼。先要知道眾生多到不可窮盡,度生之心才發得徹底;再要知道眾生本空,度生之行才不會被『我度了多少人』黏住。結句「欲令其心轉復增勝,無所染著」——正是這兩層合起來的效果。重頌一句總收:「一切眾生無有邊,無量無數不思議,及以不可稱量等」
住六 正心住:聽見什麼都不動
先問:前面五住已經度生了,為什麼還會有心動的問題?因為前五住所對的是事,這一住所對的是「說法」——聽見別人怎麼說佛、說法、說菩薩、說眾生、說法界。事上不亂的人,往往在議論裡亂。
澄觀說此住之所以不動,是「由成就般若了法性相,故皆不動,名為正心」。不是忍住不動,是了法之後動不起來。
聞十種法而心定不動(自分)。經文以十對相反的說法排列。逐條說:
一、聞讚佛毀佛——澄觀說前四對是約所敬的三寶,「由了法平等、聲如谷響故,於讚毀不生欣慼」。二、聞讚法毀法——法不因人讚而增,不因人毀而減。三、聞讚菩薩毀菩薩——他還補一句:在執著上說應毀、就道理上說應讚,二說各有其分。四、聞讚毀菩薩所行法——由人及於人所行之法,是第三對的推進。五、聞說眾生有量無量——以下三對約所愍的眾生;澄觀判:有量無量是斷常二邊,菩薩不墮。六、聞說眾生有垢無垢——是增減二邊,菩薩遠離。七、聞說眾生易度難度——是苦樂二邊,菩薩不住。八、聞說法界有量無量——以下三對約所知的法界。九、聞說法界有成有壞——成壞之說不能搖動他。十、聞說法界若有若無——有無之說也不能搖動他。
十對之中,前四是所敬、中三是所愍、後三是所知——敬、愍、知三處都試過,才叫定。排一個誤解:不動不是沒有立場,是不被兩邊的說法拖著走。澄觀在第五至第七對上點出「斷常」「增減」「苦樂」三重邊見,說明所謂不動,正是不落兩邊。至於《商主天子經》所說「無有不毀語言而能至其解脫中」——澄觀引此,是要說明毀謗本是修道路上必經之事,不必以為是意外。
勸學十法(勝進)。十條都是「一切法」:
一、一切法無相;二、一切法無體;三、一切法不可修——這一條最容易被誤讀,它不是說不必修,是說沒有一個實法可修可取。四、一切法無所有;五、一切法無真實;六、一切法空;七、一切法無性;八、一切法如幻;九、一切法如夢;十、一切法無分別。
前七是遮,第八第九以幻夢二喻表,第十以無分別收。重頌把十條壓成兩句:「一切諸法皆無相,無體無性空無實,如幻如夢離分別,常樂聽聞如是義。」末句「常樂聽聞」很要緊——不動的人不是不再聽,是更樂於聽。結句說所求是「得不退轉無生法忍」,這就把此住接到了下一住。
住七 不退住:連『有沒有』都動不了他
先問:正心住已經不動,不退住不是重複嗎?澄觀專門辨過這一問,答得極細:
十條雖然都說不退,「大同前位」,但這一位已經入無生,知道所聞之法畢竟空。前位是會事入理而令心不動,此位是事理雙現而心不退,後位是從理向事、隨事而行且轉純熟。而且前位所聞的只是三寶的讚毀,忍起來還容易;此位所聞的是『有沒有』——利害轉深,成忍就難,所以過於前位。他又補一句分際:前位說不動,只是能正其心;此位說不退,是有進趣之義。
這一段辨析值得反覆讀。讚毀傷的是感情,有無動的是根本。一個人可以忍受別人罵他信的法,卻未必忍得住有人告訴他『根本沒有那回事』。
聞十種法而堅固不退(自分)。澄觀分:初三是三寶,次二別顯前法,次三別明初佛,後二約佛的境與智。逐條說:
一、聞有佛無佛——佛寶。二、聞有法無法——法寶。三、聞有菩薩無菩薩——僧寶。四、聞有菩薩行無菩薩行——由菩薩而及於菩薩之行。五、聞有菩薩修行出離不出離——由行而及於行之果,這一條最傷人:修了到底出不出得去。六、聞過去有佛無佛;七、聞未來有佛無佛;八、聞現在有佛無佛——三世別明佛之有無。九、聞佛智有盡無盡——約佛之智。十、聞三世一相非一相——約佛之境。
十條由三寶推到行、推到果、推到三世、推到佛智佛境,一路往根上問。到最後一條,問的已經是時間本身是一是異。能在這裡不退,才叫堅固。
勸學十種廣大法(勝進)。注意此處標句與別住不同,經文特稱「十種廣大法」。十條是五對雙迴句:
一、說一即多;二、說多即一——第一對是數上的相即。三、文隨於義;四、義隨於文——第二對是文義的相隨。五、非有即有;六、有即非有——第三對是有無的相即。七、無相即相;八、相即無相——第四對是相與無相。九、無性即性;十、性即無性——第五對是性與無性。
重頌把它收成一句要害:「如是一切展轉成,此不退人應為說。」——為什麼這樣的話只能對不退之人說?因為「一即是多」在未入無生的人聽來只是矛盾,聽了反而退。所以經文特意把這十法安在不退住,是有分寸的。結句「欲令增進,於一切法善能出離」——相即之法不是玄談,是出離的門。
住八 童真住:三業無失
先問:都到第八住了,怎麼反而叫「童真」?童真取的是純淨無染、未受污雜之義。澄觀說此住自分的前三條三業無失、永離習氣,本是佛所得,任運無功則在第八地;此住「多同八地」,因能行無漏,所以得無失——既沒有十不善之失,也沒有錯謬之失。
住十種業(自分)。澄觀分:初三是三業無失,也是化他之體;第四是能化之身;次四是能化之智;次一是化處;後一是化法。逐條說:
一、身行無失——身業清淨。二、語行無失——語業清淨。三、意行無失——意業清淨;三業無失是純淨之實義,童真之名由此立。四、隨意受生——澄觀說這是能化身:頓悟菩薩隨願受生,貴在利人,不揀淨土穢土。五、知眾生種種欲——所欲。六、知眾生種種解——所解。七、知眾生種種界——所依之界性。八、知眾生種種業——所造之業;這四條即是十力智中的四智,是能化之智。九、知世界成壞——是化處。十、神足自在、所行無礙——是化法之正行。
十條的結構很清楚:自己乾淨(前三)、能現身(第四)、認得人(五至八)、認得場所(第九)、去得成(第十)。落地處:所謂純淨不是與世隔絕,是在一切處都不沾。
勸學十種法(勝進)。澄觀說這一段是不動行,前六是於剎自在、後四是三業自在。逐條說:
一、知一切佛剎——先知。二、動一切佛剎——能震動。三、持一切佛剎——能任持。四、觀一切佛剎——能觀察。五、詣一切佛剎——能往詣。六、遊行無數世界——遊行無礙;前六於剎自在。七、領受無數佛法——重頌作「阿僧祇法悉諮問」,是意業自在。八、現變化自在身——重頌作「所欲受身皆自在」,是身業自在。九、出廣大遍滿音——重頌作「言音善巧靡不充」,是語業自在。十、一剎那中承事供養無數諸佛——重頌作「諸佛無數咸承事」,以承事諸佛收攝三業。
結句「欲令增進,於一切法能得善巧」。排一個誤解:這十條讀起來像神通清單,其實每一條的落點都在「化」——知剎是為了去、去是為了度、現身出音是為了說法。神通在此不是本領,是童真之心自然的用。
住九 王子住:學做繼位的人
先問:既名王子,所學何事?答:學繼位。前面幾住學的是自己怎麼走,這一住學的是法王家的規矩。
按:澄觀疏此住之科文不在所取骨架之內,記闕;以下依經文與重頌逐條說。
善知十種法(自分)。逐條說:
一、善知諸眾生受生——重頌作「能見眾生受生別」,知眾生從何而來。二、善知諸煩惱現起——知煩惱在什麼因緣下起現行。三、善知習氣相續——知現行過後所留的餘勢;煩惱易斷,習氣難盡,故別立一條。四、善知所行方便——知對治的下手處。五、善知無量法——所知之法無量。六、善解諸威儀——重頌作「諸法各異威儀別」;威儀是身分的外顯,法王子須解。七、善知世界差別——知所化之處不同。八、善知前際後際事——知過去未來之事。九、善知演說世諦——會說世俗諦的話。十、善知演說第一義諦——會說第一義諦的話。
十條分三段:前四知眾生的病與藥,中三知法與儀與處,後三知時與二諦之說。最要緊的是最後兩條——法王子的本事在於『說得出來』,而且二諦都說得出來。重頌合為一句:「如其世俗第一義,悉善了知無有餘。」
勸學十種法(勝進)。這十條全部以「法王」為喻依,是王家儀軌的一整套:
一、法王處善巧——王處的善巧手段。二、法王處軌度——王家的法度規矩。三、法王處宮殿——王所居之處。四、法王處趣入——如何進入王處。五、法王處觀察——入了之後所觀所見。六、法王灌頂——王家的灌頂之法。七、法王力持——王的神力加持。八、法王無畏——王的無所怯畏。九、法王宴寢——王的宴寢安止之處。十、法王讚歎——王的稱譽讚歎。
重頌把這十條編成四句:「法王善巧安立處,隨其處所所有法,法王宮殿若趣入,及以於中所觀見。法王所有灌頂法,神力加持無怯畏,宴寢宮室及歎譽,以此教詔法王子。」——這一段是全品最完整的一個譬喻。別行的《菩薩本業經》同段作「學法王正行,學法王禮儀」直到「學法王巡行剎土」,喻依全同而事目小異,可見此喻之古。
排一個誤解:這不是在教人擺架子。王子學的是承擔——連王怎麼休息(宴寢)都要學,是說繼位者的一切舉止都在法度之中。結句「欲令增進,心無障礙」;重頌加一句更要緊的:「而令其心無所著」學了一整套王家儀軌,卻要無所著——這是本段的分寸所在。
住十 灌頂住:位滿而不可測
先問:灌頂是什麼意思?李通玄給了兩重解釋:一是表法——「如將淨水從頂而灌遍身而下」,此位菩薩以法界智對現一切眾生之所宜,一時等雨法雨,無不灌注,所以名灌頂;二是事相——登此位時,十方諸佛以手灌其頂,也叫灌頂。二釋並存。
澄觀科此住的自分為二段:先有十句所成的德用,後有十句讚勝難測——因為是位之終,所以特加後面這一段。
成就十種智(自分十事)。澄觀說前五是了世界的無礙智、後五是成就眾生的無礙智。逐條說:
一、震動無數世界——能動。二、照耀無數世界——能照。三、住持無數世界——能持。四、往詣無數世界——能至。五、嚴淨無數世界——能淨;前五皆於器世界得自在。六、開示無數眾生——為之開示。七、觀察無數眾生——察其機。八、知無數眾生根——知其根。九、令無數眾生趣入——引之入法。十、令無數眾生調伏——終令調伏;後五皆於有情得自在。
前五對世界、後五對眾生,正是「智度滿故」的兩面。重頌對此一一有頌:「十方無數諸世界,悉能震動光普照。住持往詣亦無餘,清淨莊嚴皆具足,開示眾生無有數,觀察知根悉能盡」「發心調伏亦無邊,咸令趣向大菩提」
讚勝難測一段。經文說此菩薩的身及身業、神通變現、過去智、未來智、現在智、成就佛土、心境界與智境界——十句皆不可知,乃至法王子菩薩也不能知。澄觀分這一段:前四是業自在不可知——一身、二身用、三十通、四通用;後六是心智自在不可知——初三即三達圓明之智,四是知器世間自在之智,五是定心所現之境,六是大智所知之境。因為深廣,所以下位不知。
這一句「乃至法王子菩薩亦不能知」很要緊:第九住不能知第十住。位次之實,在此一句上見。
應勸學諸佛十種智(勝進)。注意標句又變——不說「應勸學十法」,而說「應勸學諸佛十種智」,因為位已至終,所學的直接是佛智。澄觀說:這是學佛的一切智、一切種智,以當位圓滿灌頂成佛,攝一切位皆在此中具足。逐條說:
一、三世智——即三達之智。二、佛法智——重頌作「於諸佛法明了智」。三、法界無礙智——於法界無所滯。四、法界無邊智——知法界無有邊際。五、充滿一切世界智——智周遍充滿。六、普照一切世界智——重頌作「照耀世界」。七、住持一切世界智——重頌作「住持智」。八、知一切眾生智——知有情。九、知一切法智——知諸法;重頌把八九合為「了知眾生諸法智」。十、知無邊諸佛智——重頌作「及知正覺無邊智」,以知佛收攝一切。
結句「欲令增長一切種智」。十住至此,所學已是佛之所知,位滿而後開下一品之行。
說分與證成分:天地為證,十方為證
十住說完,經文不是就此打住,而是接了兩段證明。
說分。因為佛的神力,十方各一萬佛剎微塵數世界六種震動——動、起、涌、震、吼、擊,每一種又各有遍、等遍三重,合為十八相。李通玄科此段為七段,第一段即是「大地六種十八相動」,第二段是「天雨十種供養」。天雨妙華、末香、華鬘、雜香、寶衣、寶雲、莊嚴具,天樂不鼓自鳴,放大光明及妙音聲。而後一句最要緊:「如此四天下須彌山頂帝釋殿上,說十住法,現諸神變;十方所有一切世界,悉亦如是。」
排一個誤解:震動與天華不是為了場面。它們是『法之為真』的印記——說的是通衢之法,所以法界同時起應。
證成分。十方各過一萬佛剎微塵數世界,有十佛剎微塵數菩薩來到此會,同名法慧,所從來的國土同名法雲,那些國土的如來都名妙法。他們說:我們那裡也在說十住,「眾會眷屬,文句義理,悉亦如是,無有增減」。
這一段把「同說」講到了極處:不只法同,連法會的眷屬、文句、義理都一字不增不減。李通玄於七段中特別點出第六段之意——「十方佛果名妙法,此明從妙慧而說此法」。名字在這裡仍是義理:從法慧而說十住,其果即是妙法。
重頌之科:一百頌怎麼配
法慧承佛威力,觀察十方乃至法界而說頌。澄觀判:總有一百頌,分為二段——前九十一頌正頌前法,後九頌結歎勸修;前段中十住各為一段。
逐住之頌數,澄觀判為:發心住四十六頌,其下依次是五、五、六、五、四、四、五、五、六。發心住的四十六頌又分四段:初三頌頌發心之緣,次三十二頌頌緣境發心,次十頌頌勝進所學,後一頌總結。而三十二頌之中,前十頌是緣十力發心,一頌一力;後二十二頌別顯所求,澄觀以類例相從攝為十智:俗諦智、真諦智、神通智、解脫智、劫剎智、三乘智、三密智(身密二頌、語密三頌、意密二頌)、唯心智、一多無礙智、權實雙行智。
結歎九頌,澄觀分三:初一頌總歎十住,次六頌別歎發心住,後二頌以初心況出修行。
為什麼發心住獨佔四十六頌,而後九住合起來才四十五頌?這不是輕重失衡,正是本品的用意所在:十住之難,難在第一步;第一步既是十力所緣、又是一切智所求,所以頌得最詳。結歎最後一句說得明白:「發心功德不可量,充滿一切眾生界,眾智共說無能盡,何況所餘諸妙行!」
承衍
本品之義為後世四軌所承,並錄不判。澄觀一系:以《地論》以來的科釋法逐文分科,立來意、釋名、宗趣、釋文四門與三昧、加、起、本、說、證成、重頌七分;以「慧住於理,得位不退」訓住,以大王路喻十住為三世佛之通因,以住處為體、廣大為相解本分;逐住之間又立自分、勝進二段之通例,並以〈十地品〉第三地、第四地、第八地、大盡分之智為對照,判修行住大同三地、生貴住同四地十種法智、童真住多同八地、灌頂住多同大盡分;於重頌處判三種不退,並補一句圓教當位之判——「從信入住得位不退,初發心時成正覺故」。
法藏一系:於六十本〈十住品〉以四釋釋名(帶數、有財、依主、持業),並設二問辨三賢何以人法合目、十住何以獨舉通名,其答為「施設漸增之相」;又設問辨何以此會別有勝進而前會無、何以〈迴向品〉後無勝進。其重頌配位與澄觀不同:第二住六頌、第五住四頌半、第九住三頌、第十住八頌,結歎九頌中別歎初住者七。所依之本不同,所判之數即異。
李通玄一系:於通例四門之外別立「都會斷惑次第」一門,以初三住配破世間煩惱,列根本煩惱十、隨煩惱六,並自明何以不論五見——「內心成智,諸見自是解脫」;他又總計十住為二百個法門、重頌為二百行頌,並以「如將淨水從頂而灌遍身而下」表灌頂之義。這一軌以表法為主,與逐文分科的軌轍不同,古有此說,誌錄之。
智儼一系:於六十本立五門——釋名即辨來意、明所治、所得、所成、釋文;判所治為「前百障應位斷」,所得為「光增定及頂善根」;又引光師八序之判,並依〈十地品〉之例科為六分(末分名利益分,不同於七分之末名重頌分);依六十本「種性」之文判二種性體;重頌則計為二百三偈,初住九十頌,逐住以「解」「行」二分配之。
四家所判之分數、頌數、位體各有出入,皆古德成說,誌錄之,不判高下。至於華嚴宗綱領之書:《華嚴一乘教義分齊章》三處舉十住為位次教相之目,其一引《菩薩本業經》之十住以證住位不退;《華嚴經旨歸》兩處用本品——一處牒引本品重頌輪圍山入毛孔之句以證大小相容,一處舉本品為「十住等中各攝諸位」之經據。皆列名作教相對比,非疏釋本品經文,亦誌錄不判。
本品之外,十住之名與行,別行之《菩薩本業經》以『發意、治地、應行、生貴、修成、行登、不退、童真、了生、補處』十古名說同一法門,逐住亦各有十事與十學——古今異名而同法,是本品最古的一個旁證。而本品發心住之義,下接〈梵行品〉『初發心時,即得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提』;澄觀釋本品不退時已先引此義。十住之根在發心,發心之極在成正覺,這一條線本品已經拉開,下品接得住。
Why the ten abodes follow upon the praises in verse
Only here does the third assembly enter its main exposition. The two chapters before it — one telling how the Buddha ascended the summit of Sumeru without leaving the tree of awakening, one in which the bodhisattvas of the ten directions praise the Buddha in verse — are still setting the stage. In this chapter the bodhisattva Dharma Wisdom enters concentration, receives the sustaining power, comes out of concentration, and opens his mouth; and what he speaks is ten kinds of abode. Chengguan states the occasion of this chapter very plainly: since the merits of the Buddha have now been made clear above, the main doctrine ought to be brought out; and further, what was distinguished before was the merit of the Buddha, which is what is depended upon, whereas what is distinguished here is the ten abodes, which are what depend on it. Li Tongxuan takes it up from the other end: the previous chapter was the gate of praise in verse and exhortation to cultivate, and only this chapter properly sets forth the practice of cultivating the ten abodes, and therefore this chapter had to come. Zhiyan puts it most sparely: “Why does it come? Because it is the main exposition.”
Put together, the three amount to one thing: praise is a looking up, and after the looking up there must be somewhere to set one's feet. This chapter is that place. Brought home to oneself: after a person has been moved by the Dharma, the easiest thing is to stop inside the being moved; the sūtra does not permit stopping there, and immediately gives you ten steps.
The word “abide”: to stand firm, not to stop
The “abide” of the ten abodes is most easily read as ‘lingering.’ Not one of the ancient masters reads it so.
Chengguan glosses it: “Wisdom abides in the principle and the station gained is not retrogressed from; hence it is called abiding.” — it is by wisdom that one abides in the principle, and therefore the station does not retrogress, and so it is called abiding. He further cites the lower fascicle of the Benye: “One first enters the realm of emptiness and abides in the station of the nature of emptiness; hence it is called abiding.” Fazang glosses it more tightly: “Because the station gained is not retrogressed from, it is said to abide.” Li Tongxuan speaks from the side of what is abided in: “As for the ten abodes, one abides born within the great wisdom of the Buddhas, and having entered this abiding one never again retrogresses; hence it is named abiding.” Zhiyan in one sentence: “To abide is the station of non-retrogression.”
All four masters put the weight on the two words “not retrogressing.” So abiding is not standing still but standing firm; not that one goes no further, but that having come this far one will not slip back. Clear away a common misunderstanding: do not imagine the ten abodes as ten resting stations. They are ten heights ‘from which one will no longer fall.’ Here is where it lands: what is truly rare in practice is not a burst of fierceness but not going backward.
As for the number “ten,” Chengguan says, “the meaning of abiding is of many kinds; ten is spoken as an entrustment of the round,” and Fazang says, “the dharma of abiding ought to be round, and as it is depended upon, ten are spoken, which is the number-bearing analysis” — ten is not a literal count but an entrustment of ten to display completeness. So there is no need to ask ‘why not nine or eleven.’
Chengguan's seven portions: how this chapter is assembled
Chengguan divides this chapter into seven portions: the portion of samādhi, of sustaining, of rising, the main portion, the portion of speaking, the portion of corroboration, and the portion of repeated verses. Fazang, over on the side of the sixty-fascicle text, divides it in exactly the same way, only calling the seventh the portion of verses. Zhiyan, following the pattern of the chapter on the Ten Grounds, divides it into six portions, the last called the portion of benefit — the number and the names of the portions the three masters give differ slightly; the ancients had this divergence, and it is recorded.
What use is it to a reader to know these seven portions? The use is this: this chapter is not a stretch of talk but a whole rite. Entering concentration (the portion of samādhi), the Buddhas sustaining him (the portion of sustaining), coming out and opening his mouth (the portion of rising), properly speaking the ten abodes (the main portion), heaven and earth bearing witness (the portion of speaking), the ten directions bearing witness (the portion of corroboration), and saying it over again (the portion of repeated verses). Not one of these steps is ornament, and each is taken up below in turn.
Why he must enter concentration before speaking
Chengguan lists six reasons: first, this samādhi is itself the very substance of the dharma to be spoken; second, without personal realization it cannot be spoken; third, to display that this dharma is not a sphere that thinking can reach; fourth, to observe capacities and weigh the medicine of the Dharma; fifth, in order to receive the Buddha's sustaining power; sixth, to accomplish a rite. The six purposes Fazang lists on the side of the sixty-fascicle text are wholly the same in the first five; his last is “in order to display that the Buddhas speak it alike.”
The weightiest of these six are the first and the second. The first says: concentration is not a preparatory act performed before speaking the Dharma — concentration is the very thing to be spoken; Chengguan cites the treatise to say that the samādhi is the substance of the dharma. The second says: without realization there is no speaking. Clear away a misunderstanding: do not suppose that entering concentration is a matter of ‘gathering one's attention so as to speak well.’ What the sūtra means is that this dharma cannot be taken out of thinking at all; it can only flow out of realization.
Then why is it Dharma Wisdom who enters concentration and not another? Chengguan answers with three things: he is the foremost of the assembly; were another to enter, the assembly's minds would be stirred and untamed; and it is to display that the dharma of the ten abodes is precisely what “Dharma Wisdom” is able to speak. The name here simply is the doctrine: only one whose wisdom can carry the Dharma can speak of a station of abiding by wisdom.
The name of the samādhi too has its meaning word by word. Chengguan takes it apart: it is called “bodhisattva” in order to set aside the concentration of the fruit of Buddhahood; it is called “skillful means” because it can know according to its own nature and is skilled in contemplative understanding; it is called “measureless” because each of the ten abodes gathers in many gates of skill; and it is called “entering” because the mind goes toward the Dharma. He also turns over the three aspects of entering, abiding, and coming out and reads them at a further depth: “Now, it is the stillness of that very illumining that is named entering; it is the illumining of that very stillness that is named coming out; and having entered and not yet risen is named abiding.” — illumining that is still is called entering, and stillness that illumines is called coming out. This is a different reading from that of the provisional and lesser teachings, which take entering concentration to be ‘drawing the six consciousnesses inward.’
The portion of sustaining: what the Buddhas gave
Buddhas as many as the dust motes of a thousand Buddha-lands in each of the ten directions appear before him, all bearing the same name, Dharma Wisdom. This passage has three things in it: the commendation, the account of the grounds of the sustaining, and the conferring of knowledge and the stroking of his crown.
As to the grounds of the sustaining, the sūtra lists three powers: the spiritual power of the Buddhas, the past vows and the majestic and spiritual power of the Tathāgata Vairocana, and the power of the roots of goodness that Dharma Wisdom himself has cultivated. The three powers are raised together and no one of them may be taken alone: assign it wholly to the Buddha's power and the practitioner has nothing to do; assign it wholly to his own power and one does not know whence the Dharma comes. Then follow ten clauses each ending in “because,” setting out what the sustaining is for: to increase the Buddha's wisdom, to enter deeply into the Dharma realm, well to know the realm of beings, to be unobstructed in what is entered, unhindered in what is practiced, to gain incomparable skillful means, to enter the nature of omniscience, to awaken to all dharmas, to know the faculties of all beings, and to be able to uphold and expound all dharmas — and only when the ten are finished is the proper theme to be spoken pointed out: “to arouse the bodhisattvas' ten kinds of abode.” Zhiyan divides this passage into eleven clauses, saying that one is general, nine are particular, and the last completes the station.
The ten kinds of knowledge conferred are: unobstructed knowledge, unattached knowledge, unbroken knowledge, undeluded knowledge, unvarying knowledge, unfailing knowledge, measureless knowledge, unsurpassed knowledge, untiring knowledge, and unseizable knowledge. All ten names are stated by negation — they do not say what is given but what obstruction is taken away. And the sūtra itself explains why they are given: “by the power of this samādhi, because the Dharma is just so.” The Dharma is originally like this; it is not an extra favor from the Buddhas.
The stroking of the crown is the sustaining by the deed of the body. The three kinds of sustaining — by speech (the commendation and the charge to speak), by mind (the conferring of the ten knowledges), and by body (the stroking of the crown) — Zhiyan distinguishes clearly. Where it lands: when a person is truly able to speak a profound dharma, he generally does not feel it to be his own accomplishment; and this passage is that very thing written up as a rite.
The general statement of the main portion: the place of abiding is vast, equal to the Dharma realm and to space
The first thing Dharma Wisdom says on coming out of concentration is: “The place where a bodhisattva abides is vast, equal to the Dharma realm and to space.” The second: “A bodhisattva abides in the house of the Buddhas of the three times.”
Chengguan divides these two sentences: the two words “place of abiding” display its substance in general, what follows from “vast” briefly shows its mark, and “abides in the house of the Buddhas of the three times” concludes by pointing to the place of abiding. He says further that the substance of the ten abodes is briefly of three kinds: first, in terms of what is depended upon, namely the samādhi above; second, in terms of the root, namely the ten abodes distinguished below; and third, the substance in its own nature — which, in terms of the object apprehended, is the two spheres of the real and the conventional, and in terms of the apprehending, the two practices of compassion and wisdom; and since the two spheres are already fused and compassion and wisdom are not separate, sphere and knowledge silently accord and are one and the same Dharma realm.
It is best to put a question to this passage first: since it says “abiding,” why does it begin by speaking of “vast”? The answer lies in the six words “equal to the Dharma realm and to space.” Whatever abiding has a place has a boundary; and where there is a boundary there is somewhere to retrogress to. The reason this abiding does not retrogress is precisely that it is so large as to have no outside. Clear away a misunderstanding: do not read “the place of abiding is vast” as meaning that the Buddha-land is very large. What the sūtra speaks of is the substance abided in, not the ground dwelt on.
The sixty-fascicle text has here “the bodhisattva's seed-nature is profound and vast, equal to the Dharma realm and to space,” setting up the text with “seed-nature”; and Zhiyan accordingly judges it to be the substance of the two seed-natures, the innate and the cultivated. The eighty-fascicle text has “place of abiding,” and Chengguan accordingly judges the place of abiding to be the general and all the rest to be particular. The text depended on differs, and so the outline set up differs; each of the two judgments has its own basis, and it is recorded.
The names of the ten abodes and the Buddhas of the three times speaking alike
“The abodes of a bodhisattva are of ten kinds, which the Buddhas of the past, the future, and the present have spoken, will speak, and now speak.” — Chengguan here draws a comparison: there is no fruit of Buddhahood in the three times that is not accomplished by the cause of these ten abodes, just as with the great king's road, which is the constant rule of the way things are; and therefore the three times' Buddhas speak them alike.
The great king's road is the public highway of a country, and whoever would travel takes this one road. This sentence settles the doubt a reader is most likely to raise: are the ten abodes some special arrangement of a particular sūtra or a particular Buddha? They are not. They are the highway.
The names of the ten abodes: the abode of first arousing the mind, of preparing the ground, of cultivation, of noble birth, of perfected skillful means, of the rectified mind, of non-retrogression, of childlike purity, of the prince, and of consecration. Within the ten names there is one very clear thread — the first three are setting out on one's own (arousing the mind, preparing the ground, cultivating contemplation), the middle three are a change of station (birth into the house of the Buddha, skillful means made complete, the mind rectified and unmoved), and the last four are ripening toward succession (non-retrogression, childlike purity, princehood, consecration). The imagery this thread uses is that of succession in a royal house: born into the king's house, grown to a youth, established as prince, and consecrated as successor.
One thing often confused should be noted in passing: “the ten abodes” is a name the sūtra itself has; but the placing of the ten abodes after the ten faiths and before the ten practices, and the saying that they belong to the lower of the three worthies — this matching of stations is the outline of Chengguan and the other ancient masters, and the sūtra itself does not mark it so. In reading one must keep clear which layer is sūtra and which is commentary.
Under the ten abodes, each abode is divided into two portions: first the ten things accomplished in the present abode, then the “ten dharmas he should be exhorted to learn.” Chengguan judges the former portion to be the proper portion and the latter the advancing portion — the proper portion is what has already been stood firm in at this abode, and the advancing portion is what must be learned in order to go up a step. Li Tongxuan reckons the total: within each and every abode there are twenty dharma-gates, ten dharmas accomplishing the present station and ten serving as the practice of ascent, so that the ten abodes together come to two hundred dharma-gates. A word-by-word count of the base text agrees.
Each abode is now taken up in turn, clause by clause.
Abode one, first arousing the mind: the conditions of arousing, and the ten powers taken as object
First a question: the “arousing the mind” of the abode of first arousing the mind — what mind is aroused? The sūtra says it plainly — “he arouses the mind of awakening and seeks omniscience.” It is not the vow to be a good person; it is the seeking of omniscience.
The conditions of arousing the mind. The sūtra first lists six marks of seeing the Buddha: upright and adorned in form, complete and full in color and mark, delightful for all to behold, hard to encounter, possessed of great majestic power, and seeing the spiritual feet; then three conditions of hearing the Dharma: hearing predictions conferred, receiving instruction and admonition, hearing the Tathāgata's vast Buddha-Dharma; and one further condition that is adverse: seeing beings undergoing severe suffering. Chengguan divides these ten clauses, saying: “The text lists ten conditions, and in meaning it holds four causes, namely faith, compassion, wisdom, and the seed-nature.” — the first three contemplate the outer marks, the fourth, “hard to encounter,” runs through both inner and outer, the fifth, “possessed of great majestic power,” makes plain the inner virtue, and the sixth, “spiritual feet,” is outer function alone; while the clause about seeing beings suffer is the cause that is compassion.
Clear away a misunderstanding: is it not too shallow to arouse the mind because the Buddha is fine to look at? Chengguan answers well: among the six above, upon seeing any one thing pure faith is born and the mind aspires upward in seeking, thinking within, ‘if this may be cultivated, I too shall surely be thus’ — the starting point is in the mark, and the landing point is in the seeking. Entering by way of the shallow is not the same as being shallow.
The ten hard-to-obtain dharmas taken as object (the ten things of the proper portion). These ten dharmas are the Tathāgata's ten powers, and Chengguan judges plainly, at the repeated verses, that “the first ten verses are about arousing the mind in dependence on the ten powers, one verse to one power.” Clause by clause:
First, the knowledge of what is and is not so — knowing what does and does not stand to reason. The repeated verses put it most clearly: “The causes and fruits of the three times are called ‘what is so,’ and to grasp a self and an own-nature is called ‘what is not so’”; cause and fruit are what is so, and grasping a self and an own-nature is what is not so; if this one thing is not distinguished, the other nine powers cannot even be spoken of. Second, the knowledge of the retribution of good and evil deeds — knowing all good and evil deeds and their fruits with nothing left out; to arouse the mind without knowing deeds and their retribution is to let compassion decline into sentiment. Third, the knowledge of the superiority and inferiority of the faculties — knowing that beings' faculties are keen or dull; this is the root of whether teaching can meet its mark. Fourth, the knowledge of the differences among the various understandings — knowing that beings' views and delights each differ, which the repeated verses render “the loves and desires of their minds each differing”; only by knowing the differences does one know where to begin. Fifth, the knowledge of the differences among the various elements — knowing the differences of kind and constitution among beings, which the repeated verses render “beings' manifold constitutions and elements each differ”; the elements are a classification deeper down than the understandings and harder to alter. Sixth, the knowledge of the paths that lead to every destination — knowing to what each gate of practice leads, which the repeated verses render “each and every one having its own destination”; what a learner most fears is to walk a long way without knowing where it leads. Seventh, the knowledge of the concentrations, liberations, and samādhis — knowing the defilement and purity of all concentrations, liberations, and samādhis and their entering, abiding, and coming forth; states of concentration may be deviant or right, and this knowledge is precisely the sorting of them. Eighth, the unobstructed knowledge of former lives — recollecting without obstruction the natures and marks of past ages; only by knowing the past does one know where the present came from. Ninth, the unobstructed knowledge of the heavenly eye — seeing without obstruction how beings drift along with their deeds; the repeated verses say “they drift along with their deeds without a moment's rest,” and what the heavenly eye illumines is deeds, not marvels. Tenth, the knowledge of the universal exhaustion of the outflows of the three times — knowing that the afflictions and residual habits of the three times are universally cut off, which the repeated verses render “arising in succession together with the residual habits; wishing to know them completely and to make them utterly exhausted”; the first nine are knowing beings, and this one is knowing where cutting off happens, and so it is listed last.
The reason the ten powers are “hard-to-obtain dharmas” is precisely that they are the Buddha's own sphere. One at the first arousing of the mind takes the Buddha's sphere as object and thereby arouses the mind; this is the very style of this chapter — what is taken as object being high, what is aroused is great.
The ten dharmas to be learned (the advancing portion). Chengguan says these ten dharmas “do not go beyond compassion and wisdom. Making offerings to the Buddhas is the general clause, running through both goods and Dharma; the nine below are particular.” Clause by clause:
First, diligently making offerings to the Buddhas — this is the general clause, running through offerings of goods and of Dharma; only when the nine things below are done is it a true offering. Second, delighting to abide in birth-and-death — Chengguan glosses: with great compassion foremost he therefore delights to abide, and with wisdom penetrating its emptiness he therefore has no dread; it is not craving for birth-and-death but not fearing it. Third, acting as the guiding lord of the world and causing evil deeds to be extinguished — abiding and acting as lord, he guides the people of the world to remove evil. Fourth, constantly instructing by the supreme and subtle Dharma — that is, the principle and teaching by which he can guide. Fifth, praising the unsurpassed Dharma — displaying the fruit so that people aspire to it, which is where the teaching arrives. Sixth, learning the merits of the Buddhas — learning the Buddha's virtue as the cause by which one can arrive. Seventh, being born before the Buddhas and constantly receiving their embrace — the completing of virtue depends on conditions, and so he vows to be born before the Buddhas. Eighth, expounding the tranquil samādhis by skillful means — stilling the stir of the seeking above and the transforming below. Ninth, praising departure from the round of birth-and-death — stillness necessarily departs from the round. Tenth, being a refuge for beings who suffer — not losing the mind of compassion, and so being ever what beings rely on.
The order of these ten clauses has been considered: it begins from making offerings, passes through the tempering of the mind on actual affairs, gathers into stillness, and from stillness returns to beings. The last clause returning to suffering beings is precisely what prevents the eighth and ninth from being read as a turning away. The concluding sentence, “in order to make the bodhisattva's mind turn ever broader within the Buddha-Dharma,” shows that the purpose of the exhortation is not to add items but to enlarge the mind.
Abode two, preparing the ground: putting the ground of the mind in order
First a question: the mind having been aroused, why must the ground still be “prepared”? Chengguan answers: “it is to temper and prepare the ground of the mind so that compassion and wisdom grow bright; hence it is named the abode of preparing the ground.” — arousing the mind is the seed falling to the ground, and preparing the ground is putting the ground in order, without which the seed will not grow. He says further that this abode is one in which “constantly following the mind of emptiness one is pure, and the eighty-four thousand gates of Dharma are pure and clean,” that is, washing the ground of the mind with the wisdom of emptiness.
Arousing ten kinds of mind toward beings (the proper portion). Chengguan says these ten minds have two meanings: first, that toward each and every being one arouses these ten minds; second, that in order to distinguish differences they are matched to eight kinds of being. Clause by clause:
First, the mind of benefit — Chengguan gives the instance: toward hostile beings one not only does not think of requital but goes on to bestow benefit. Second, the mind of great compassion — toward beings poor and suffering, wishing them to be free of it, one arouses compassion. Third, the mind of ease and joy — toward beings in peril and dread and without joy, causing them to gain the means of joy inexhaustibly. Fourth, the mind of settling them — toward beings of evil conduct, causing them to be settled in good conduct. Fifth, the mind of pity — toward beings who have gained joy, with a mind of commiseration not letting them grow negligent; those who have gained joy most easily forget and lose it, and so this mind is needed. Sixth, the mind of taking them in — toward outsiders who have not yet aroused the mind, gathering them so that right faith is born. Seventh, the mind of guarding them — those in whom faith has been born, upholding them so that they do not fall away. Eighth, the mind that treats them as oneself — regarding another as oneself, whereby the partition between foe and kin dissolves. Ninth, the mind of a teacher — treating beings with the mind of an elder teacher, without contempt. Tenth, the mind of a guide — leading beings with the mind of a guide, not stopping at instruction but bringing them onto the road.
The ten minds begin from “benefit” and conclude with “a guide,” a single line running from giving to leading. Clear away a misunderstanding: these ten minds are not ten emotions; they are ten positions from which beings are met.
The ten dharmas to be learned (the advancing portion). Clause by clause:
First, reciting, rehearsing, and wide learning — preparing the ground first requires materials, and so wide learning comes first. Second, empty, leisured stillness — wide learning without a still place in which to digest it becomes mere piling up. Third, drawing near to good friends — looking at oneself easily goes crooked, and so good friends are needed. Fourth, speaking gently and pleasingly — the repeated verses add a phrase, “apart from harshness”; when speech is coarse the Dharma does not enter people. Fifth, speaking knowing the right time — the repeated verses render it “speaking always knowing the right time and without dread”; a true word out of season is also an obstruction. Sixth, the mind without timidity or dread — timid, one dares neither speak nor act. Seventh, penetrating the meaning — not stopping at the letter. Eighth, practicing in accord with the Dharma — understanding of the meaning must come down into practice. Ninth, departing from folly and confusion — removing dullness. Tenth, abiding unshaken — the repeated verses render it “departing from folly and confusion with the mind unshaken”; the unshaken gathers up the nine before it.
The concluding sentence says “in order to make the bodhisattva's great compassion grow toward all beings” — the ten clauses all appear to be a putting of oneself in order, yet the purpose is the growth of compassion toward beings. Chengguan points this out here: “it is compassion that is made to grow.” Where it lands: the ground is prepared for the sake of planting a tree, not for the ground's own good looks.
Abode three, cultivation: contemplating all dharmas by ten kinds of practice
First a question: the mind has been aroused and the ground prepared; why is only this one called “cultivation”? Because the two abodes before are the setting of the aim and the making ready, and only at this abode does contemplation properly begin. Chengguan divides this abode into two portions: the proper portion is the practice that guards against the afflictions, and the advancing portion is the practice that guards against the lesser vehicle — the former guards against falling into the ordinary, the latter against falling into the lesser. This is a weighty sentence: one who cultivates contemplation has two pits, one of failing in contemplation and retreating into the afflictions, the other of succeeding in contemplation and falling into the biased emptiness of the two vehicles.
Contemplating all dharmas by ten kinds of practice (the proper portion). Chengguan says these ten impermanences are largely the same as what is distinguished at the third ground of the chapter on the Ten Grounds, and cites the treatise's “the going on of life does not stay: this in general is named impermanence” as the general clause, further dividing it into impermanence from moment to moment and impermanence over one term of life. Clause by clause:
First, contemplating that all dharmas are impermanent — this is the general clause: the going on of life does not stay. Second, that all dharmas are suffering — in dependence on the five blazing aggregates there is the mark of oppression, and therefore it is suffering; Chengguan cites the Yuqie shidi lun: taking attention to the practice of impermanence as prior, one enters upon the practice of suffering. Third, that all dharmas are empty — from suffering, since nothing is obtained, one thereupon enters upon the practice of emptiness. Fourth, that all dharmas are without self — being empty, they are not sovereign, and there is no ruler. Fifth, that all dharmas are without doing — there is no doer standing behind them. Sixth, that all dharmas are without savor — the repeated verses render it “all dharmas are not to be delighted in”; it is not that they taste bad but that they have no truly covetable savor. Seventh, that all dharmas are not as their names — the repeated verses render it “not as their names”; name and dharma do not answer to each other, and this clause breaks precisely the disease of taking dharmas by their names. Eighth, that all dharmas are without location — dharmas have no fixed place to be. Ninth, that all dharmas are apart from discrimination — dharmas are of themselves apart from discrimination; it is not that we go and part them from it. Tenth, that all dharmas are without solid reality — the repeated verses render it “without discrimination and without reality,” and by having no solid reality the nine before are gathered up.
These ten clauses have an order: from impermanence one enters suffering, from suffering emptiness, from emptiness no-self; and the five after that strip away layer by layer the residual notion that ‘there is still something there.’ Clear away a misunderstanding: contemplating impermanence is not for the sake of pessimism but so as no longer to guard the false as though it were true.
The ten dharmas to be learned (the advancing portion). The syntax of this passage is peculiar — it does not make ten separate items but three groups of contemplation:
First, contemplating the realm of beings; second, contemplating the Dharma realm; third, contemplating the world — these three are the three layers of the sentient, the normative, and the receptacle. Fourth, contemplating the earth element; fifth, the water element; sixth, the fire element; seventh, the wind element — these four are the four great elements that form a world. Eighth, contemplating the realm of desire; ninth, the realm of form; tenth, the formless realm — these three are the levels of the three existences. Together they come to exactly ten.
The repeated verses touch on these three groups again: “Next make him contemplate the realm of beings, and exhort him to contemplate the Dharma realm, and the differences among worlds exhaustively with nothing left,” and “The worlds of the ten directions and space as well, all the earth, the water, the fire, and the wind, the realm of desire, the realm of form, and the formless realm”; and at the end they add the crucial line, “Contemplating the differences among those realms one by one, and their natures too all fully clarified” — not only the marks of their differences are contemplated, but their very natures. The concluding sentence, “in order to make the bodhisattva's wisdom clear and penetrating,” shows that what is sought in this passage is the clarity of wisdom, not breadth of knowledge.
Abode four, noble birth: born into the house of the Buddha
First a question: what is “noble birth”? Chengguan says: “As for being born out of the teaching of the sages, it is that by the perfuming of wide learning the outflowing and outflow-free dharma of teaching gives birth to his wisdom.” — by hearing the teaching of the sages there is perfumed an outflow-free wisdom, and this wisdom is born of the teaching, and so it is called birth. He further cites two lines of this chapter's repeated verses in evidence: “When a son of the Buddha contemplates dharmas in this way, he is born of the Buddha himself and so is named a son of the Buddha,” which is spoken with reference to the person who speaks; and “Penetrating that the existences have nothing possessed, he passes beyond those dharmas and is born into the Dharma realm,” which is spoken with reference to the principle. Teaching, person, and principle — all three can give birth to this station, and so it is noble.
Born from the teaching of the sages, accomplishing ten dharmas (the proper portion). Chengguan says these ten things are the same as the ten dharma-knowledges of the fourth ground of the chapter on the Ten Grounds, differing only in how they are opened out or drawn together. Clause by clause:
First, never retrogressing in the presence of the Buddhas — this is the knowledge of one's own place of abiding: since the station does not retrogress, it is also what he is born into. Second, giving rise to deep and pure faith — this is the knowledge of like reverence, for pure faith in the Buddha must come before birth. Third, well contemplating dharmas — faith without contemplation becomes blind faith. Fourth, knowing beings — one born into the Buddha's house must first recognize those to be delivered. Fifth, knowing lands — recognizing the places to be transformed. Sixth, knowing worlds — recognizing the forming and destruction of the receptacle realm. Seventh, knowing deeds — recognizing the cause. Eighth, knowing retribution — recognizing the fruit. Ninth, knowing birth-and-death — recognizing the side of flowing and turning. Tenth, knowing nirvāṇa — recognizing the side of returning and ceasing.
Among the ten clauses, the first three are one's own standing place and the latter seven are the spheres known. To be born into the Buddha's house is not to have gained a status but to have exchanged one's eyes: from now on, in looking at beings, lands, worlds, deeds, retribution, birth-and-death, and nirvāṇa, one looks by one and the same Dharma.
The ten dharmas to be learned (the advancing portion). This passage too is in groups:
First through third, knowing all the Buddha-dharmas of past, future, and present — first the seeking to know. Fourth through sixth, cultivating and gathering all the Buddha-dharmas of past, future, and present — next the seeking to gather. Seventh through ninth, fulfilling all the Buddha-dharmas of past, future, and present — then the seeking to fulfill. And the tenth, knowing that all Buddhas are equal — which gathers the nine before into one.
Knowing, gathering, and fulfilling, three layers multiplied by the three times, come to nine; and the last clause returns the Buddhas of the three times to equality. The repeated verses restate this structure just as it stands: “In the past, the future, and the present ages, the manifold Buddha-dharmas that are therein — knowing them, gathering them, and fulfilling them,” and “All the Tathāgatas of the three times — being able to contemplate along with them and know them wholly equal, so that the manifold differences are not to be found.” The concluding sentence, “in order to advance him, so that within the three times his mind attains equality” — Chengguan says, “only when the times are not made separate does one know equality.” Where it lands: having been born into the Buddha's house, one should no longer be making calculations about ‘this one life of mine’; the three times are one household's affair.
Abode five, perfected skillful means: the roots of goodness cultivated are all given away
First a question: why is this abode called “perfected skillful means”? Chengguan answers deftly: “As for the fifth, the abode of perfected skillful means, the ten minds of the proper portion are also skillful means, and the ten minds of the advancing portion are also perfected.” — the two words of the abode's name belong severally to the two portions, and yet the two portions are furnished with each other. The former portion is the skillful use of the roots of goodness upon beings; the latter is the perfect knowing of the emptiness of beings.
One fact about the base text should also be pointed out first: of the ten abodes, the proper portion of this abode alone has neither the question “which ten?” nor the concluding “these are the ten”; the sūtra simply sets down ten clauses beginning “all beings.” The other nine abodes all have both question and conclusion, and this one abode alone is the exception.
The roots of goodness cultivated are all for beings (the ten things of the proper portion). Chengguan says the first clause is general, and that the two matters of rescuing from suffering and guarding the good divide the rest between them. Clause by clause:
First, rescuing and guarding all beings — this is the general clause, and everything is for its sake. Second, benefiting all beings — bestowing the cause of joy. Third, giving ease and joy to all beings — causing them to gain the fruit of joy. Fourth, having pity on all beings — pitying their false joys, and not letting them be engrossed in them. Fifth, delivering all beings — delivering them from suffering so that they gain liberation. Sixth, making all beings depart from every calamity — what they are parted from is present suffering of the sort of the three calamities and the eight difficulties. Seventh, making all beings come out from the suffering of birth-and-death — what they come out from is the two births-and-deaths, that of apportioned segments and that of transformation. Eighth, making all beings give rise to pure faith — the first step of rescue is to teach them to give rise to faith. Ninth, making all beings be wholly tamed — from faith they come to be tamed. Tenth, making all beings all realize nirvāṇa — being tamed, they arrive at the ultimate.
The ten clauses begin from rescue and conclude with nirvāṇa, and in between there is a very fine sequence: first giving joy, then drawing out suffering, then breaking false joy, and thereafter carrying them all the way from faith and taming to the ultimate. The repeated verses compress it into four lines: “The manifold merits that the bodhisattva cultivates are all in order to rescue and guard the multitude of the living,” and “For all the world he removes the many calamities, leading them out of the existences and making them rejoice; taming them one by one with none left out, he makes them all furnished with virtue and turned toward nirvāṇa.”
Clear away a misunderstanding: this passage is often read as a text of vows. It is not a vow; it states the actual destination of the “roots of goodness cultivated” by this bodhisattva — all that he has cultivated is given away, with not a portion kept for himself, and this is what is called skillful means made perfect.
The ten dharmas to be learned (the advancing portion). All ten clauses are “knowing beings”:
First, knowing that beings are without bound — there is no boundary. Second, knowing that beings are without measure — they cannot be delimited. Third, knowing that beings are beyond counting — they cannot be reckoned. Fourth, knowing that beings are inconceivable — they exceed thinking. Fifth, knowing that beings' forms are measureless — the kinds of shape and color are measureless. Sixth, knowing that beings are not to be weighed — they cannot be weighed. Seventh, knowing that beings are empty — from the ‘so many as to be inexhaustible’ of the first six it turns into ‘originally empty of themselves,’ and this is the pivot of the whole passage. Eighth, knowing that beings are without any doing — there is no doer. Ninth, knowing that beings are without anything possessed — originally nothing is possessed. Tenth, knowing that beings are without own-nature — they have no own-nature.
The first six speak of multitude and the latter four of emptiness, and this order is the doctrinal eye of the passage. One must first know that beings are so many as to be inexhaustible, for only then is the mind that delivers them aroused thoroughly; and one must then know that beings are originally empty, for only then will the practice of delivering them not be stuck to ‘how many people I have delivered.’ The concluding sentence, “in order to make his mind turn to be ever more excellent, without anything defiling it,” is precisely the effect of the two layers together. One line of the repeated verses gathers it all: “All beings are without any bound, measureless, numberless, inconceivable, and not to be weighed and not to be measured”
Abode six, the rectified mind: unshaken by whatever is heard
First a question: the five abodes before have already been delivering beings; why should there still be a problem of the mind being shaken? Because what the five before face is affairs, whereas what this one faces is “what is said” — hearing how others speak of the Buddha, of the Dharma, of bodhisattvas, of beings, of the Dharma realm. People who are not thrown by affairs are often thrown by argument.
Chengguan says that the reason this abode is unshaken is that “within the proper portion, because he has accomplished the wisdom that understands the nature and marks of dharmas, he is in all cases unshaken, and this is named the rectified mind.” It is not that he holds himself still by force; it is that after understanding dharmas he cannot be stirred.
Hearing ten kinds of dharma, the mind is settled and unshaken (the proper portion). The sūtra sets them out as ten pairs of opposed sayings. Clause by clause:
First, hearing the Buddha praised or maligned — Chengguan says the first four pairs are with reference to the Three Jewels that are revered: “because he understands that dharmas are equal and that sound is like an echo in a valley, he gives rise to neither delight nor grief at praise or malignment.” Second, hearing the Dharma praised or maligned — the Dharma is not increased by a man's praise nor decreased by his malignment. Third, hearing bodhisattvas praised or maligned — he adds a further remark: spoken of in terms of attachment they should be maligned, spoken of in terms of principle they should be praised, and each of the two sayings has its own share. Fourth, hearing the dharmas practiced by bodhisattvas praised or maligned — from the person on to the dharmas the person practices, which is the advance upon the third pair. Fifth, hearing it said that beings are limited or unlimited — from here three pairs are with reference to the beings who are pitied; Chengguan judges: limited and unlimited are the two extremes of annihilation and permanence, into which the bodhisattva does not fall. Sixth, hearing it said that beings are defiled or undefiled — these are the two extremes of increase and decrease, from which the bodhisattva departs. Seventh, hearing it said that beings are easy or hard to deliver — these are the two extremes of suffering and pleasure, in which the bodhisattva does not dwell. Eighth, hearing it said that the Dharma realm is limited or unlimited — from here three pairs are with reference to the Dharma realm that is known. Ninth, hearing it said that the Dharma realm is formed or destroyed — sayings of forming and destruction cannot shake him. Tenth, hearing it said that the Dharma realm either exists or does not exist — sayings of existence and non-existence cannot shake him either.
Of the ten pairs, the first four are what is revered, the middle three what is pitied, and the last three what is known — only when reverence, pity, and knowing have all three been tested is it called settled. Clear away a misunderstanding: to be unshaken is not to have no position; it is not to be dragged along by the sayings of either extreme. Chengguan, at the fifth through the seventh pairs, points out the three sorts of extreme view — annihilation and permanence, increase and decrease, suffering and pleasure — showing that what is called being unshaken is precisely not falling into either of two extremes. As for what the Shangzhu tianzi jing says, “there is none who, without being maligned in speech, is able to arrive within that liberation” — Chengguan cites this in order to show that being maligned is something that must be passed through on the road of cultivation, and need not be taken for a mishap.
The ten dharmas to be learned (the advancing portion). All ten clauses are “all dharmas”:
First, all dharmas are without mark; second, all dharmas are without substance; third, all dharmas cannot be cultivated — this clause is the most easily misread: it does not say there is no need to cultivate, but that there is no real dharma to be cultivated and grasped. Fourth, all dharmas are without anything possessed; fifth, all dharmas are without reality; sixth, all dharmas are empty; seventh, all dharmas are without nature; eighth, all dharmas are like an illusion; ninth, all dharmas are like a dream; tenth, all dharmas are without discrimination.
The first seven are negations, the eighth and ninth present the matter by the two similes of illusion and dream, and the tenth gathers it up with non-discrimination. The repeated verses compress the ten clauses into two lines: “All dharmas are wholly without mark, without substance, without nature, empty and without reality, like an illusion and like a dream and apart from discrimination; he ever delights to hear a meaning such as this.” The last line, “ever delights to hear,” is of great weight — one who is unshaken is not one who no longer listens, but one who listens the more gladly. The concluding sentence says that what is sought is “to gain the non-retrogressive forbearance of the non-arising of dharmas,” and this joins this abode to the next.
Abode seven, non-retrogression: not even ‘whether or not it exists’ can move him
First a question: the abode of the rectified mind is already unshaken; is the abode of non-retrogression not a repetition? Chengguan has distinguished this very question, and answers it most finely:
Although all ten clauses speak of not retrogressing, they are “largely the same as the previous station”; but at this station he has already entered the non-arising and knows that the dharmas he hears are ultimately empty. The previous station gathers affairs into principle and thereby makes the mind unshaken; this station has affairs and principle both present and yet the mind does not retrogress; the station after goes from principle toward affairs, following affairs in practice and growing ever more seasoned. Moreover, at the previous station what was heard was only praise or malignment of the Three Jewels, and to bear that was still easy; at this station what is heard is ‘whether or not,’ where what is at stake goes deeper, so that to accomplish forbearance is hard, and therefore it surpasses the previous station. He adds a further mark of division: the previous station spoke of being unshaken, which is only being able to rectify the mind; this station speaks of not retrogressing, which carries the sense of advancing onward.
This piece of analysis is worth reading over and over. Praise and malignment wound the feelings; existence and non-existence move the root. A person may be able to bear another's cursing the Dharma he believes in, and yet may not be able to bear someone telling him ‘there is no such thing at all.’
Hearing ten kinds of dharma and being firm and not retrogressing (the proper portion). Chengguan divides them: the first three are the Three Jewels, the next two severally display the foregoing dharma, the next three severally make plain the first, the Buddha, and the last two are with reference to the Buddha's sphere and knowledge. Clause by clause:
First, hearing that there is or is not a Buddha — the Jewel of the Buddha. Second, hearing that there is or is not a Dharma — the Jewel of the Dharma. Third, hearing that there are or are not bodhisattvas — the Jewel of the Saṅgha. Fourth, hearing that there is or is not bodhisattva practice — from bodhisattvas on to the practice of bodhisattvas. Fifth, hearing that a bodhisattva's cultivation does or does not bring forth deliverance — from practice on to the fruit of practice, and this clause wounds most of all: having cultivated, does one in the end get out or not. Sixth, hearing that in the past there were or were not Buddhas; seventh, hearing that in the future there will or will not be Buddhas; eighth, hearing that in the present there are or are not Buddhas — the three times severally make plain the existence or non-existence of a Buddha. Ninth, hearing that the Buddha's knowledge is exhaustible or inexhaustible — with reference to the Buddha's knowledge. Tenth, hearing that the three times are one mark or not one mark — with reference to the Buddha's sphere.
The ten clauses push from the Three Jewels on to practice, on to the fruit, on to the three times, on to the Buddha's knowledge and the Buddha's sphere, questioning all the way down to the root. By the last clause what is asked is already whether time itself is one or many. To be able not to retrogress here is what is called being firm.
The ten vast dharmas to be learned (the advancing portion). Note that the heading clause here differs from that of the other abodes: the sūtra specially calls them “ten kinds of vast dharma.” The ten clauses are five pairs of doubly returning sentences:
First, to speak of one is to speak of many; second, to speak of many is to speak of one — the first pair is mutual identity in number. Third, the words follow upon the meaning; fourth, the meaning follows upon the words — the second pair is the mutual following of words and meaning. Fifth, non-existence is existence; sixth, existence is non-existence — the third pair is mutual identity of existence and non-existence. Seventh, the markless is the marked; eighth, the marked is the markless — the fourth pair is mark and marklessness. Ninth, naturelessness is nature; tenth, nature is naturelessness — the fifth pair is nature and naturelessness.
The repeated verses gather it into one crucial line: “that all such things are thus accomplished by turns: this should be expounded for the one who does not retrogress.” — why may such words be spoken only to one who does not retrogress? Because “one is many,” to one who has not yet entered the non-arising, sounds only like a contradiction, and hearing it he instead retrogresses. That the sūtra deliberately places these ten dharmas at the abode of non-retrogression is thus a matter of measure. The concluding sentence, “in order to advance him, so that in all dharmas he is well able to come forth” — the dharma of mutual identity is not abstruse talk but a gate of coming forth.
Abode eight, childlike purity: the three deeds without fault
First a question: having come to the eighth abode, why on the contrary is it called “childlike”? What childlike purity takes is the meaning of being pure and undefiled, not yet having received admixture. Chengguan says that the first three clauses of this abode's proper portion, the three deeds being without fault and the residual habits forever departed from, are properly what a Buddha attains, and that to be effortless and spontaneous belongs to the eighth ground; this abode is “largely the same as the eighth ground,” and because he can practice without outflows he therefore attains the absence of fault — neither the fault of the ten unwholesome deeds nor the fault of error.
Abiding in ten kinds of deed (the proper portion). Chengguan divides them: the first three are the three deeds without fault, and are also the substance of transforming others; the fourth is the body that can transform; the next four are the knowledge that can transform; the next one is the place of transforming; and the last is the dharma of transforming. Clause by clause:
First, what the body does is without fault — the deed of body is pure. Second, what speech does is without fault — the deed of speech is pure. Third, what the mind does is without fault — the deed of mind is pure; the three deeds being without fault is the real meaning of purity, and the name childlike is established from this. Fourth, taking birth according to his own intention — Chengguan says this is the body that can transform: the bodhisattva of sudden awakening takes birth according to his vow, valuing the benefit of others, and does not choose between pure land and defiled. Fifth, knowing the manifold desires of beings — what they desire. Sixth, knowing the manifold understandings of beings — what they understand. Seventh, knowing the manifold elements of beings — the elemental nature they depend on. Eighth, knowing the manifold deeds of beings — the deeds they do; these four clauses are precisely four of the knowledges among the ten powers, and are the knowledge that can transform. Ninth, knowing the forming and destruction of worlds — this is the place of transforming. Tenth, spiritual feet sovereign, where he goes without obstruction — this is the proper practice of the dharma of transforming.
The structure of the ten clauses is very clear: being clean oneself (the first three), being able to manifest a body (the fourth), recognizing people (the fifth through the eighth), recognizing the place (the ninth), and being able to get there (the tenth). Where it lands: what is called purity is not being cut off from the world but not being stained anywhere in it.
The ten dharmas to be learned (the advancing portion). Chengguan says this passage is the practice of the immovable, the first six being sovereignty over lands and the latter four sovereignty in the three deeds. Clause by clause:
First, knowing all Buddha-lands — knowing them first. Second, shaking all Buddha-lands — being able to shake them. Third, upholding all Buddha-lands — being able to sustain them. Fourth, contemplating all Buddha-lands — being able to contemplate them. Fifth, going to all Buddha-lands — being able to go to them. Sixth, roaming through numberless worlds — roaming without obstruction; these six are sovereignty over lands. Seventh, receiving numberless Buddha-dharmas — which the repeated verses render “asaṃkhyeya dharmas he can inquire into,” and which is sovereignty in the deed of mind. Eighth, manifesting a body of sovereign transformation — which the repeated verses render “the bodies he wishes to receive he attains in sovereignty,” and which is sovereignty in the deed of body. Ninth, sending forth a vast and pervading voice — which the repeated verses render “his speech-sounds are skillful and pervade all things,” and which is sovereignty in the deed of speech. Tenth, in a single kṣaṇa serving and making offerings to numberless Buddhas — which the repeated verses render “he serves numberless Buddhas,” gathering up the three deeds by the serving of the Buddhas.
The concluding sentence: “in order to advance him, so that in all dharmas he gains skill.” Clear away a misunderstanding: these ten clauses read like a list of spiritual powers, but the landing point of every one of them is in “transforming” — knowing lands is for going there, going is for delivering, and manifesting a body and sending forth a voice are for expounding the Dharma. Spiritual power here is not a feat but the natural function of a childlike and pure mind.
Abode nine, the prince: learning to be the one who succeeds
First a question: since he is named a prince, what does he learn? The answer: he learns to succeed. What the abodes before learn is how to walk oneself; what this abode learns are the rules of the house of the Dharma King.
Note: Chengguan's commentary on the outline of this abode does not fall within the framework that was taken up, and the lack is recorded; what follows treats it clause by clause according to the sūtra and the repeated verses.
Well knowing ten kinds of dharma (the proper portion). Clause by clause:
First, well knowing how beings take birth — which the repeated verses render “he can see the differences in beings' taking birth,” knowing whence beings come. Second, well knowing how the afflictions arise — knowing under what conditions the afflictions come into activity. Third, well knowing how the residual habits continue on — knowing the remaining momentum left after activity has passed; the afflictions are easy to cut off but the residual habits are hard to exhaust, and so a separate clause is set up. Fourth, well knowing the skillful means of what is practiced — knowing where the counteragent takes hold. Fifth, well knowing measureless dharmas — the dharmas known are measureless. Sixth, well understanding the manifold deportments — which the repeated verses render “dharmas each differ and the deportments are distinct”; deportment is the outward display of station, and a son of the Dharma King must understand it. Seventh, well knowing the differences among worlds — knowing that the places to be transformed are not the same. Eighth, well knowing the affairs of the earlier and later limits — knowing the affairs of past and future. Ninth, well knowing how to expound the conventional truth — being able to speak the words of the conventional truth. Tenth, well knowing how to expound the truth of the highest meaning — being able to speak the words of the truth of the highest meaning.
The ten clauses fall into three sections: the first four know beings' sickness and its medicine, the middle three know dharmas and deportment and place, and the last three know time and the speaking of the two truths. The weightiest are the last two — a son of the Dharma King's competence lies in ‘being able to say it,’ and in being able to say both truths. The repeated verses join them in one line: “as the conventional truth and the truth of the highest meaning have it, he is well able to know it all with nothing left over.”
The ten dharmas to be learned (the advancing portion). All ten of these clauses take the “Dharma King” as the ground of the figure, and they are a whole set of royal usages:
First, the skillfulness of the place of the Dharma King — the skillful devices of the king's place. Second, the rule and measure of the place of the Dharma King — the laws and regulations of the royal house. Third, the palace of the place of the Dharma King — where the king dwells. Fourth, the entering in to the place of the Dharma King — how one enters the king's place. Fifth, the contemplation at the place of the Dharma King — what is contemplated and seen once entered. Sixth, the consecration of the Dharma King — the royal house's dharma of consecration. Seventh, the sustaining power of the Dharma King — the king's sustaining by spiritual power. Eighth, the fearlessness of the Dharma King — the king's having no timidity. Ninth, the reposing rest of the Dharma King — the king's chamber of repose. Tenth, the praises of the Dharma King — the king's honor and praise.
The repeated verses work these ten clauses into four lines: “The place where the Dharma King skillfully sets things up, and the dharmas belonging to that place, how one enters the palace of the Dharma King, and what is contemplated and seen therein. The dharmas of consecration that the Dharma King has, the sustaining of his spiritual power without any timidity, the chamber of his reposing rest and the matter of praise and honor — by these he gives instruction to the son of the Dharma King.” — this passage is the most complete single figure in the whole chapter. The separately circulating Pusa benye jing has at the same place “he learns the Dharma King's right conduct, learns the Dharma King's rites” down to “learns the Dharma King's touring of the lands”: the ground of the figure is wholly the same while the items differ slightly, which shows how ancient this figure is.
Clear away a misunderstanding: this is not teaching anyone to put on airs. What the prince learns is to take up the burden — that even how the king rests is to be learned says that the successor's every bearing is within the rule of law. The concluding sentence: “in order to advance him, so that in his mind there is no obstruction”; and the repeated verses add a line of still greater weight: “and making his mind attached to nothing.” Having learned a whole set of royal usages, he is yet to be attached to nothing — this is where the measure of the passage lies.
Abode ten, consecration: the station full and not to be fathomed
First a question: what does consecration mean? Li Tongxuan gives it two layers: first as a figure — “as when pure water is poured from the crown and runs down over the whole body” — the bodhisattva at this station, with the knowledge of the Dharma realm, meets and matches whatever is fitting for all beings and rains down the rain of Dharma equally at one time, so that there is nothing not poured through, and therefore it is named consecration; second in actual fact — when he ascends to this station, the Buddhas of the ten directions with their hands pour upon his crown, and this too is called consecration. The two glosses stand together.
Chengguan divides the proper portion of this abode into two passages: first ten clauses on the virtues and functions accomplished, then ten clauses praising its excellence as hard to fathom — because it is the end of the stations, this latter passage is specially added.
Accomplishing ten kinds of knowledge (the ten things of the proper portion). Chengguan says the first five are the unobstructed knowledge that understands worlds and the latter five the unobstructed knowledge that brings beings to accomplishment. Clause by clause:
First, shaking numberless worlds — able to shake. Second, illumining numberless worlds — able to illumine. Third, sustaining numberless worlds — able to sustain. Fourth, going to numberless worlds — able to arrive. Fifth, adorning and purifying numberless worlds — able to purify; these five are all sovereignty over the receptacle world. Sixth, revealing the teaching to numberless beings — revealing it for them. Seventh, contemplating numberless beings — examining their capacities. Eighth, knowing the faculties of numberless beings — knowing their faculties. Ninth, making numberless beings enter — drawing them into the Dharma. Tenth, making numberless beings be tamed — finally causing them to be tamed; these five are all sovereignty over the sentient.
The first five face worlds and the latter five face beings, and these are precisely the two sides of “because the perfection of wisdom is full.” The repeated verses have a verse for each of them: “The numberless manifold worlds of the ten directions he is able wholly to shake, and light universally illumines them. Sustaining them and going to them too with nothing left over, purity and adornment all complete, the beings to whom he reveals the teaching are without number, and contemplating and knowing their faculties he can exhaust them all,” and “Making them arouse the mind and taming them too without any bound, he makes them all turn toward the great awakening.”
The passage praising its excellence as hard to fathom. The sūtra says that this bodhisattva's body and the deeds of his body, his spiritual penetrations and manifestations, his knowledge of the past, of the future, and of the present, the Buddha-lands he accomplishes, and the sphere of his mind and the sphere of his knowledge — all ten clauses cannot be known, not even by a bodhisattva who is a prince of the Dharma. Chengguan divides this passage: the first four are sovereignty in deeds that cannot be known — one, the body; two, the body's function; three, the ten penetrations; four, the penetrations' function; and the latter six are sovereignty in mind and knowledge that cannot be known — the first three being the knowledge of the three clear knowledges in their full brightness, the fourth the knowledge that is sovereign in knowing the receptacle world, the fifth the sphere manifested by the mind in concentration, and the sixth the sphere known by great wisdom. Because it is deep and wide, the lower station does not know it.
This one sentence, “not even by a bodhisattva who is a prince of the Dharma,” is of great weight: the ninth abode cannot know the tenth. The reality of the sequence of stations is seen in this one sentence.
The ten kinds of knowledge of the Buddhas he should be exhorted to learn (the advancing portion). Note that the heading clause changes again — it does not say “should be exhorted to learn ten dharmas” but “should be exhorted to learn the ten kinds of knowledge of the Buddhas,” because the station has come to its end and what is learned is directly the Buddha's knowledge. Chengguan says: this is learning the Buddha's omniscience and knowledge of all modes, since with the present station full one is consecrated and becomes a Buddha, and it gathers all the stations as being complete within this. Clause by clause:
First, the knowledge of the three times — that is, the knowledge of the three clear knowledges. Second, the knowledge of the Buddha-Dharma — which the repeated verses render “the knowledge that makes plain the dharmas of the Buddhas.” Third, the knowledge of the unobstructedness of the Dharma realm — unstagnating in the Dharma realm. Fourth, the knowledge of the boundlessness of the Dharma realm — knowing that the Dharma realm has no bound. Fifth, the knowledge that fills all worlds — the knowledge pervades and fills. Sixth, the knowledge that universally illumines all worlds — which the repeated verses render “illumines worlds.” Seventh, the knowledge that sustains all worlds — which the repeated verses render “the knowledge that sustains.” Eighth, the knowledge of all beings — knowing the sentient. Ninth, the knowledge of all dharmas — knowing dharmas; the repeated verses join the eighth and ninth into “the knowledge that knows beings and dharmas.” Tenth, the knowledge of the boundless Buddhas — which the repeated verses render “the boundless knowledge that knows the rightly awakened,” gathering up everything by the knowing of the Buddhas.
The concluding sentence: “in order to increase in him the knowledge of all modes.” The ten abodes having come this far, what is learned is already what a Buddha knows; the station is full, and thereafter the practice of the next chapter is opened.
The portion of speaking and the portion of corroboration: heaven and earth bear witness, the ten directions bear witness
The ten abodes having been spoken, the sūtra does not simply stop there but appends two passages of proof.
The portion of speaking. By the Buddha's spiritual power, worlds as many as the dust motes of ten thousand Buddha-lands in each of the ten directions quaked in six ways — shaking, rising, surging, quaking, roaring, striking — each of these having in turn the three layers of throughout and throughout uniformly, making eighteen aspects in all. Li Tongxuan divides this passage into seven sections, the first being precisely “the great earth shaking in six ways and eighteen aspects,” and the second “the heavens raining down ten kinds of offering.” From the heavens rained subtle flowers, powdered incense, flower garlands, mixed incense, jeweled garments, jeweled clouds, and ornaments; the heavenly music sounded of itself without being struck; and great radiance and lovely sound were sent forth. And then the weightiest sentence of all: “Just as here, above the palace of Śakra on the summit of Mount Sumeru in these four continents, the dharma of the ten abodes was expounded and the manifold spiritual transformations were displayed, so too was it in every one of all the worlds of the ten directions.”
Clear away a misunderstanding: the quaking and the heavenly flowers are not for the sake of spectacle. They are the seal of ‘the Dharma being true’ — what is spoken is the dharma of the public highway, and so the Dharma realm responds at the same moment.
The portion of corroboration. In each of the ten directions, beyond worlds as many as the dust motes of ten thousand Buddha-lands, there were bodhisattvas as many as the dust motes of ten Buddha-lands who came to this assembly, all named Dharma Wisdom, the lands they came from all named Dharma Cloud, and the Tathāgatas of those lands all named Wondrous Dharma. They said: there too the ten abodes are being spoken, and “the assembly and retinue, the words and the meaning, are all likewise, with nothing added and nothing taken away.”
This passage carries “speaking alike” to its furthest point: not only is the Dharma the same, but even the retinue of the assembly, the words, and the meaning are not increased or decreased by a single word. Li Tongxuan, among his seven sections, points out in particular the sense of the sixth — “the sixth makes plain that the fruit of Buddhahood in the ten directions is named Wondrous Dharma, and this shows that this dharma is spoken from wondrous wisdom.” The name here is again the doctrine: it is from Dharma Wisdom that the ten abodes are spoken, and the fruit of that is Wondrous Dharma.
The outline of the repeated verses: how the hundred verses are matched
Dharma Wisdom, sustained by the Buddha's majestic power, contemplates the ten directions and the Dharma realm and speaks in verse. Chengguan judges: there are one hundred verses in all, divided into two — the first ninety-one properly repeat the foregoing dharma, and the last nine conclude in praise and exhort to cultivation; and within the former, each of the ten abodes forms a section.
For the number of verses to each abode Chengguan judges: forty-six verses to the abode of first arousing the mind, and thereafter in order five, five, six, five, four, four, five, five, six. The forty-six verses of the abode of first arousing the mind are divided again into four sections: the first three verses repeat the conditions of arousing the mind, the next thirty-two repeat the arousing of the mind in dependence on the objects taken, the next ten repeat the dharmas learned in the advancing portion, and the last one sums up. And within those thirty-two verses, the first ten are the arousing of the mind in dependence on the ten powers, one verse to one power; while the latter twenty-two severally display what is sought, which Chengguan, following out the kinds, gathers into ten knowledges: the knowledge of the conventional truth, of the real truth, of the spiritual penetrations, of liberation, of kalpas and lands, of the three vehicles, of the three secrets (two verses on the secret of the body, three on the secret of speech, two on the secret of the mind), of mind-only, of the unobstructedness of one and many, and of the paired practice of the provisional and the real.
The nine concluding verses of praise Chengguan divides into three: the first one verse praises the ten abodes in general, the next six praise the abode of first arousing the mind in particular, and the last two use the first mind to bring out what follows by comparison.
Why does the abode of first arousing the mind alone take forty-six verses while the nine abodes after it come together to only forty-five? This is not a loss of balance but the very intent of the chapter: the difficulty of the ten abodes lies in the first step; and since the first step is both what the ten powers take as object and what omniscience seeks, it is repeated in verse most fully. The last sentence of the concluding praise says it plainly: “The merit of arousing the mind cannot be measured; it fills the whole realm of beings; the multitude of the wise, expounding it together, cannot exhaust it — how much less the remaining manifold subtle practices!”
Lineage
The doctrine of this chapter was carried on by four later lineages, which are recorded without adjudication. The lineage of Chengguan: it divides the text clause by clause after the manner of exegesis that goes back to the Dilun, setting up the four gates of the occasion, the name, the doctrinal aim, and the exposition of the text, together with the seven portions of samādhi, sustaining, rising, the main portion, speaking, corroboration, and repeated verses; it glosses abiding as “wisdom abides in the principle and the station gained is not retrogressed from,” takes the great king's road as the figure by which the ten abodes are the common cause of the Buddhas of the three times, and explains the main portion by taking the place of abiding as substance and vastness as mark; between the abodes it further sets up the common pattern of the two portions, proper and advancing, and takes as comparisons the knowledges of the third ground, the fourth ground, the eighth ground, and the portion of great exhaustion in the chapter on the Ten Grounds, judging the abode of cultivation to be largely the same as the third ground, the abode of noble birth the same as the ten dharma-knowledges of the fourth ground, the abode of childlike purity largely the same as the eighth ground, and the abode of consecration largely the same as the exposition of the accomplishment of the knowledge of the portion of great exhaustion; and at the repeated verses it judges the three kinds of non-retrogression, adding one sentence on the judgment of the round teaching in respect of the present station — “from faith one enters the abodes and gains a station that is not retrogressed from, for at the first arousing of the mind one accomplishes right awakening.”
The lineage of Fazang: on the side of the sixty-fascicle text's chapter on the Ten Abodes, it glosses the name by four analyses (the number-bearing, the possessive, the dependent, and the appositional), and sets two questions to distinguish why the three worthies are named jointly by person and dharma and why the ten abodes alone raise the general name, its answer being “a mark of the gradual increase of what is set up”; it also sets a question distinguishing why this assembly has a separate advancing portion where the previous assembly had none, and why after the chapter on the Dedications there is no advancing portion. Its matching of the repeated verses to the stations differs from Chengguan's: six verses to the second abode, four and a half to the fifth, three to the ninth, and eight to the tenth, and of the nine concluding verses those that praise the first abode in particular are seven. The text depended on differs, and so the numbers judged differ.
The lineage of Li Tongxuan: beyond the four gates of the common pattern it sets up a separate gate, “a general reckoning of the sequence of cutting off delusion,” matching the first three abodes to the breaking of the afflictions of the world, listing ten root afflictions and six secondary afflictions, and stating for himself why the five views are not discussed — “when the inner mind becomes wisdom, the views are of themselves liberation”; he further reckons the ten abodes in total as two hundred dharma-gates and the repeated verses as two hundred lines of verse, and takes “as when pure water is poured from the crown and runs down over the whole body” to present the meaning of consecration. This lineage is chiefly one of presenting by figure, and its track differs from that of dividing the text clause by clause; the ancients had this account, and it is recorded.
The lineage of Zhiyan: on the side of the sixty-fascicle text it sets up five gates — glossing the name, which is at once the distinguishing of the occasion; making plain what is counteracted, what is gained, what is accomplished, and the exposition of the text; it judges what is counteracted to be “the hundred obstructions above, to be cut off according to station,” and what is gained to be “the concentration of increasing light and the roots of goodness at the summit”; it also cites Master Guang's judgment of the eight prefaces, and following the pattern of the chapter on the Ten Grounds divides the text into six portions (the last named the portion of benefit, unlike the seven-portion division whose last is named the portion of repeated verses); following the sixty-fascicle text's word “seed-nature,” it judges the substance of the two seed-natures; and it reckons the repeated verses as two hundred and three stanzas, with ninety verses to the first abode, matching the abodes by the two divisions of “understanding” and “practice.”
The four masters' judgments of the number of portions, the number of verses, and the substance of the stations each diverge; all are settled accounts of the ancient masters, and they are recorded without adjudicating which is superior. As for the compendia of the doctrinal outline of the Huayan school: the Huayan yisheng jiaoyi fenqi zhang in three places raises the ten abodes as an item in the doctrinal classification of the sequence of stations, in one of which it cites the ten abodes of the Pusa benye jing to establish that the station of abiding does not retrogress; and the Huayan jing zhigui uses this chapter in two places — in one citing this chapter's repeated verse about the encircling mountains entering a pore to establish the meaning of the great and small containing each other, and in the other raising this chapter as scriptural ground for “within the ten abodes and the rest each gathers all the stations.” Both are matters of listing names in doctrinal comparison rather than commentary upon the text of this chapter, and they too are recorded without adjudication.
Outside this chapter, as regards the name and the practice of the ten abodes, the separately circulating Pusa benye jing expounds the same dharma-gate under the ten ancient names ‘arousing the intention, preparing the ground, responsive practice, noble birth, accomplishment by cultivation, ascent in practice, non-retrogression, childlike purity, understanding birth, and the station of one more birth,’ and there too each abode has its ten things and its ten learnings — the names differing between ancient and later while the dharma is the same, and this is the most ancient side-witness to this chapter. And the doctrine of this chapter's abode of first arousing the mind is taken up next by the chapter on Pure Conduct: ‘at the first arousing of the mind one at once gains unsurpassed perfect awakening’; Chengguan had already cited this meaning when glossing non-retrogression in this chapter. The root of the ten abodes is the arousing of the mind, and the utmost of the arousing of the mind is the accomplishing of right awakening: this one line has already been drawn out by this chapter, and the next chapter takes it up.
品十六 梵行品The Practice of Brahmacarya
全文五層 →Full five layers →一個出家人問的問題
這一品從一句話開始。正念天子問法慧菩薩:一切世界的菩薩眾「依如來教,染衣出家」,那麼「云何而得梵行清淨,從菩薩位逮於無上菩提之道」。
先問一句:既然已經依教出家、已經染了衣,梵行不是現成的嗎,為什麼還要問「云何而得」?問題正落在這裡。染衣出家是一件已完成的事相,梵行清淨卻不是隨那件事相自動到手的。澄觀判本品來意的第三義說得明白,前面十住品是「前通道俗」,這一品才「今別顯出家所行」——出家的身分只是這一品的起點,不是它的答案。
排一個誤解:這不是說出家無用。經文自己把出家擺在問句的前半段作為前提,問的是前提之上還缺什麼。落到自己身上:任何一種已經取得的身分——受過戒、閉過關、讀過多少經——都只是問題的起點;若把身分當成已經抵達,這一品的第一句就把人攔住了。
十件事,就是全部的考場
法慧的回答不從定義入手,先給一張清單:「菩薩摩訶薩修梵行時,應以十法而為所緣,作意觀察」,十件事是身、身業、語、語業、意、意業、佛、法、僧、戒。
為什麼恰好是這十件?澄觀給了兩個理由:「一為成圓數;二梵行緣體不離此十」——身語意三者是行所依的處所,三業是行的因,佛法僧三寶是行的緣,戒則是行的體。換句話說,一個人所謂的梵行,能安放的地方就只有這十處,別無第十一處。
再問:既然三業已經歸向三寶、既已受戒隨戒,何必再觀?澄觀替讀者問了這一句,也自己答了:若不觀察,就會「取相堅持」,把戒相牢牢抓在手裡當作實有;一旦「見戒從緣,起心持戒」而不知其無性,那就是迷倒。所以這十觀不是懷疑戒行,是不許把戒行凝固成一個可執取的東西。
還有兩個字要看清:「作意觀察」。澄觀分訓:「作意者,不墮無記故。觀察者,以慧推求故。」作意是把心提起來,不許糊裡糊塗;觀察是用智慧去推求,不是坐著發呆。落地處:這一品講的觀,是清醒的、帶著問句的觀,不是放空。
前六門與後四門,破法並不相同
在逐門讀之前,先取一把尺。澄觀判:「十法即為十段。前六通染,是故但約染淨相違,名非梵行,亦不析破彼法自體。後四唯淨,順於梵行故,分析體空何有梵行。」
這句話決定了全品的讀法。前六門——身、身業、語、語業、意、意業——澄觀總判為「通染」:其中或屬無記(如身業門之四威儀、如語門之十事),或通於善惡,總之無一門定是清淨,所以經文只要指出它們與梵行的性質相違,就足以說『它不是梵行』,並不需要去拆解它們的自體。後四門——佛、法、僧、戒——這四樣本來就是清淨的、順於梵行的,說它們『性質相違』講不通,所以經文改用另一種手法:逐項推徵,析出它們也無自性,於是梵行仍然無處可安。
排一個誤讀:後四門的推徵不是在貶低三寶與戒。它是在說,連最清淨的四樣裡也找不到一個叫作梵行的實體——這是把梵行從一切依附處鬆開,不是把三寶推翻。
觀察門一 身:若身是梵行,梵行就成了一具屍
第一門,經文說如果身就是梵行,那梵行便「則為非善、則為非法、則為渾濁、則為臭惡、則為不淨、則為可厭、則為違逆、則為雜染、則為死屍、則為蟲聚」,一連十過。
先問:這十句是在罵身體嗎?不是。澄觀的釋法是兩兩相對地看:梵行的性格是「體是可軌,性能澄淨芬馨清潔,賢聖所欣」,而身的性格是「身通不善,體非順理」,是無記而不可作軌則、是飲食資成、是自相臭惡、是自性不淨。兩種性格既然相反,就不可能是同一物。他還逐一釋末二過:第九是「是身無知,又要當死,究竟不淨故」,第十則是「八萬戶蟲,戶有九億,全以蟲聚成其身故」。
要緊的是澄觀補的一句體例:「當知梵行之言貫通諸句」——每一句省略的主語都是梵行,不是身。也就是說,經文說的是『若把身當作梵行,梵行就變成這樣』,而不是『身就是這樣』。落地處:這是一場歸謬,不是一場厭身的修辭。
觀察門二 身業:若身業是梵行,梵行就成了姿勢
第二門,經文說梵行「則是行住坐臥、左右顧視、屈伸俯仰」。
這一門最貼近日常誤解。一個人容易把梵行認成一套威儀——走得端正、坐得穩、目不斜視。經文不否認威儀,只指出:如果威儀就是梵行本身,那麼一切行住坐臥都自動成了梵行,連漫不經心的走動也算。澄觀簡得極省:「十中,四儀無記,餘六通善惡,故非梵行。」四威儀是無記性的,其餘六項通於善惡,兩種都不能等同於必定是善的梵行。
排誤:這不是說威儀可廢。前一門既說身不是梵行,這一門說身的動作也不是;兩門合起來是在把梵行從『身體與姿態』整個區域裡請出去。落地處:坐姿再標準,不能代替心的清淨。
觀察門三 語:若語是梵行,梵行就成了發聲的機關
第三門說梵行「則是音聲風息、唇舌喉吻、吐納抑縱、高低清濁」。
澄觀把這十項拆成三層:「三語具十事,初一語體;次五語緣,謂風觸七處而出於聲」,後面吐納抑縱、高低清濁四項則是「辨語相」。語體、發語的條件、語的相狀——三層都在說話這件事的物理面。他的判語很直:「十事望業皆是語體,此唯無記,故非梵行。」
先問後答:那念經誦咒的聲音也不是梵行嗎?就聲音本身而言,是。聲帶的振動不分善惡,念佛的聲與罵人的聲在物理上同屬一類。落地處:聲音是載體,梵行不在載體上。這一門把梵行從『音聲之美』裡請出去。
觀察門四 語業:若語業是梵行,梵行就成了各式說話
第四門列十種說:起居問訊、略說、廣說、諭說、直說、讚說、毀說、安立說、隨俗說、顯了說。
第三門說的是發聲,這一門說的是說話的作為。澄觀判:「四語業十事通善惡故,亦非梵行。」並釋其中二目:「安立說者,謂假施設。隨俗說者,隨世名言。」安立說是假借名相施設而說,隨俗說是隨順世間的名言。
最值得注意的是十目裡並列著「讚說」與「毀說」。稱讚與毀責同在一張清單上,正說明語業本身是中性的容器——同一種說話的能力,可以成就法施,也可以成就惡口。落地處:講法講得好聽,不等於梵行;口才是語業的品質,不是梵行的品質。
觀察門五 意:若意是梵行,梵行就成了心裡的種種活動
第五門進入心。經文說梵行「則應是覺、是觀、是分別、是種種分別、是憶念、是種種憶念、是思惟、是種種思惟、是幻術、是眠夢」。
澄觀逐項訓釋,先分覺觀:「覺是尋求、觀是伺察,覺麁觀細是不定法。」覺是粗的尋求,觀是細的伺察,二者是不定法——可善可惡。分別是以慧揀擇,憶念「追憶曾習,唯緣過去」,思惟則「以慧籌度通去來今」。連幻術、睡眠與夢也列入,因為睡眠時意識仍在活動,只是取境昧略。他最後給出這一門的歸結:「此十是心所,不離心故,同名意也。」十項都是心所法,不離於心,所以統名為意。
排一個要緊的誤解:這裡連「分別」「思惟」都被列為非梵行,並不是要人變成木頭。經文列的是心的活動樣態,說的是這些樣態不能等同於梵行——它們可以承載梵行,也可以承載煩惱。落地處:頭腦清明、記性好、思路快,都不是梵行的證據。
觀察門六 意業:若意業是梵行,梵行就成了感受與情緒
第六門說梵行「則是思想、寒熱、飢渴、苦樂、憂喜」。
澄觀點出這一門的配法:「第六觀意業十事,皆意之用,故名為業。約遍行五徵之。一思、二想、次四是觸、後四是受。」十項配著遍行心所來徵——思、想各一,寒熱飢渴屬觸,苦樂憂喜屬受。他並自設一問:這裡的思、想與前一門的意有什麼分別?答:心所有二義,一是扶持心王,屬前一門所收;二是依心起用,屬這一門所收,所以這一門多從領受境界的一面來辨。
前六門到此收束。澄觀給出總判:既然遍行心所通於善惡無記三性,所以不是梵行。落地處:修行中最容易被誤認為成果的,正是感受——輕安、法喜、清涼。經文把苦樂憂喜整批列入非梵行,等於預先切斷了『以覺受驗道』這條路。
觀察門七 佛:哪一項是佛
從第七門起換手法。經文不再說『梵行則是甚麼』,改為逐項追問:「為色是佛耶?受是佛耶?」乃至相、好、神通、業行、果報,十項一一徵問。
澄觀說這一門是「觀佛十事觀於三身」,並列出兩種配法:若依小乘,前五是法身、次二是報身、次一是化身;若依大乘,「前八皆是化身,後一報身」。配法雖異,破的方式只有一個:「今一一推徵,若一是佛,餘者應非。一一皆佛則有多佛,和合成佛則無自性。」若某一項是佛,其餘九項就都不是;若每一項都是佛,就有十尊佛;若說要十項合起來才是佛,那合起來的東西就沒有自性。他引龍樹之偈作證:「非陰不離陰,此彼不相在。如來不有陰,何處有如來。」
結論澄觀說得極清楚:「是知真佛既超心境,依斯成行,行豈相耶?」真佛既然超出心與境的範圍,依此而成的行,也就不會落在相上。落地處:把佛認作一個可指認的形相,梵行也就跟著落成了形相。
觀察門八 法:哪一項是法
第八門追問寂滅、涅槃、不生、不起、不可說、無分別、無所行、不合集——只有八項。
這裡有一個古德注意到的異樣:其餘九門都是十項,唯獨這一門是八。澄觀出了兩解而不定一:一解疑心梵本有脫漏,「豈餘九皆十,此獨八耶」;另一解說八自有所表,「表除九十八使故,加十總觀破百八煩惱故」。兩解並列,讀者知其有此二說即可。
破法與佛門同式:若其中一項是法,其餘應非;若總合起來是法,則和合而成便不真實。澄觀更點出這一門選目的用意:「又此舉法皆舉寂滅不生等者,欲明一一自虛,法即非法,梵行何從?」所舉的八項全是寂滅、不生一類最高的名目,正因為連這些名目自身都是空虛的,所以才顯得出梵行無處可寄。
落地處:這一門攔的是最隱蔽的一種執取——把『空』『涅槃』『無分別』當成一個可以站上去的地方。
觀察門九 僧:哪一項是僧
第九門追問四向四果與三明六通共十項。澄觀分為兩截:「第九觀僧十事,前八約人後、二就德,且依小說。」前八是就人說,後二是就德說,並且暫依小乘的分位而說。
他順帶把四向四果的斷惑分齊逐一交代——預流是初超凡地、預入聖流,一來是欲界修惑未盡而一度來生,不還是欲界惑盡不再還來,阿羅漢則含殺賊、不生、應供三義;四向則是趣向於果者。交代完他自己止住:「今此欲明梵行,粗陳名目」,若要廣引諸論,反而累於名數。
破法緊扣「僧」字之義:「僧名和合,而有八輩。一若是僧,餘則應非。」僧的意思正是和合眾,而這裡卻列出八輩之別;若一一分別去辨,各自就沒有『眾』的意思了,把這些沒有眾義的個體聚在一起,又如何成眾?至於後二項的德,德若就是僧,何必還要八輩?離法無人、離人無法,一一窮究到底,「為僧者誰?僧體既虛,梵行安寄?」
觀察門十 戒:哪一項是戒
第十門是全篇最貼身的一門,因為問的正是這一品的前提——受戒出家這件事本身。經文追問壇場、問清淨、教威儀、三說羯磨、和尚、阿闍梨、剃髮、著袈裟衣、乞食、正命,十項全是受戒與持戒的具體環節。
澄觀分之為二:「其中十事,前八是受、後二是隨。」前八是受戒之事——壇場是得戒之處,問淨與教儀是教授師之事,三說羯磨是得戒之法,和尚是得戒根本,阿闍梨即二師而義兼七證,剃髮著衣是戒的外相;後二是隨戒之事——乞食是四依之一,正命是離四邪五邪。
他釋這一門的關鍵在一句:「戒為行體,亦賴眾緣,從緣成戒,戒性如空。起心持者,是謂迷倒。」戒雖是梵行的體,卻仍是眾緣所成,緣成之戒其性如空;若起一個『我在持戒』的心去抓住它,那就迷倒了。真正的持是「無善無威儀,不雜二乘心,是名持淨戒,此戒乃名真梵行也。」
還有一句要記住:所觀的境雖然通於大小乘,能觀的智不通。澄觀判「所觀境通於大小,其能觀智唯實教大乘」——同樣一場受戒,聲聞也能觀,但這一品要的是實教大乘的觀智。落地處:這一門不是叫人不受戒,是叫受了戒的人不把受戒當作終點。
結觀(一):三處無取,三世不遷
十門推徵完畢,經文轉入觀成之相:「於身無所取,於修無所著,於法無所住;過去已滅,未來未至,現在空寂;無作業者,無受報者;此世不移動,彼世不改變。」
澄觀分這十句為四層。初層明三輪清淨觀——「初六句明三輪清淨觀:一不取能持戒眾生,言身兼口意也;二不著所修行事;三不住於戒法」——所舉唯不取能持戒的眾生、不著所修的行事、不住於戒法三事,而疏文標作「六句」;四層之數(六、三、二、二)合計亦逾十,古德文本自有此不齊,此處誌其異,不強為之判。次三句以三世門說明不住持戒之時,其中前二句易明,難在「現在空寂」:現在既然剎那不住,被過去未來分割,所以也空寂。再次二句明二空——造業的人是我空,所受的業報是法空。
最後二句最耐讀。澄觀釋:「此世不移動,謂不從今至後;彼世不改變,謂不從後至今。」因既已在過去滅去,沒有力量伸到未來去感果;果既不與因同時,也沒有力量回頭去酬因。歸結是一句:「以物各性住,性本空故。」落地處:這不是否認因果,是說因果不靠一個實體在時間裡搬運。
結觀(二):那麼梵行究竟是什麼
接著經文連下十一問:「此中何法名為梵行?梵行從何處來?誰之所有?體為是誰?由誰而作?」而後以五陰追問:是有是無、是色非色、是受非受、是想非想、是行非行、是識非識。
澄觀分之:首句總顯梵行無名,因為十法已空;以下分別破——不從十法生、不屬身等所有,這二句是就緣來徵;離十法之外別無戒體、也沒有一個能作者,這二句是就體來徵;雙非之句則是顯中道。
最後五句配五陰,他說有兩重用意。一是就戒體說:古來有說無作戒體即是色,有說非色非心;經文問「為是色」是要顯非色,問「為非色」是要顯非非色。若說戒是心,那麼一切有心者都該常有梵行;若說非心,木石也該有梵行。二是就修梵行不離五蘊說:若梵行即是蘊,那有蘊的都是梵行;若離蘊,又哪裡是我的梵行?所以結歸都不可得。
落地處:這一段是把『梵行』這個名詞本身也送進推徵,一直問到連問的對象都站不住。
結觀(三):不可得,才是清淨
推到山窮水盡,經文給出結論——並且結論不是虛無,是清淨。經文說梵行之所以清淨,是因為「梵行法不可得故,三世法皆空寂故,意無取著故,心無障礙故,所行無二故,方便自在故,受無相法故,觀無相法故,知佛法平等故,具一切佛法故」,十個「故」字之後,「如是名為清淨梵行」。
這是全品最要緊的轉折。前面十門一路否定,讀者若停在否定上,會以為結論是『沒有梵行』。經文的結論恰恰相反:正因為不可得,才叫清淨。澄觀釋這十一句說首句為總、次九句別顯無得之由,並逐句配:三世皆空、於身無取於修無著、心無障礙即前於法無住、作受二念不現行、雖空不礙涉有、涉有不迷於空故有受與觀無相二句,第八句結歸平等,他引般若之語「我不見有一法非佛法者」為證,第九句「一收一切方顯具德圓融」,末句總結——由上諸義故名淨梵行。
排誤:不可得不是沒有,是不能被抓住。落地處:一個人若還能指著某樣東西說『這就是我的梵行』,那樣東西就正是未清淨處。
復修十種法:自利之後轉向利他
到此自行清淨一段結束。經文說「復應修習十種法」,列出處非處智、過現未來業報智、諸禪解脫三昧智、諸根勝劣智、種種解智、種種界智、一切至處道智、天眼無礙智、宿命無礙智、永斷習氣智。
先問:前面剛說一切不可得,怎麼又要修十種智?澄觀正是在這裡判轉——前段是自行清淨,這裡起「明利他行淨」,而這十智是「初深觀果智,即利他之方」。他有一句話把兩段接得極好:「緣體宛然、一心湛寂,梵行用也。不思不造萬行沸騰,故不但心觀圓明,復應廣集佛智。」心觀圓明只是一半,還須廣集佛智,才能為人。
排一個常見的偏差:以為證了空就不必再學。經文的次第正相反——空觀成就之後,緊接著是一張十項的學習清單。落地處:不可得是自處之地,十智是待人之具,兩者不衝突。
於如來十力,一一觀察,一一諮問
經文接著說:「於如來十力,一一觀察;一一力中,有無量義,悉應諮問。」
這一句只有短短二十一字,卻是這一品裡唯一一處直接說到『向人請教』的。前面十門觀察全是自己推徵,這裡卻要求觀察之外還要諮問——因為每一力之中都有無量義,不是獨自坐想能窮盡的。澄觀判此段為「結勸廣學」。
排誤:這不與前面的「不由他悟」矛盾。諮問是求解,悟則不假外求;一個是學的門,一個是證的門。落地處:不肯問人而自以為悟,與問遍天下而不自證,是兩種病,這一品兩處各治一種。
起大慈悲·了境如幻
聽聞之後做什麼?經文給了四件事:「應起大慈悲心,觀察眾生而不捨離;思惟諸法,無有休息;行無上業,不求果報;了知境界如幻如夢,如影如響,亦如變化。」
澄觀把這四句配成四無量心的成就:「一雙起慈悲,如犢母隨子;二思惟藥病,成大法喜;三即行無求,以成大捨;四智了諸境,導成無緣。」慈悲之不捨眾生像母牛跟著小牛;思惟法藥與眾生之病,成就的是大喜;行事而不求果報,成就的是大捨;智慧了達諸境如幻,則使前三者都成為無緣的——不繫在特定對象上。
末後五喻,澄觀逐一釋:如幻是似有而不實,「似有故假、不實故空,此二不二,成中道智」;如夢是虛妄所見,如影是從業緣現,如響是屬諸因緣,如變化是須臾變滅。歸結是「若如是了境,即終日化而無化」。落地處:這五喻不是叫人視眾生為虛假而不救,恰恰是使救度不落在能所之相上——這才是無緣之慈。
眼句:初發心時即得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提
全品最後一段,回答正念天子問的後半——從菩薩位如何逮於無上菩提。經文說:「若諸菩薩能與如是觀行相應,於諸法中不生二解,一切佛法疾得現前,初發心時即得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提」
這一句是華嚴最著名、也最容易被讀成大話的一句。先把疑問擺正:初發心明明是修行的起點,怎麼會當下就是無上菩提?澄觀的釋法分兩步。第一步先回答「疾在何時」:「上言疾得,疾在何時?故云初發心時。何法現前?謂無上菩提也。」第二步才回答為什麼可以如此——這個所以然在下一句經文裡,即「知一切法即心自性故,覺法自性即名為佛」。他還引本經他處作證:「佛心豈有他,正覺覺世間。」
最要緊的是澄觀對「發」字的定訓:「斯則發者,是開發之發,非發起之發也。」發不是新起一個從無到有的念頭,是把本來具有的開顯出來。這一字之訓,決定了整句不是誇張而是實說——開顯的當下,所開顯者本自圓滿,所以說即得。
法藏釋六十本同一句時,走的是位次相即的路:「此明行滿入位時,即得普賢位故,一位即一切位,乃至佛果無不圓備」,並歸結為「此一乘普賢行位,因果圓融相即無礙故致然也」。李通玄則從情盡智現說:「是知見亡智應,名初發心時便成正覺」三家路徑不同,所遮的誤解卻一致——都不是說『才發心就不必修了』。
排誤要說得更直一點:經文給了這一句一個前提句——「若諸菩薩能與如是觀行相應,於諸法中不生二解」。能與前面那整套十門推徵的觀行相應,才有這一句;離開那個前提去引用這一句,是把結論從條件上剝下來。落地處:初心之所以能成正覺,不是因為初心便宜,是因為那個初心裡已經沒有二解。
結句:知一切法即心自性,不由他悟
經文以三句收尾:「知一切法即心自性,成就慧身,不由他悟。」
第一句是前一句的所以然。澄觀釋:「既言知一切法即心自性,則知此心即一切法性。今理現自心,即心之性已備無邊之德矣。」一切法即是自心之性,反過來說自心即是一切法之性;理既現於自心,此心之性本已具足無邊功德——所以初心與正覺之間並沒有一段距離要跨。
第二句「成就慧身」,澄觀以鏡喻釋之:「覺心則理現,理現則智圓。若鏡淨明生,非前非後、非新非故,寂照湛然。」鏡子擦淨了,明就生起,那個明不是新造的,也不是舊藏的,沒有先後可分。他又對照前後說:「上觀法盡也,正法當興;今諸見亡也,佛智爰起。」
第三句「不由他悟」,澄觀訓為「即無師自然智也」,並開三義:「又不由他悟是自覺也,知一切法是覺他也,成就慧身為覺滿也。」自覺、覺他、覺滿三義齊備。他還下了一個極徹底的轉語:既說心性,「見夫心性豈更有他?若見有他,安稱為悟?既曰心性,自亦不存。」——連『自』也不立,才是寂而能知的正覺。
落地處:這一品從『出家了還缺什麼』問起,答到最後是——缺的不是再添一樣東西,是把加在梵行上的每一層依附都取下來,取到連取者也不存,本有的智慧之身自然現前。
承衍
本品之義為後世三軌所承,並錄不判。澄觀一系:以來意、釋名、宗趣、釋文四門科釋,出梵行之體為戒、四等、慧三義而三義各分二層——戒分隨相、離相,四等分有緣、無緣,慧分有分別、無分別,判十法「前六通染」而後四唯淨,因之立兩種破法;於「發」字定為開發之發,於「不由他悟」開自覺覺他覺滿三義,並以《演義鈔》逐義補釋來意六門,揀明前段觀空「非斷滅故」。法藏一系:於六十本以三說釋名,立淨與梵之六別——約報、約人、約行位、約二利、約二行、約因果,其中「隨事造修施戒等為淨行,離念契玄為梵行」一別最切本品;果段判為兩重顯少因得大果,第二重以「初發心時是因、便成正覺是果」立標,歸結於一乘普賢行位之因果圓融相即。李通玄一系:以表法讀之,就能問之主釋「無念之念名為正念」,就能說之人釋「達理情亡名為法慧」;又於本論中屢以〈淨行品〉之名稱本品,並分二位之淨行——十信位一百四十願之淨行成世間知見,十住位則「以行體無為,名為淨行」;末以諸淨遞轉作結,行淨故智慧淨、智慧淨故心淨,乃至法界淨、眾生淨、佛國土淨。三家所走之路不同,古有此諸說,誌錄之。
華嚴宗論之承者二處:智儼於其章目書中立「梵行品初明通觀章」一章,以本品十門為通觀之典據;新羅見登於成佛義之書中引本品五喻文「如響如化等故」以證一行即一切行。二處皆引本品為據而非疏釋本品全文,誌錄不判。
本品前承〈十住品〉、後接〈初發心功德品〉。澄觀判本品來意第五義為「顯入住之因」,第六義為「別顯初住成佛」,正說明這一品夾在位次與功德之間的位置:前品說住位之相,本品說住位之行,下品則專明初發心之功德——本品末句所立的「初發心時即得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提」,下一品即以整品的篇幅為之校量。本品之五喻,澄觀又指其廣說在〈十忍品〉;本品之名,則與第二會〈淨行品〉相對而立。一品九百餘字,前後左右皆有繫屬,讀時不宜孤取。
The question asked by one who has already gone forth
This chapter begins from a single sentence. The deva-son Right Mindfulness asks the bodhisattva Dharma Wisdom: the hosts of bodhisattvas of all the worlds have “in accord with the Tathāgata’s teaching, dyed the robe and gone forth from the household” — then “how are they to attain purity of brahmacarya, and from the stations of a bodhisattva reach the path of unsurpassed awakening?”
Ask first: since they have already gone forth in accord with the teaching, since the robe has already been dyed, is brahmacarya not already in hand? Why is there still something to ask about with “how are they to attain”? The problem falls exactly here. Dyeing the robe and going forth is a matter of outward fact already completed, whereas purity of brahmacarya does not come into one’s hands automatically along with that fact. Chengguan says it plainly in the third of his senses for why this chapter comes: the preceding chapter, The Ten Abodes, “ran through both the way and the world,” whereas this chapter “now shows separately what those who have gone forth practice” — the status of one gone forth is only the starting point of this chapter, not its answer.
Clear away a misunderstanding: this is not to say that going forth is useless. The scripture itself places going forth in the first half of the question, as a premise, and asks what is still lacking on top of that premise. Brought home to oneself: any status already obtained — having taken the precepts, having sat a retreat, having read however many scriptures — is only where the question starts; and if one takes the status for an arrival, the very first sentence of this chapter stops one where one stands.
Ten things, and they are the whole examination hall
Dharma Wisdom’s answer does not begin from a definition; it begins by giving a list: “when a bodhisattva-mahāsattva cultivates brahmacarya, he should take ten dharmas as his objects, rouse the attention and examine,” and the ten things are body, bodily action, speech, verbal action, thought, mental action, the Buddha, the Dharma, the Saṅgha, and the precepts.
Why exactly these ten? Chengguan gives two reasons: “first, to make up a round number; second, because the conditions and the substance of brahmacarya are not apart from these ten” — body, speech, and thought are the places on which practice depends; the three kinds of action are the causes of practice; the three jewels — Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha — are the conditions of practice; and the precepts are the substance of practice. In other words, the places in which what a person calls his brahmacarya can be set down are just these ten, and there is no eleventh.
Ask again: since the three kinds of action have already been turned toward the three jewels, and since the precepts have already been received and are being followed, why is there any need to examine further? Chengguan asks this on the reader’s behalf, and answers it himself: if one does not examine, then one will “grasp at characteristics and hold to them firmly,” clutching the marks of the precepts in one’s hand as though they were real; and once one “sees the precepts as arising from conditions and rouses a mind that keeps them” without knowing that they are without nature, that is delusion turned upside down. So these ten contemplations are not a doubting of the practice of the precepts; they are a refusal to let the practice of the precepts congeal into something that can be grasped.
There are two more words to see clearly: “rouse the attention and examine.” Chengguan glosses them separately: “to rouse the attention is not to fall into the indeterminate; to examine is to search out by means of wisdom.” Rousing the attention is lifting the mind up and not allowing muddleheadedness; examining is searching out with wisdom, not sitting there blankly. Where it comes home: the contemplation this chapter speaks of is a wakeful contemplation that carries a question in it, not a going blank.
The first six gates and the latter four: the way of refutation is not the same
Before reading gate by gate, take up a measure. Chengguan judges: “the ten dharmas make ten sections. The first six run through defilement, and therefore the argument is made only with respect to the mutual contrariety of the defiled and the pure, so as to name them as not brahmacarya; their own substance is not analysed and broken down. The latter four are purely pure, and since they accord with brahmacarya, one analyses their substance as empty — where then would brahmacarya be?”
This sentence determines how the whole chapter is read. The first six gates — body, bodily action, speech, verbal action, thought, mental action — Chengguan judges together as “running through defilement”: among them some are indeterminate (the four postures in the gate of bodily action, for instance, or the ten items in the gate of speech), and some run through both good and bad; in short, not one of the gates is definitely pure, and so the scripture need only point out that they are contrary in nature to brahmacarya, and that suffices to say this is not brahmacarya, without any need to take apart their own substance. The latter four gates — the Buddha, the Dharma, the Saṅgha, the precepts — are pure to begin with and accord with brahmacarya, so that saying they are contrary in nature will not work; the scripture therefore changes to another method: it presses each item in turn and analyses out that they too are without self-nature, whereupon brahmacarya still has nowhere to be lodged.
Clear away a misreading: the pressing of the latter four gates is not a disparaging of the three jewels and the precepts. It says that even within the four purest things there is no substantial entity to be found that is called brahmacarya — this loosens brahmacarya from every place it might attach to; it does not overthrow the three jewels.
Gate of examination one, the body: if the body were brahmacarya, brahmacarya would become a corpse
At the first gate the scripture says that if the body were brahmacarya, then brahmacarya “would be non-good, would be contrary to the Dharma, would be turbid, would be foul and stinking, would be impure, would be loathsome, would be repugnant, would be defiled, would be a corpse, would be a swarm of worms” — ten faults in a row.
Ask first: are these ten clauses an abuse of the body? They are not. Chengguan’s way of glossing is to look at them two by two in opposition: the character of brahmacarya is that “its substance can serve as a standard, and its nature is able to be clear and pure, fragrant and clean, such as the worthy and the noble delight in,” whereas the character of the body is that “the body runs through what is not good, and its substance does not accord with principle” — it is indeterminate and cannot serve as a standard, it is sustained by food and drink, its own characteristic is foul, and its own nature is impure. Since the two characters are opposed, they cannot be one and the same thing. He also glosses the last two faults one by one: the ninth is that “this body is without knowing, and moreover must die, and in the end is impure,” and the tenth that “there are eighty thousand households of worms, each household having nine koṭis, and it is wholly as a swarm of worms that they make up the body.”
What matters is a point of form that Chengguan adds: “know that the word brahmacarya runs through all the clauses” — the subject omitted in every clause is brahmacarya, not the body. That is to say, what the scripture states is if one takes the body for brahmacarya, then brahmacarya turns into this, and not the body is like this. Where it comes home: this is a reduction to absurdity, not a rhetoric of disgust with the body.
Gate of examination two, bodily action: if bodily action were brahmacarya, brahmacarya would become posture
At the second gate the scripture says that brahmacarya “would be walking, standing, sitting, and lying down; looking left and looking right; bending and stretching, lowering and raising the head.”
This gate lies closest to an everyday misunderstanding. It is easy to take brahmacarya for a set of deportments — walking uprightly, sitting steadily, not letting the eyes wander. The scripture does not deny deportment; it only points out that if deportment were brahmacarya itself, then all walking, standing, sitting, and lying down would automatically be brahmacarya, careless strolling included. Chengguan is extremely spare here: “among the ten, the four postures are indeterminate, and the remaining six run through good and bad, and therefore they are not brahmacarya.” The four postures are of indeterminate nature, and the other six items run through both good and bad; neither kind can be equated with a brahmacarya that must be good.
Clear away an error: this is not to say that deportment may be abolished. The previous gate said that the body is not brahmacarya; this gate says that the body’s movements are not either; the two gates taken together are showing brahmacarya out of the whole territory of body and posture. Where it comes home: however correct the sitting posture, it cannot take the place of purity of mind.
Gate of examination three, speech: if speech were brahmacarya, brahmacarya would become the apparatus that makes sound
The third gate says that brahmacarya “would be sound and breath, lips and tongue and throat and mouth, breathing out and in and holding back and letting go, high and low and clear and muddy.”
Chengguan takes these ten items apart into three layers: “the third, speech, has ten items: the first one is the substance of speech; the next five are the conditions of speech, that is, the wind touching seven places and issuing as sound,” while the last four — breathing out and in, holding back and letting go, high and low, clear and muddy — are “distinguishing the characteristics of speech.” The substance of speech, the conditions for producing speech, and the characteristics of speech — all three layers are speaking about the physical side of the business of talking. His verdict is blunt: “the ten items, regarded in relation to action, are all the substance of speech, and this is solely indeterminate, and therefore is not brahmacarya.”
Ask first, then answer: then is the sound of reciting scriptures and mantras also not brahmacarya? As far as the sound itself goes, it is not. The vibration of the vocal cords does not divide into good and bad; the sound of reciting the Buddha’s name and the sound of cursing a man belong physically to one and the same class. Where it comes home: sound is a carrier, and brahmacarya does not reside in the carrier. This gate shows brahmacarya out of the beauty of vocal sound.
Gate of examination four, verbal action: if verbal action were brahmacarya, brahmacarya would become the various ways of speaking
The fourth gate lists ten kinds of speaking: greeting and saluting as one goes about the day, speaking briefly, speaking at length, speaking by comparison, speaking directly, speaking in praise, speaking in blame, speaking by positing names, speaking in accord with convention, speaking so as to make things manifest.
The third gate spoke of the producing of sound; this gate speaks of the doing that is speech. Chengguan judges: “the ten items of the fourth, verbal action, run through good and bad, and therefore are also not brahmacarya.” And he glosses two of the items: “speaking by positing names means speaking by provisional designation; speaking in accord with convention means following the world’s names and words.” Speaking by positing names is speaking by borrowing names and characteristics and setting them up; speaking in accord with convention is following along with the words and names of the world.
What most deserves notice is that “speaking in praise” and “speaking in blame” stand side by side within the ten items. That praise and blame are on one and the same list shows precisely that verbal action is in itself a neutral vessel — the very same capacity for speech can accomplish the giving of the Dharma and can accomplish harsh speech. Where it comes home: expounding the Dharma in a way that is pleasant to hear is not the same as brahmacarya; eloquence is a quality of verbal action, not a quality of brahmacarya.
Gate of examination five, thought: if thought were brahmacarya, brahmacarya would become the various activities inside the mind
The fifth gate enters the mind. The scripture says that brahmacarya “would have to be initial thought, sustained thought, discrimination, the various discriminations, recollection, the various recollections, deliberation, the various deliberations, conjuring tricks, and sleeping and dreaming.”
Chengguan glosses item by item, first dividing initial thought from sustained thought: “initial thought is seeking, sustained thought is investigating; initial thought is coarse and sustained thought fine, and they are indeterminate dharmas.” Initial thought is coarse seeking, sustained thought is fine investigating, and the two are indeterminate dharmas — they may be good and may be bad. Discrimination is selecting by means of wisdom; recollection is “calling back to mind what has been practised before, and takes only the past as its object”; deliberation “measures by means of wisdom, and runs through past, future, and present.” Even conjuring tricks, sleep, and dreams are included, because during sleep the consciousness is still active, only that its grasp of objects is dim and abbreviated. At the end he gives the conclusion of this gate: “these ten are mental factors, and since they are not apart from the mind, they are alike named thought.” All ten items are mental factors, not apart from the mind, and therefore are named together as thought.
Clear away one important misunderstanding: that even “discrimination” and “deliberation” are here listed as not brahmacarya is not meant to turn a person into a block of wood. What the scripture lists are the modes of activity of the mind, and what it says is that these modes cannot be equated with brahmacarya — they can carry brahmacarya and they can carry the afflictions alike. Where it comes home: a clear head, a good memory, and quick thinking are none of them evidence of brahmacarya.
Gate of examination six, mental action: if mental action were brahmacarya, brahmacarya would become feelings and moods
The sixth gate says that brahmacarya “would be volition and conception, cold and heat, hunger and thirst, pain and pleasure, sorrow and gladness.”
Chengguan points out how this gate is matched up: “the sixth contemplates the ten items of mental action; all of them are the functioning of thought, and therefore are named action. They are pressed with respect to the five omnipresent factors: the first is volition, the second conception, the next four are contact, and the last four are feeling.” The ten items are pressed against the omnipresent mental factors — volition and conception one each, cold and heat and hunger and thirst belonging to contact, pain and pleasure and sorrow and gladness belonging to feeling. And he sets himself a question: what is the difference between volition and conception here and the thought of the previous gate? The answer: mental factors have two senses — first, they support the king of the mind, and that belongs to what the previous gate subsumes; second, they arise as functions in dependence on the mind, and that belongs to what this gate subsumes; and so this gate distinguishes them chiefly from the side of receiving objects.
Here the first six gates come to a close. Chengguan gives a general verdict: since the omnipresent mental factors run through all three natures — good, bad, and indeterminate — they are not brahmacarya. Where it comes home: what is most easily mistaken for an attainment in practice is precisely feeling — ease, joy in the Dharma, coolness. The scripture puts pain and pleasure and sorrow and gladness into the list of what is not brahmacarya, all in one batch, and this amounts to cutting off in advance the road of verifying the path by sensation.
Gate of examination seven, the Buddha: which item is the Buddha?
From the seventh gate the method changes. The scripture no longer says brahmacarya would then be such and such; it presses instead item by item: “is form the Buddha? Is feeling the Buddha?” and so on down to the marks, the signs, the supernormal powers, karmic deeds, and the ripened recompense — ten items pressed one by one.
Chengguan says that this gate is “contemplating the ten items of the Buddha as a contemplation of the three bodies,” and sets out two ways of matching them: if one follows the lesser vehicle, the first five are the dharma-body, the next two the reward body, and the next one the emanation body; if one follows the great vehicle, “the first eight are all the emanation body, and the last one is the reward body.” The matchings differ, but there is only one way of refuting: “now each is pressed one by one. If one is the Buddha, the rest ought not to be. If each and every one is the Buddha, then there are many Buddhas. If they combine together to make the Buddha, then there is no self-nature.” If some one item is the Buddha, the other nine are all not; if every item is the Buddha, there are ten Buddhas; and if it is said that the ten items must be put together to make the Buddha, then what is put together has no self-nature. He cites a verse of Nāgārjuna as attestation: “not the aggregates, not apart from the aggregates; this and that are not in one another. The Tathāgata does not possess the aggregates; where then is there a Tathāgata?”
Chengguan states the conclusion with utter clarity: “know then that since the true Buddha transcends mind and object, how could a practice accomplished on this basis be a matter of characteristics?” Since the true Buddha is beyond the range of mind and object, the practice accomplished on that basis will likewise not fall into characteristics. Where it comes home: take the Buddha for a form that can be pointed at, and brahmacarya falls into being a form along with him.
Gate of examination eight, the Dharma: which item is the Dharma?
The eighth gate presses quiescent cessation, nirvāṇa, the unborn, the unarisen, the inexpressible, the undiscriminated, the actionless, and the uncombined — only eight items.
Here is an oddity that the ancient worthies noticed: the other nine gates all have ten items, and this one alone has eight. Chengguan brings out two explanations and settles on neither: one explanation suspects that the Sanskrit text has dropped something, “how should the other nine all be ten and this one alone be eight?”; the other explanation says that the eight has something it symbolizes, “it symbolizes the removing of the ninety-eight proclivities, and adding the tenth as a general contemplation it breaks the one hundred and eight afflictions.” The two explanations stand side by side, and it is enough for the reader to know that these two exist.
The method of refutation is of the same form as at the gate of the Buddha: if one among them is the Dharma, the rest ought not to be; and if the sum of them is the Dharma, then what is made by combination is not real. Chengguan further points out the purpose behind the choice of items at this gate: “moreover, that the dharmas raised here are all such things as quiescent cessation and the unborn is meant to make clear that each of them is in itself empty; the Dharma is not the Dharma — whence then brahmacarya?” The eight items raised are all names of the highest sort, quiescent cessation and the unborn and their kind; and it is precisely because even these names are in themselves empty that it becomes evident that brahmacarya has nowhere to be lodged.
Where it comes home: what this gate blocks is the most hidden kind of grasping — taking emptiness, nirvāṇa, and non-discrimination for a place one can stand on.
Gate of examination nine, the Saṅgha: which item is the Saṅgha?
The ninth gate presses the four approaches and four fruits together with the three clear knowledges and six superknowledges, ten items in all. Chengguan divides them into two portions: “the ninth contemplates the ten items of the Saṅgha: the first eight with respect to persons, the latter two with respect to qualities, and provisionally following the lesser vehicle.” The first eight are stated with respect to persons, the latter two with respect to qualities, and for the time being it is stated following the divisions of the lesser vehicle.
He takes the occasion to set out one by one the measure of afflictions cut off at each of the four approaches and four fruits — the stream-enterer is the one who first passes beyond the stage of the ordinary and enters into the stream of the noble; the once-returner is one whose afflictions of cultivation in the desire realm are not yet exhausted and who is born once more; the non-returner is one whose afflictions of the desire realm are exhausted and who does not come back again; and the arhat contains three senses, slayer of foes, no more birth, and worthy of offerings; while the four approaches are those who are heading toward the fruits. Having set this out, he stops himself: “what is wanted here is to make brahmacarya clear, so the names are set out roughly” — for to cite the treatises at length would only burden it with names and numbers.
The refutation clings tightly to the sense of the word “Saṅgha”: “Saṅgha means a harmonious assembly, and yet there are eight classes. If one is the Saṅgha, the rest ought not to be.” The sense of Saṅgha is precisely an assembly gathered in harmony, and yet what is listed here is a difference of eight classes; and if one distinguishes them one by one, each in itself has no sense of assembly, and if these individuals that have no sense of assembly are gathered up together, how could they make an assembly? As for the qualities of the last two items, if quality were the Saṅgha, why would the eight classes still be needed? There are no persons apart from dharmas and no dharmas apart from persons; and when each is investigated to the end, “who then is the Saṅgha? Since the substance of the Saṅgha is already empty, where is brahmacarya to be lodged?”
Gate of examination ten, the precepts: which item is the precepts?
The tenth gate is the one that comes closest to the body in the whole piece, because what it asks about is precisely the premise of this chapter — the very fact of receiving the precepts and going forth. The scripture presses the ordination platform, the questioning as to purity, the instruction in deportment, the threefold declaration of the karman, the preceptor, the ācārya, the shaving of the head, the wearing of the kāṣāya robe, begging for food, and right livelihood; all ten items are concrete elements of receiving and keeping the precepts.
Chengguan divides them in two: “among them are ten items: the first eight are the receiving, the latter two the following.” The first eight are matters of receiving the precepts — the platform is the place where the precepts are obtained, the questioning as to purity and the instruction in deportment are the business of the instructing master, the threefold declaration of the karman is the method by which the precepts are obtained, the preceptor is the root of obtaining the precepts, the ācārya is the second master and in sense covers the seven witnesses as well, and shaving the head and wearing the robe are the outward marks of the precepts; the latter two are matters of following the precepts — begging for food is one of the four reliances, and right livelihood is the leaving behind of the four and the five wrong livelihoods.
His gloss on the crux of this gate lies in one sentence: “the precepts are the substance of practice, and yet they too depend on many conditions; being formed from conditions, the nature of the precepts is like emptiness. To rouse a mind that keeps them is what is called delusion turned upside down.” Although the precepts are the substance of brahmacarya, they are still formed from many conditions, and precepts formed from conditions are in their nature like emptiness; and if one rouses a mind that says I am keeping the precepts and clutches at them, that is delusion turned upside down. The true keeping is: “without goodness and without deportment, unmixed with the mind of the two vehicles — this is called keeping the pure precepts, and these precepts alone are named true brahmacarya.”
There is one more sentence to remember: although the objects contemplated run through both the great and the lesser vehicles, the wisdom that contemplates does not. Chengguan judges that “the objects contemplated run through both great and lesser, but the wisdom that contemplates is solely that of the great vehicle of the real teaching” — at one and the same ordination a śrāvaka too can contemplate, but what this chapter requires is the contemplating wisdom of the great vehicle of the real teaching. Where it comes home: this gate does not tell a person not to receive the precepts; it tells one who has received them not to take the receiving for the destination.
Concluding contemplation (1): nothing grasped in the three places, no transit through the three times
The pressing of the ten gates being finished, the scripture turns to the characteristics of contemplation accomplished: “there is nothing to be taken in the body, nothing to be clung to in what is cultivated, nothing to be dwelt in among the dharmas; the past has already ceased, the future has not yet come, the present is empty and still; there is no one who does the deeds, no one who receives the recompense; this world does not move over, that world does not alter.”
Chengguan divides these ten clauses into four layers. The first layer makes clear the contemplation that is pure in the three spheres — “the first six clauses make clear the contemplation pure in the three spheres: first, not grasping the being who keeps the precepts, and in saying body it takes in speech and thought as well; second, not clinging to the practices cultivated; third, not dwelling in the dharma of the precepts” — what is raised is only the three matters of not grasping the being who keeps the precepts, not clinging to the practices cultivated, and not dwelling in the dharma of the precepts, while the commentary’s text labels them “six clauses”; and the numbers of the four layers (six, three, two, two) likewise come to more than ten when added. There is such an unevenness in the ancient worthies’ own text; the divergence is recorded here, and no judgment is forced upon it. The next three clauses explain by way of the gate of the three times that one does not dwell in the time of keeping the precepts; of these the first two are easy to see, and the difficulty lies in “the present is empty and still”: since the present does not abide for even an instant and is divided by past and future, it too is empty and still. The next two clauses after that make clear the two emptinesses — that the person who does the deeds is the emptiness of self, and that the recompense of deeds received is the emptiness of dharmas.
The last two clauses repay reading most of all. Chengguan glosses: “this world does not move over means that it does not go from the present to the after; that world does not alter means that it does not come from the after to the present.” Since the cause has already ceased in the past, it has no power to reach forward into the future and bring about a fruit; and since the fruit is not simultaneous with the cause, it has no power to turn back and repay the cause. The conclusion is a single sentence: “because each thing abides in its own nature, and nature is fundamentally empty.” Where it comes home: this is not a denial of cause and effect; it says that cause and effect do not rely on some substantial thing being carried through time.
Concluding contemplation (2): then what after all is brahmacarya?
Next the scripture puts eleven questions in a row: “among these, which dharma is called brahmacarya? From what place does brahmacarya come? Whose possession is it? What is its substance? By whom is it made?” — and thereafter presses by way of the five aggregates: is it existent or nonexistent, form or not form, feeling or not feeling, perception or not perception, formations or not formations, consciousness or not consciousness.
Chengguan divides them: the first clause shows in general that brahmacarya has no name, since the ten dharmas are already empty; what follows refutes item by item — it does not arise from the ten dharmas, and it does not belong to the body and the rest as their possession, and these two clauses press with respect to conditions; there is no separate substance of the precepts apart from the ten dharmas, nor is there any agent that makes it, and these two clauses press with respect to substance; while the doubly negating clauses reveal the Middle Way.
The last five clauses are matched to the five aggregates, and he says they carry two purposes. The first is stated with respect to the substance of the precepts: of old some said that the substance of the non-manifest precepts is form, and some said it is neither form nor mind; the scripture’s asking “is it form” is meant to show that it is not form, and its asking “is it not form” is meant to show that it is not not-form. If it were said that the precepts are mind, then everything that has a mind ought always to have brahmacarya; and if they were not mind, then wood and stone ought to have brahmacarya too. The second is stated with respect to the fact that cultivating brahmacarya is not apart from the five aggregates: if brahmacarya were the aggregates, then whatever has aggregates would be brahmacarya; and if it were apart from the aggregates, where then would my brahmacarya be? And so the conclusion in both cases is that it cannot be obtained.
Where it comes home: this passage sends the noun brahmacarya itself into the pressing, and questions on until even the object of the question cannot stand.
Concluding contemplation (3): it is because it cannot be obtained that it is pure
Pressed to the very end of the road, the scripture gives its conclusion — and the conclusion is not nothingness, it is purity. The scripture says that brahmacarya is pure because “the dharma that is brahmacarya cannot be obtained; because the dharmas of the three times are all empty and still; because thought has no grasping; because the mind has no obstruction; because what is practised has no duality; because there is mastery in skillful means; because one receives the markless dharma; because one contemplates the markless dharma; because one knows that the Buddha’s dharmas are equal; because one is fully endowed with all the Buddha’s dharmas” — and after ten occurrences of the word “because,” “this is what is called pure brahmacarya.”
This is the most important turn in the whole chapter. The ten gates before it have been one long negation, and a reader who stops at the negation will suppose that the conclusion is there is no brahmacarya. The scripture’s conclusion is exactly the reverse: it is precisely because it cannot be obtained that it is called pure. Chengguan glosses these eleven clauses by saying that the first clause is the general one and the next nine display in particular the reasons for its not being obtained, and he matches them clause by clause: the three times are all empty; nothing is grasped in the body and nothing clung to in what is cultivated; the mind’s being unobstructed is the earlier not dwelling in the dharmas; the two thoughts of doing and receiving do not become active; though empty, it does not obstruct entering into existence; and entering into existence, one is not deluded about emptiness, and hence the two clauses of receiving and contemplating the markless; the eighth clause concludes by returning to equality, for which he cites the words of the perfection of wisdom, “I do not see a single dharma that is not the Buddha’s dharma,” as attestation; the ninth clause is that “taking one, one gathers all, and only so is the perfect interfusion of full endowment with the qualities made evident”; and the last clause sums up — it is by reason of all the foregoing senses that it is named pure brahmacarya.
Clear away an error: cannot be obtained does not mean does not exist; it means cannot be grasped. Where it comes home: if a person is still able to point at some thing and say this is my brahmacarya, then that very thing is the place that is not yet pure.
Further cultivating ten dharmas: after benefiting oneself, turning toward benefiting others
At this point the section on the purity of one’s own practice ends. The scripture says “he should further cultivate ten dharmas,” and lists the knowledge of what is possible and impossible, the knowledge of the recompense of deeds past, present, and future, the knowledge of the meditations and liberations and samādhis, the knowledge of superior and inferior faculties, the knowledge of the various understandings, the knowledge of the various realms, the knowledge of the paths leading to every destination, the knowledge of the unobstructed divine eye, the knowledge of the unobstructed recollection of former lives, and the knowledge that severs the habit-energies forever.
Ask first: it has just been said that nothing whatever can be obtained — how then is one to cultivate ten kinds of knowledge? It is exactly here that Chengguan marks the turn: the preceding section was the purity of one’s own practice, and here begins “making clear the purity of the practice of benefiting others,” and these ten knowledges are “first, deeply contemplating the knowledge that is the fruit, which is the means of benefiting others.” He has one sentence that joins the two sections beautifully: “the conditions and their substance stand out plainly, and the one mind is clear and still — this is the functioning of brahmacarya. Without thinking and without contriving, the myriad practices boil up; therefore it is not enough that the mind’s contemplation be perfectly bright, one should further gather in the Buddha’s knowledge broadly.” A perfectly bright contemplation of mind is only half; one must further gather in the Buddha’s knowledge broadly in order to be of use to others.
Clear away a common deviation: the notion that once emptiness is realized there is no more need to study. The scripture’s sequence is precisely the reverse — once the contemplation of emptiness is accomplished, what comes immediately next is a study list of ten items. Where it comes home: what cannot be obtained is the ground one occupies oneself; the ten knowledges are the equipment for dealing with others; the two are not in conflict.
Concerning the Tathāgata’s ten powers, examine each one, inquire about each one
The scripture goes on to say: “concerning the Tathāgata’s ten powers, examine each one; within each single power there are measureless meanings, and about them all one should inquire.”
This sentence is only twenty-one graphs long, yet it is the one place in this chapter that speaks directly of asking someone else. All the examination at the ten gates before was a pressing carried out by oneself, whereas here, over and above examining, inquiring is required — because within each power there are measureless meanings, and they cannot be exhausted by sitting and thinking alone. Chengguan judges this passage as “concluding with an exhortation to study broadly.”
Clear away an error: this does not contradict the “not from another that they awaken” further on. Inquiring is seeking understanding, while awakening is not sought from outside; the one is the gate of learning, the other the gate of realization. Where it comes home: refusing to ask others and taking oneself to be awakened, and asking the whole world and never realizing anything oneself, are two diseases, and this chapter treats one of them in each of the two places.
Rousing great kindness and compassion; knowing objects to be like an illusion
And after hearing, what is to be done? The scripture gives four things: “one should rouse the mind of great kindness and compassion, examining living beings and not abandoning them; deliberating upon the dharmas without ever resting; performing the highest works without seeking recompense; knowing objects to be like an illusion, like a dream, like a shadow, like an echo, and also like something conjured up.”
Chengguan matches these four clauses to the accomplishment of the four immeasurable minds: “first, kindness and compassion are roused together, like a mother cow following her calf; second, deliberating upon the medicines and the diseases accomplishes the great gladness; third, acting without seeking accomplishes the great equanimity; fourth, wisdom understanding all objects leads them to become objectless.” That kindness and compassion do not abandon living beings is like a mother cow following her calf; deliberating upon the medicines of the Dharma and the diseases of beings accomplishes the great gladness; acting without seeking recompense accomplishes the great equanimity; and wisdom’s penetrating that all objects are like an illusion makes the former three become objectless — not tied to any particular object.
The five similes at the end Chengguan glosses one by one: like an illusion is seeming to exist and yet not real, and “because it seems to exist it is provisional, and because it is not real it is empty; and these two being not two, the wisdom of the Middle Way is accomplished”; like a dream is what is seen falsely; like a shadow is what appears from the conditions of deeds; like an echo is what belongs to the various causes and conditions; like something conjured up is what changes and perishes in a moment. The conclusion is that “if one understands objects in this way, then all day long one transforms beings and yet there is no transforming.” Where it comes home: these five similes do not tell one to regard living beings as unreal and so not rescue them; on the contrary, they keep the work of deliverance from falling into the characteristics of a subject and an object — and this is what objectless kindness is.
The eye-sentence: at the time of the first arousing of the mind one attains unsurpassed perfect awakening
The last section of the chapter answers the second half of what Right Mindfulness asked — how from the stations of a bodhisattva one reaches unsurpassed awakening. The scripture says: “if bodhisattvas are able to accord with contemplative practice such as this, and give rise to no two views among the dharmas, all the Buddha’s dharmas will swiftly come present, and at the time of the first arousing of the mind they attain unsurpassed perfect awakening.”
This is the most famous sentence in the Avataṃsaka, and also the one most easily read as a grand claim. Put the doubt straight first: the first arousing of the mind is plainly the starting point of practice — how can it be unsurpassed awakening on the spot? Chengguan’s gloss proceeds in two steps. The first step answers “when is the swiftness?”: “above it said swiftly attain; when is the swiftness? Therefore it says, at the time of the first arousing of the mind. What dharma comes present? Unsurpassed awakening.” Only the second step answers why this can be so — and that reason lies in the next sentence of the scripture, namely “because one knows that all dharmas are the very nature of one’s own mind, and to awaken to the self-nature of dharmas is precisely what is named a Buddha.” He also cites another place in this same sūtra as attestation: “how should the Buddha-mind be anything other? Right awakening awakens the world.”
What matters most is Chengguan’s fixed gloss on the word “arousing”: “this being so, the arousing is the arousing of what opens out, not the arousing of what starts up.” Arousing is not the raising of a new thought from nothing into being; it is the opening out and disclosing of what was already there. This gloss of a single word decides that the whole sentence is not an exaggeration but a plain statement — at the very moment of disclosure, what is disclosed is complete of itself, and therefore it is said to be attained.
Fazang, glossing the same sentence in the sixty-fascicle text, takes the road of the mutual identity of the positions: “this makes clear that at the time when practice is fulfilled and one enters the position, one attains the position of Samantabhadra, and one position is all positions, so that up to the fruit of buddhahood there is nothing not perfectly complete,” and he concludes that “this practice-position of Samantabhadra in the One Vehicle is so because cause and effect are perfectly interfused, identical with one another and unobstructed.” Li Tongxuan, for his part, speaks from the exhaustion of views and the appearing of wisdom: “know then that when views perish and wisdom responds, this is named attaining right awakening at the time of the first arousing of the mind.” The three houses take different roads, and yet the misunderstanding they block is the same — none of them says once the mind is aroused there is no more need to practise.
The clearing away of error should be said more bluntly still: the scripture gives this sentence a premise clause — “if bodhisattvas are able to accord with contemplative practice such as this, and give rise to no two views among the dharmas.” Only if one can accord with that whole set of ten gates of pressing contemplation is there this sentence; to quote this sentence apart from that premise is to strip the conclusion off its condition. Where it comes home: the reason the first mind can accomplish right awakening is not that the first mind comes cheap; it is that within that first mind there are already no two views.
The closing sentences: knowing that all dharmas are the very nature of the mind, and not from another awakening
The scripture closes with three clauses: “they know that all dharmas are the very nature of their own mind, they perfect the body of wisdom, and it is not from another that they awaken.”
The first clause is the reason for the preceding one. Chengguan glosses: “since it says that one knows all dharmas to be the very nature of the mind, then one knows that this mind is the nature of all dharmas. Now that principle appears in one’s own mind, the nature of that mind is already furnished with measureless qualities.” All dharmas are the nature of one’s own mind, and conversely one’s own mind is the nature of all dharmas; and since principle has appeared in one’s own mind, the nature of this mind is already fully furnished with measureless merits — so that between the first mind and right awakening there is no stretch of distance to be crossed.
The second clause, “they perfect the body of wisdom,” Chengguan glosses with the simile of the mirror: “when the mind awakens, principle appears; when principle appears, wisdom is complete. It is like a mirror being clean and brightness arising: not before and not after, not new and not old, still and illumining and utterly clear.” When the mirror is wiped clean the brightness arises, and that brightness is neither newly made nor stored up from before; there is no earlier and later to be divided. He also sets before and after side by side: “above, the contemplation of dharmas was exhausted, and the true Dharma is about to flourish; now the views have perished, and the Buddha’s wisdom thereupon arises.”
The third clause, “not from another that they awaken,” Chengguan glosses as “this is the natural wisdom that has no teacher,” and he opens it into three senses: “moreover, not from another awakening is awakening oneself; knowing all dharmas is awakening others; and perfecting the body of wisdom is the fullness of awakening.” Awakening oneself, awakening others, and the fullness of awakening — all three senses are complete. And he lays down a thoroughly radical turning phrase: since the nature of mind has been spoken of, “consider: how should the nature of mind have any other? And if one sees that there is an other, how could it be called awakening? Since it is called the nature of mind, the self too does not remain.” Only when even the self is not set up is there the right awakening that is still and yet able to know.
Where it comes home: this chapter asks from what is still lacking after going forth and answers, at the last, that what is lacking is not one more thing to be added — it is the taking off, layer by layer, of every attachment laid upon brahmacarya, taking off until even the one who takes off does not remain, whereupon the body of wisdom that was there all along appears of itself.
Lineage
The meaning of this chapter is carried on by three lines in later ages; they are recorded together and not adjudicated. The Chengguan line: he explicates it under four gates — the reason for its coming, the explanation of the name, the tenet and aim, and the explanation of the text; he brings out three senses for the substance of brahmacarya, namely the precepts, the four immeasurables, and wisdom, each of the three senses being divided into two layers — the precepts into following characteristics and leaving characteristics, the four immeasurables into having an object and being objectless, wisdom into having discrimination and being without discrimination; he judges of the ten dharmas that “the first six run through defilement” while the latter four are purely pure, and on that basis establishes two ways of refutation; he fixes the word “arousing” as the arousing of what opens out; he opens “not from another awakening” into the three senses of awakening oneself, awakening others, and the fullness of awakening; and in the Yanyi chao he supplements the six senses for the chapter’s coming one meaning at a time, and makes clear that the contemplation of emptiness in the earlier section “is not annihilation.” The Fazang line: on the sixty-fascicle text he explains the name in three ways and establishes six distinctions between the pure and the brahma — with respect to recompense, with respect to persons, with respect to the position in practice, with respect to the two benefits, with respect to the two practices, and with respect to cause and effect — of which the fifth distinction fits this chapter most closely: “fifth, with respect to the two practices: to cultivate giving and the precepts and so forth in accordance with particular matters is pure practice; to leave thought behind and accord with the profound is brahma practice”; the section on the fruit he judges as two rounds displaying that a small cause obtains a great fruit, the second round setting up its heading with “the time of the first arousing of the mind is the cause, and thereupon accomplishing right awakening is the fruit,” and coming home to the perfect interfusion and mutual identity of cause and effect in the practice-position of Samantabhadra in the One Vehicle. The Li Tongxuan line: he reads it by symbolic import, glossing the master who asks as “the mindfulness that is the mindfulness of no-thought is named Right Mindfulness,” and the person able to expound as “to penetrate principle and let sentiment perish is named Dharma Wisdom”; moreover, in his own treatise he repeatedly calls this chapter by the name “Pure Conduct”, and divides the purifying practice of two positions — in the position of the ten faiths the purifying practice of the one hundred and forty vows accomplishes worldly knowing and seeing, whereas in the position of the ten abodes “because the substance of practice is unconditioned, it is named purifying practice”; and he closes with the successive turning of the several purities, practice being pure hence wisdom pure, wisdom pure hence mind pure, on up to the Dharma realm being pure and living beings being pure and the buddha-lands being pure. The roads walked by the three houses differ; there were of old these several accounts, and they are recorded here.
There are two places where the treatises of the Huayan school carry this chapter on. Zhiyan, in his book of chapter headings, sets up a chapter entitled “the chapter on the general contemplation first set forth in the Brahmacarya chapter,” taking the ten gates of this chapter as the locus classicus for the general contemplation; and Gyeondeung of Silla, in his book on the meaning of becoming a Buddha, cites the text of the five similes of this chapter, “like an echo, like something conjured, and so forth,” to prove that one practice is all practices. Both places cite this chapter as ground rather than glossing the whole of its text; recorded, not adjudicated.
This chapter follows upon “The Ten Abodes” and is followed by “The Merit of the First Arousing of the Mind”. Chengguan judges the fifth sense of this chapter’s coming to be “to display the cause of entering the abodes,” and the sixth to be “to display separately the becoming a Buddha in the first abode,” which shows exactly the place of this chapter, wedged between the positions and the merit: the preceding chapter states the characteristics of the position of the abodes, this chapter states the practice of the position of the abodes, and the following chapter is devoted to the merit of the first arousing of the mind — and the sentence set up at the end of this chapter, “at the time of the first arousing of the mind one attains unsurpassed perfect awakening,” is what the next chapter takes a whole chapter’s length to weigh and compare. The five similes of this chapter Chengguan further points out to be set forth at length in “The Ten Acceptances”; and the name of this chapter is established in contrast with “Pure Conduct” of the second assembly. A chapter of some nine hundred graphs, and on every side it has its attachments; it is not to be taken in isolation when read.